Regenerate ldefs-boot.el
[emacs.git] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
blob98a677756732f02fa98850add762a53545a158c9
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads nil "5x5" "play/5x5.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
7 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
9 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
10 Play 5x5.
12 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
13 squares you must fill the grid.
15 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
16 \\<5x5-mode-map>
17 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
18 Move up \\[5x5-up]
19 Move down \\[5x5-down]
20 Move left \\[5x5-left]
21 Move right \\[5x5-right]
22 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
23 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
24 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
25 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
26 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
27 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
28 Solve with Calc \\[5x5-solve-suggest]
29 Rotate left Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-left]
30 Rotate right Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-right]
31 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
33 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
35 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
36 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
38 \(fn)" t nil)
40 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
43 \(fn)" t nil)
45 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
46 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
48 \(fn)" t nil)
50 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
51 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
52 Mutate the result.
54 \(fn)" t nil)
56 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
57 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
59 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
60 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
61 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
62 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
64 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
66 ;;;***
68 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el" (21291 53104
69 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
70 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
72 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
73 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
74 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
75 extensions.
76 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
77 the file name.
79 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
81 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
82 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
84 \(fn)" t nil)
86 ;;;***
88 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el" (21291 53104
89 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
90 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
92 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
93 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
95 \(fn)" t nil)
97 ;;;***
99 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el" (21291 53104
100 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
101 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
103 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
104 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
105 Completion is available.
107 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
109 ;;;***
111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "add-log" "vc/add-log.el" (21291 53104 431149
112 ;;;;;; 0))
113 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
115 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
117 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
118 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
119 It is called by `add-log-current-defun' with no argument, and
120 should return the function's name as a string, or nil if point is
121 outside a function.")
123 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
125 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
126 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
127 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
129 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
131 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
132 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
133 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
134 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
135 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
136 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
138 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
140 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
141 Prompt for a change log name.
143 \(fn)" nil nil)
145 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
146 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
148 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
149 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
150 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
151 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
153 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
154 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
155 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
157 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
158 current buffer to the complete file name.
159 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
161 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
163 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
164 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
165 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
166 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
168 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
169 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
171 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
173 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
174 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
175 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
177 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
178 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
179 after a comma on an existing line.
181 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
182 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
183 the same person.
185 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
186 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
187 notices.
189 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
190 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
192 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
194 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
195 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
196 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
197 the change log file in another window.
199 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
201 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
202 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
203 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
204 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
205 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
206 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
208 \\{change-log-mode-map}
210 \(fn)" t nil)
212 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
213 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
215 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
216 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
218 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
219 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
220 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
221 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
222 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
224 Has a preference of looking backwards.
226 \(fn)" nil nil)
228 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
229 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
230 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
231 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
232 or a buffer.
234 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
235 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
237 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
239 ;;;***
241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (21291 53104
242 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
243 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
245 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
246 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
247 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
248 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
249 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
250 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
251 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
252 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
253 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
254 interpreted as `error'.")
256 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
258 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
259 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
260 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
261 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
262 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
263 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
264 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
265 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
267 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
269 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
270 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
272 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
274 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
275 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
277 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
279 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
280 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
282 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
283 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
284 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
285 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
286 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
288 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
289 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
290 the new one.
292 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
293 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
294 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
295 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
296 mapped to the closest extremal position).
298 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
299 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
300 the cache-id will clear the cache.
302 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
304 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
305 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
306 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
307 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
308 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
309 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
310 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
311 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
312 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
313 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
314 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
315 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
316 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
317 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
318 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
319 definition will always be cached for later usage.
321 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
323 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
324 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
325 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
327 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
328 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
329 BODY...)
331 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
332 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
333 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
334 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
335 see also `ad-add-advice'.
336 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
337 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
338 before/around/after-advices will be used.
339 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'.
340 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
341 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
342 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
343 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
344 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
346 Semantics of the various flags:
347 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
348 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
349 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
351 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
352 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
354 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
355 advised function should be compiled.
357 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
358 during activation until somebody enables it.
360 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
361 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
362 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
363 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
365 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
366 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
367 BODY...)
369 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
371 (put 'defadvice 'doc-string-elt '3)
373 (put 'defadvice 'lisp-indent-function '2)
375 ;;;***
377 ;;;### (autoloads nil "align" "align.el" (21418 19288 912946 0))
378 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
380 (autoload 'align "align" "\
381 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
382 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
383 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
384 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
385 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
386 rule's `separate' attribute).
388 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
389 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
390 `separate' attribute set.
392 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
393 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
394 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
395 on the format of these lists.
397 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
399 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
400 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
401 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. Interactively, this function
402 prompts for the regular expression REGEXP to align with.
404 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
405 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
407 Fred (123) 456-7890
408 Alice (123) 456-7890
409 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
410 Joe (123) 456-7890
412 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
413 using a REGEXP like \"(\". Interactively, all you would have to do is
414 to mark the region, call `align-regexp' and enter that regular expression.
416 REGEXP must contain at least one parenthesized subexpression, typically
417 whitespace of the form \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)\". In normal interactive use,
418 this is automatically added to the start of your regular expression after
419 you enter it. You only need to supply the characters to be lined up, and
420 any preceding whitespace is replaced.
422 If you specify a prefix argument (or use this function non-interactively),
423 you must enter the full regular expression, including the subexpression.
424 The function also then prompts for which subexpression parenthesis GROUP
425 \(default 1) within REGEXP to modify, the amount of SPACING (default
426 `align-default-spacing') to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule
427 throughout the line.
429 See `align-rules-list' for more information about these options.
431 The non-interactive form of the previous example would look something like:
432 (align-regexp (point-min) (point-max) \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)(\")
434 This function is a nothing more than a small wrapper that helps you
435 construct a rule to pass to `align-region', which does the real work.
437 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
439 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
440 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
441 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
442 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
443 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
444 align that section.
446 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
448 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
449 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
450 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
451 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
452 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
453 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
454 been used to align that section.
456 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
458 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
459 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
460 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
461 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
462 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
463 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
464 to be colored.
466 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
468 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
469 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
471 \(fn)" t nil)
473 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
474 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
476 \(fn)" t nil)
478 ;;;***
480 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout" "allout.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
481 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
482 (push (purecopy '(allout 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
484 (autoload 'allout-auto-activation-helper "allout" "\
485 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
487 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
489 \(fn VAR VALUE)" nil nil)
491 (autoload 'allout-setup "allout" "\
492 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
494 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
495 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
497 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
498 `allout-auto-activation'.
500 \(fn)" nil nil)
502 (defvar allout-auto-activation nil "\
503 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
505 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
506 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
507 file variable `allout-layout'.
509 When allout-auto-activation is \"On\" (t), allout mode is
510 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
511 specified layout is applied.
513 With value \"ask\", auto-mode-activation is enabled, and endorsement for
514 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
516 With value \"activate\", only auto-mode-activation is enabled.
517 Auto-layout is not.
519 With value nil, inhibit any automatic allout-mode activation.")
521 (custom-autoload 'allout-auto-activation "allout" nil)
523 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
525 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
527 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
529 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
531 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
533 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
535 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
537 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
539 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
541 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
543 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
545 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
547 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
549 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
551 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
553 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
555 (autoload 'allout-mode-p "allout" "\
556 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
558 \(fn)" nil t)
560 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
561 Toggle Allout outline mode.
562 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
563 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
564 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
566 \\<allout-mode-map-value>
567 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
568 outline oriented formatting and manipulation. It enables
569 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
570 exposure. It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
571 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For example,
572 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
573 outline.)
575 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
577 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
578 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
579 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
580 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
581 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
582 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
583 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
584 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
586 and many other features.
588 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
589 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
590 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
591 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
592 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
594 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
595 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
596 `allout-command-prefix' to use just `\\C-c' as the command
597 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
598 bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
599 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
600 on an item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can
601 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
602 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
603 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
605 Exposure Control:
606 ----------------
607 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
608 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
609 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
610 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
611 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
613 Navigation:
614 ----------
615 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
616 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
617 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
618 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
619 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
620 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
621 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
622 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
623 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
624 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
627 Topic Header Production:
628 -----------------------
629 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
630 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
631 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
633 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
634 ---------------------------------
635 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
636 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
637 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
638 current topic
639 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
640 its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
641 are alternated according to nesting depth.
642 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
643 the offspring are not affected.
644 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
646 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
647 ----------------------------------
648 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
649 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
650 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' Kill line, attending to outline structure.
651 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
652 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
653 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
654 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
655 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to `allout-yank' as `yank-pop' is to `yank'.
657 Topic-oriented Encryption:
658 -------------------------
659 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
660 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
662 Misc commands:
663 -------------
664 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
665 and establish a default file-var setting
666 for `allout-layout'.
667 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
668 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
669 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
670 buffer with name derived from derived from that
671 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
672 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
673 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
674 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
675 format.
676 \\[customize-variable] allout-auto-activation
677 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
678 auto-activation.
680 Topic Encryption
682 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
683 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
684 pending encryption on save.
686 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
687 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
688 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
689 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
690 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
692 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
693 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
694 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
695 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
696 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
697 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a '-HUP'
698 signal.
700 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
701 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
702 for details.
704 HOT-SPOT Operation
706 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
707 navigation and exposure control.
709 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
710 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
711 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
712 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
713 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
715 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
716 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
717 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
718 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
719 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
721 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
722 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
723 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
724 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
725 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
726 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
727 at the beginning of the current entry.
729 Extending Allout
731 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
732 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
733 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
735 `allout-mode-hook'
736 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
737 `allout-mode-off-hook'
738 `allout-exposure-change-functions'
739 `allout-structure-added-functions'
740 `allout-structure-deleted-functions'
741 `allout-structure-shifted-functions'
742 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
743 `allout-post-undo-hook'
745 Terminology
747 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
749 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
750 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
751 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
752 CURRENT ITEM:
753 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
754 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
755 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
756 called the:
757 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
759 ANCESTORS:
760 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
761 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
762 of the ITEM.
763 OFFSPRING:
764 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
765 SUBTOPIC:
766 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
767 CHILD:
768 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
769 SIBLINGS:
770 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
772 Topic text constituents:
774 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
775 text.
776 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
777 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
778 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
779 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
780 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
781 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
782 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
783 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
784 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
785 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
786 the PREFIX.
788 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
789 of the ITEM.
790 PREFIX-LEAD:
791 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
792 It can be customized by changing the setting of
793 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
795 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
796 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
797 program code without interfering with processing of the text
798 (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
799 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
800 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
801 docstring for more detail.
802 PREFIX-PADDING:
803 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
804 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
805 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
806 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
807 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
808 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
809 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
810 provide a universal argument (\\[universal-argument]) to the
811 TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
812 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
813 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
814 more details.
815 EXPOSURE:
816 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
817 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
818 CONCEALED:
819 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
820 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
822 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
823 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
824 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
826 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
828 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
830 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
831 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
833 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
834 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
836 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
838 ;;;***
840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el" (21346
841 ;;;;;; 62196 327729 0))
842 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
843 (push (purecopy '(allout-widgets 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
845 (autoload 'allout-widgets-setup "allout-widgets" "\
846 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
848 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
850 \(fn VARNAME VALUE)" nil nil)
852 (defvar allout-widgets-auto-activation nil "\
853 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
855 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
856 visiting an outline.
858 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
859 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
861 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
862 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
863 you want allout widgets operation.
865 See `allout-widgets-mode' for allout widgets mode features.")
867 (custom-autoload 'allout-widgets-auto-activation "allout-widgets" nil)
869 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
871 (autoload 'allout-widgets-mode "allout-widgets" "\
872 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
873 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
874 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
875 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
877 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
878 graphical decoration of outline structure. It is meant to
879 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
881 The graphics include:
883 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
885 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
886 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
888 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
889 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
891 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
892 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
893 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
895 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
897 ;;;***
899 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ange-ftp" "net/ange-ftp.el" (21291 53104 431149
900 ;;;;;; 0))
901 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
903 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
905 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
906 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
907 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
908 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
909 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
910 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
912 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
914 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
917 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
919 ;;;***
921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "animate" "play/animate.el" (21291 53104 431149
922 ;;;;;; 0))
923 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
925 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
926 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
927 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
928 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
929 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
930 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
931 in the current window.
933 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
935 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
936 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
937 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
938 When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
939 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
940 buffer if one does not exist.
942 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
944 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
945 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
946 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
947 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
948 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
950 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
952 ;;;***
954 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (21291 53104 431149
955 ;;;;;; 0))
956 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
957 (push (purecopy '(ansi-color 3 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
959 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
960 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
962 \(fn)" t nil)
964 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
965 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
967 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
968 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
969 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
970 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
972 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
973 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
975 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
977 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil)
979 ;;;***
981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (21291
982 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
983 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
984 (push (purecopy '(antlr-mode 2 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
986 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
987 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
988 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
989 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
990 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
991 \\[yank].
993 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
994 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
995 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
996 the rules.
998 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
999 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
1000 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
1001 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1003 \(fn)" t nil)
1005 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
1006 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1008 \(fn)" t nil)
1010 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
1011 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1012 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1014 \(fn)" nil nil)
1016 ;;;***
1018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (21291 53104 431149
1019 ;;;;;; 0))
1020 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1022 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
1023 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1024 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1025 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1026 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1027 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1029 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil)
1031 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
1032 Toggle checking of appointments.
1033 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1034 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1036 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1038 ;;;***
1040 ;;;### (autoloads nil "apropos" "apropos.el" (21291 53104 431149
1041 ;;;;;; 0))
1042 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1044 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
1045 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1046 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1047 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1049 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1050 kind of objects to search.
1052 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1054 (autoload 'apropos-user-option "apropos" "\
1055 Show user options that match PATTERN.
1056 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1057 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1058 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1059 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1061 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1062 variables, not just user options.
1064 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1066 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
1067 Show variables that match PATTERN.
1068 When DO-NOT-ALL is non-nil, show user options only, i.e. behave
1069 like `apropos-user-option'.
1071 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-NOT-ALL)" t nil)
1073 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
1075 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
1076 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1077 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1078 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1079 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1080 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1082 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1083 noninteractive functions.
1085 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1086 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1088 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1089 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1091 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1093 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1094 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1096 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1098 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1099 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1100 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1101 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1103 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1104 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1105 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1106 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1108 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1109 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1111 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1113 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1115 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1116 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1117 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1118 thus be found in `load-history'. If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1119 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1121 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1123 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1124 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1125 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1126 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1127 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1128 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1130 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1131 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1132 names and values of properties.
1134 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1136 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1138 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1139 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1140 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1141 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1142 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1143 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1145 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1146 `internal-doc-file-name'; i.e., the etc/DOC file. With \\[universal-argument] prefix,
1147 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1148 documentation strings.
1150 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1152 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1154 ;;;***
1156 ;;;### (autoloads nil "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (21291 53104 431149
1157 ;;;;;; 0))
1158 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1160 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1161 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1162 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1163 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1164 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1165 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1167 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1168 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1169 archive.
1171 \\{archive-mode-map}
1173 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1175 ;;;***
1177 ;;;### (autoloads nil "array" "array.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
1178 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1180 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1181 Major mode for editing arrays.
1183 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1184 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1185 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1187 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1189 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1190 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1191 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1193 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1194 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1195 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1196 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1197 The variables are:
1199 Variables you assign:
1200 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1201 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1202 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1203 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1204 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1205 row numbers in the buffer.
1207 Variables which are calculated:
1208 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1209 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1211 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1212 take a numeric prefix argument):
1214 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1215 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1216 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1217 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1219 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1220 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1221 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1222 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1224 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1225 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1226 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1227 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1229 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1230 between that of point and mark.
1232 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1233 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1235 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1236 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1237 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1238 newlines inside rows)
1240 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1242 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1244 \(fn)" t nil)
1246 ;;;***
1248 ;;;### (autoloads nil "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (21291 53104
1249 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
1250 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1251 (push (purecopy '(artist 1 2 6)) package--builtin-versions)
1253 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1254 Toggle Artist mode.
1255 With argument ARG, turn Artist mode on if ARG is positive.
1256 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1257 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1259 How to quit Artist mode
1261 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1264 How to submit a bug report
1266 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1269 Drawing with the mouse:
1271 mouse-2
1272 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1273 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1274 below).
1276 mouse-1
1277 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1278 or pastes:
1280 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1281 --------------------------------------------------------------
1282 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1283 to new point
1284 --------------------------------------------------------------
1285 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1286 --------------------------------------------------------------
1287 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1288 --------------------------------------------------------------
1289 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1290 --------------------------------------------------------------
1291 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1292 --------------------------------------------------------------
1293 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1294 --------------------------------------------------------------
1295 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1296 --------------------------------------------------------------
1297 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1298 --------------------------------------------------------------
1299 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1300 lines
1301 --------------------------------------------------------------
1302 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1303 --------------------------------------------------------------
1304 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1305 --------------------------------------------------------------
1306 Paste Paste Paste
1307 --------------------------------------------------------------
1308 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1309 --------------------------------------------------------------
1311 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1312 or diagonally.
1314 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1315 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1316 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1317 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1318 poly-lines.
1320 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1321 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1322 overwrite means the opposite.
1324 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1325 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1326 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1328 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1330 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1331 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1333 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1334 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1335 are currently drawing something.
1337 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1338 some time to fill.
1341 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1342 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1345 Settings
1347 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1349 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1351 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1353 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1355 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1356 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1358 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1361 Drawing with keys
1363 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1364 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1365 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1366 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1367 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1368 When pasting: Pastes
1370 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1372 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1374 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1375 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1376 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1377 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1378 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1379 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1382 Arrows
1384 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1385 of the line/poly-line
1387 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1388 of the line/poly-line
1391 Selecting operation
1393 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1395 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1396 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1397 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1398 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1399 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1400 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1401 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1402 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1403 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1404 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1405 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1406 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1407 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1408 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1409 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1410 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1411 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1412 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1413 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1414 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1417 Variables
1419 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1420 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1422 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1423 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1424 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1425 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1426 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1427 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1428 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1429 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1430 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1431 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1432 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1433 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1434 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1435 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1436 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1437 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1438 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1439 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1440 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1442 Hooks
1444 Turning the mode on or off runs `artist-mode-hook'.
1447 Keymap summary
1449 \\{artist-mode-map}
1451 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1453 ;;;***
1455 ;;;### (autoloads nil "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (21419 46255
1456 ;;;;;; 468379 0))
1457 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1459 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1460 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1461 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1463 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1464 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1465 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1466 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1468 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1469 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1471 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1472 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1474 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1476 Special commands:
1477 \\{asm-mode-map}
1479 \(fn)" t nil)
1481 ;;;***
1483 ;;;### (autoloads nil "auth-source" "gnus/auth-source.el" (21291
1484 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
1485 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/auth-source.el
1487 (defvar auth-source-cache-expiry 7200 "\
1488 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1489 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1490 let-binding.")
1492 (custom-autoload 'auth-source-cache-expiry "auth-source" t)
1494 ;;;***
1496 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoarg" "autoarg.el" (21291 53104 431149
1497 ;;;;;; 0))
1498 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1500 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1501 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1502 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1504 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1506 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1507 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1508 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1509 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1510 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1512 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1513 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1514 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1515 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1516 \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence and inserts
1517 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1518 Without a numeric prefix arg, the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate]
1519 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1521 For example:
1522 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1523 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1524 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1525 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1526 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1528 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1530 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1532 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1533 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1534 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1535 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1536 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1537 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1539 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1541 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1542 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1543 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1544 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1545 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1547 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1548 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1549 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1551 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1553 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1555 ;;;***
1557 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el" (21291 53104
1558 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
1559 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1561 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1562 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.ac files.
1564 \(fn)" t nil)
1566 ;;;***
1568 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (21291 53104 431149
1569 ;;;;;; 0))
1570 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1572 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1573 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1574 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1576 \(fn)" t nil)
1578 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1579 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1580 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1581 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1583 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1585 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1586 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1587 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1588 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1589 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1590 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1592 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1594 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1595 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1596 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1597 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1598 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1600 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1601 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1603 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1605 ;;;***
1607 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el" (21291
1608 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
1609 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1611 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1613 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1615 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1616 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1617 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1619 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1620 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1621 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1622 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1623 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1625 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1627 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER OUTFILE)" t nil)
1629 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1630 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1631 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1632 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1633 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1635 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1636 directory or directories specified.
1638 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1639 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1640 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1641 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1642 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1643 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1645 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1647 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1648 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1649 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1650 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1651 should be non-nil).
1653 \(fn)" nil nil)
1655 ;;;***
1657 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (21310 8261 281810
1658 ;;;;;; 0))
1659 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1661 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1662 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto Revert mode).
1663 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Revert mode if ARG is
1664 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1665 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1667 Auto Revert mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1668 buffer. When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1669 disk changes.
1671 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1672 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1673 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1675 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1677 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1678 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1680 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1681 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1683 \(fn)" nil nil)
1685 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1686 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1687 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail mode if ARG
1688 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1689 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1691 When Auto Revert Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1692 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This
1693 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1694 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1695 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1697 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1698 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1699 writing before you save the file!
1701 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1703 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1705 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1706 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail mode.
1708 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1709 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1711 \(fn)" nil nil)
1713 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1714 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1715 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1716 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1717 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1718 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1720 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1722 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1723 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1724 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert mode if ARG
1725 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1726 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1728 Global Auto Revert mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1729 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk. Use
1730 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1732 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1733 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1734 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1735 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1736 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1738 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1739 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1740 specifies in the mode line.
1742 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1744 ;;;***
1746 ;;;### (autoloads nil "avoid" "avoid.el" (21372 5105 739240 0))
1747 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1749 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1750 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1751 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1752 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1753 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1755 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1757 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1758 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1759 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1760 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1762 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1763 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1764 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1766 Effects of the different modes:
1767 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1768 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1769 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1770 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1771 a random distance & direction.
1772 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1773 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1774 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1776 \(See `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1777 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1778 definition of \"random distance\".)
1780 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1782 ;;;***
1784 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bat-mode" "progmodes/bat-mode.el" (21291 53104
1785 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
1786 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bat-mode.el
1788 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(bat\\|cmd\\)\\'" . bat-mode))
1790 (autoload 'bat-mode "bat-mode" "\
1791 Major mode for editing DOS/Windows batch files.
1793 Start a new script from `bat-template'. Read help pages for DOS commands
1794 with `bat-cmd-help'. Navigate between sections using `imenu'.
1795 Run script using `bat-run' and `bat-run-args'.
1797 \\{bat-mode-map}
1799 \(fn)" t nil)
1801 ;;;***
1803 ;;;### (autoloads nil "battery" "battery.el" (21341 23900 988149
1804 ;;;;;; 0))
1805 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1806 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1808 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1809 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1810 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1811 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1813 \(fn)" t nil)
1815 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1816 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1817 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1818 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1819 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1820 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1822 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1824 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1825 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1826 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1827 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1828 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1830 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1831 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1832 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1833 seconds.
1835 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1837 ;;;***
1839 ;;;### (autoloads nil "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (21291
1840 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
1841 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1843 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1844 Time execution of FORMS.
1845 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1846 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1847 FORMS once.
1848 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1849 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1850 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1852 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1854 (put 'benchmark-run 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1856 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1857 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1858 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1859 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1860 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1862 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1864 (put 'benchmark-run-compiled 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1866 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1867 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1868 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1869 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1870 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1872 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1874 ;;;***
1876 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (21291 53104
1877 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
1878 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1880 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1881 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1882 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1883 of corresponding buffers.
1884 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1885 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil
1886 and the current buffer visits a file using `bibtex-mode'.
1887 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1888 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1890 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer
1891 visits a file using `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer
1892 does not use `bibtex-mode',
1894 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1896 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1897 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1899 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1901 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1902 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1903 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1904 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1906 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1907 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1908 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
1909 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1910 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1912 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1913 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1916 Special information:
1918 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1920 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1921 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1922 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1923 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1924 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1925 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1926 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1927 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1928 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1929 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1930 \\[completion-at-point] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1932 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1933 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1934 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1935 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1936 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1937 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1938 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1939 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1941 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1943 ----------------------------------------------------------
1944 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1945 if that value is non-nil.
1947 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1949 \(fn)" t nil)
1951 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1952 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1953 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1954 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1955 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1956 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1957 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1958 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1959 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
1960 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
1961 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
1962 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
1964 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1966 ;;;***
1968 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1969 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 431149 0))
1970 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1972 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1973 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1975 \(fn)" t nil)
1977 ;;;***
1979 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "mail/binhex.el" (21291 53104 431149
1980 ;;;;;; 0))
1981 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1983 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$" "\
1984 Regular expression matching the start of a BinHex encoded region.")
1986 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1987 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1988 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1990 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1992 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1993 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1995 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1997 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
1998 Binhex decode region between START and END.
2000 \(fn START END)" t nil)
2002 ;;;***
2004 ;;;### (autoloads nil "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (21291 53104
2005 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
2006 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
2008 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
2009 Play blackbox.
2010 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
2012 What is blackbox?
2014 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
2015 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
2016 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
2017 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
2018 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
2019 your score.
2021 Overview of play:
2023 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
2024 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2025 four.
2027 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2028 movement keys.
2030 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2031 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2033 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2034 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
2036 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2037 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
2038 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
2039 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2040 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2041 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2043 Details:
2045 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2047 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2048 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
2049 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2050 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2052 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2053 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
2054 denoted by the letter `R'.
2056 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2057 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2058 denoted by the letter `H'.
2060 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2061 example.
2063 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2064 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2065 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2066 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2067 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
2068 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2069 ray.
2071 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2072 degree deflection it causes.
2075 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2076 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2077 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2078 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2079 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2080 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2081 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2082 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2085 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2086 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2089 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2090 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2091 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2092 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2093 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2094 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2095 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2096 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2098 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2099 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2100 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2101 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2102 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2103 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2104 emerging from the box.
2106 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2108 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2109 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2110 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2111 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2112 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2113 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2114 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2115 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2117 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2118 a reflection.
2120 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
2122 ;;;***
2124 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (21396 5125 546680
2125 ;;;;;; 0))
2126 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2127 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
2128 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
2129 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2131 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2132 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2133 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2134 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2135 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2136 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2137 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
2139 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
2140 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2141 If name is nil, then prompt the user.
2143 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2144 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2145 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2146 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2147 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2148 recent one.
2150 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2151 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2152 yank successive words.
2154 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2155 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2156 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2157 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2158 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2160 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2161 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2162 the list of bookmarks.)
2164 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil)
2166 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2167 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2168 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2169 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2170 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2171 this.
2173 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2174 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2175 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2176 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2178 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2179 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2181 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2182 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2183 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2185 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil)
2187 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2188 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2190 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2192 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2193 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2195 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2196 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2197 after a bookmark was set in it.
2199 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2201 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2202 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2204 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2205 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2207 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2209 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2211 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2212 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2213 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2214 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2216 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2217 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2218 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2220 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2221 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2222 name.
2224 \(fn OLD-NAME &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
2226 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2227 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2228 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2230 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2231 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2232 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2233 this.
2235 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2237 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2238 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2240 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2241 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2242 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2243 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2244 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2245 probably because we were called from there.
2247 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2249 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2250 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2251 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2253 \(fn)" t nil)
2255 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2256 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2257 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2258 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2259 \(second argument).
2261 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2262 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2263 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2264 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2265 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2267 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2268 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2269 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2270 `bookmark-default-file'.
2272 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2274 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2275 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2276 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2277 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2278 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2279 while loading.
2281 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2282 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2283 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2284 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2285 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2286 explicitly.
2288 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2289 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2290 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", etc.
2292 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2294 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2295 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2296 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2297 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2298 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2300 \(fn)" t nil)
2302 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2304 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2306 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search "bookmark" "\
2307 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2309 \(fn)" t nil)
2311 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (bindings--define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load a Bookmark File..." bookmark-load :help "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)")) (bindings--define-key map [write] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks As..." bookmark-write :help "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)")) (bindings--define-key map [save] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks" bookmark-save :help "Save currently defined bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [edit] '(menu-item "Edit Bookmark List" bookmark-bmenu-list :help "Display a list of existing bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [delete] '(menu-item "Delete Bookmark..." bookmark-delete :help "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list")) (bindings--define-key map [rename] '(menu-item "Rename Bookmark..." bookmark-rename :help "Change the name of a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [locate] '(menu-item "Insert Location..." bookmark-locate :help "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [insert] '(menu-item "Insert Contents..." bookmark-insert :help "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [set] '(menu-item "Set Bookmark..." bookmark-set :help "Set a bookmark named inside a file.")) (bindings--define-key map [jump] '(menu-item "Jump to Bookmark..." bookmark-jump :help "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)")) map))
2313 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2315 ;;;***
2317 ;;;### (autoloads nil "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (21362 56326
2318 ;;;;;; 483293 0))
2319 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2321 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2322 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2323 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2324 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2326 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2327 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2328 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2329 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2330 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2332 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2334 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2335 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2336 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2337 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2338 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2339 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2341 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2343 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2344 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2345 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2346 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2347 narrowed.
2349 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2351 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2352 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2354 \(fn)" t nil)
2356 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2357 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2359 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2361 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2362 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2363 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2364 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2365 If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2366 first, if that exists.
2368 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2370 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2371 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2372 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2373 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2375 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2377 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2378 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2379 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2380 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2381 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2382 to use.
2384 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2386 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2387 Pass the specified URL to the \"xdg-open\" command.
2388 xdg-open is a desktop utility that calls your preferred web browser.
2389 The optional argument IGNORED is not used.
2391 \(fn URL &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
2393 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2394 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2395 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2396 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2398 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2399 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2400 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2401 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2403 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2404 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2405 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2407 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2408 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2410 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2412 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2413 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2414 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2415 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2417 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2418 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2419 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2420 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2422 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2423 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2424 new tab in an existing window instead.
2426 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2427 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2429 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2431 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2432 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2433 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2434 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2435 Firefox.
2437 When called interactively, if variable
2438 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2439 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2440 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2441 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2443 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2444 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2445 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2447 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2448 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2450 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2451 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2452 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2453 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2454 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2455 URL in a new window.
2457 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2459 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2460 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2461 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2462 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2463 Chromium.
2465 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2467 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2468 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2469 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2470 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2472 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2473 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2474 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2475 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2477 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2478 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2479 new tab in an existing window instead.
2481 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2482 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2484 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2486 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2487 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2489 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2491 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2492 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2493 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2494 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2496 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2497 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2498 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2499 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2501 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2502 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2504 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2506 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2507 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2509 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2510 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2511 program is invoked according to the variable
2512 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2514 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2515 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2516 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2517 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2519 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2520 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2522 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2524 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2525 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2526 Default to the URL around or before point.
2528 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2529 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2530 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2532 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2533 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2534 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2535 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2537 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2538 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2540 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2542 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2543 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2544 Default to the URL around or before point.
2546 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2547 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2548 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2550 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2551 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2553 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2555 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2556 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2557 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2558 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2560 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2562 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2563 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2564 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2565 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2566 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2567 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2569 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2571 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2572 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2573 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2574 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2575 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2577 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2578 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2579 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2580 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2582 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2583 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2585 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2587 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2588 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2589 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2590 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2591 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2592 current one.
2594 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2595 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2596 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2597 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2599 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2600 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2602 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2604 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2605 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2606 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2607 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2608 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2609 don't offer a form of remote control.
2611 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2613 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2614 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2615 Default to the URL around or before point.
2617 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2619 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2620 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2621 Default to the URL around the point.
2623 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2624 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2626 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2627 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2629 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2631 ;;;***
2633 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bs" "bs.el" (21452 38897 477078 478000))
2634 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2635 (push (purecopy '(bs 1 17)) package--builtin-versions)
2637 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2638 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2639 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2640 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2642 \(fn)" t nil)
2644 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2645 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2646 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2647 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2649 \(fn)" t nil)
2651 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2652 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2654 \(fn)" t nil)
2656 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2657 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2658 \\<bs-mode-map>
2659 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2660 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2661 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2662 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2664 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2665 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2666 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2667 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2668 name of buffer configuration.
2670 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2672 ;;;***
2674 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (21291 53104 431149
2675 ;;;;;; 0))
2676 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2678 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2679 Play Bubbles game.
2680 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2681 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2682 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2683 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2684 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2685 columns on its right towards the left.
2687 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2688 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2689 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2690 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2692 \(fn)" t nil)
2694 ;;;***
2696 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bug-reference" "progmodes/bug-reference.el"
2697 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 431149 0))
2698 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2700 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2702 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2703 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2704 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2705 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
2706 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2708 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2710 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2711 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2713 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2715 ;;;***
2717 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (21291
2718 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
2719 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2720 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2721 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2722 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2724 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2726 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2727 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2728 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2729 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2730 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2731 else the global value will be modified.
2733 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2735 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2736 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2737 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2738 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2739 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2740 else the global value will be modified.
2742 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2744 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2745 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2746 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2748 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2750 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2751 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2752 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2753 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2755 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2756 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2757 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2758 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2759 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2760 before scanning it.
2762 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2763 that already has a `.elc' file.
2765 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2766 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2768 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2769 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2770 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2771 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2772 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2773 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2775 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2777 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2778 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2779 Print the result in the echo area.
2780 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2782 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2784 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2785 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2786 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2788 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2790 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2791 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2792 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2793 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2794 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2795 all functions called by those functions.
2797 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2798 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2799 cons, etc.).
2801 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2802 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2803 invoked interactively.
2805 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2807 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2808 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2809 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2810 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2812 \(fn)" nil nil)
2814 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2815 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2816 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2817 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2818 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2819 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2820 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2821 already up-to-date.
2823 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2825 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2826 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2827 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2828 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2830 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2831 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2832 and corresponding effects.
2834 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2836 ;;;***
2838 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (21291
2839 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
2840 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2842 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2844 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2846 ;;;***
2848 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (21291 53104
2849 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
2850 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2852 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2854 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2856 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2858 ;;;***
2860 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el" (21291
2861 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
2862 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2864 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2865 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2866 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2867 from the cursor position.
2869 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2871 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'list-yahrzeit-dates 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "23.1")
2873 ;;;***
2875 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc" "calc/calc.el" (21421 999 106354 0))
2876 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2877 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2879 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2880 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See \\[calc-dispatch-help] for details.
2882 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2884 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2885 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2887 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2889 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2890 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2892 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2894 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2895 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2897 \(fn)" t nil)
2899 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2900 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2901 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2902 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2904 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2906 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2907 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2908 This is most useful in the X window system.
2909 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2910 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2912 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2914 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2915 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2916 See calc-keypad for details.
2918 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2920 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2921 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2923 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2925 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2926 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2928 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2930 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2931 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2933 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2935 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2936 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2937 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2939 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2941 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2942 Define Calc function.
2944 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2945 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2946 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2948 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2949 actual Lisp function name.
2951 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2953 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
2955 (put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
2957 ;;;***
2959 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (21291 53104
2960 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
2961 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
2963 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
2966 \(fn N)" t nil)
2968 ;;;***
2970 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calculator" "calculator.el" (21291 53104 431149
2971 ;;;;;; 0))
2972 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2974 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2975 Run the Emacs calculator.
2976 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2978 \(fn)" t nil)
2980 ;;;***
2982 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (21291 53104
2983 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
2984 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2986 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
2987 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
2988 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
2989 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
2990 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
2991 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
2993 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
2994 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
2995 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
2996 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
2997 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
2998 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
2999 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
3000 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
3001 window.
3003 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
3004 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
3006 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3007 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3008 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
3009 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
3010 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3011 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3013 Runs the following hooks:
3015 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
3016 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3017 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3018 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3020 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
3022 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3024 ;;;***
3026 ;;;### (autoloads nil "canlock" "gnus/canlock.el" (21291 53104 431149
3027 ;;;;;; 0))
3028 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3030 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3031 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3033 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3035 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3036 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3037 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3038 it fails.
3040 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3042 ;;;***
3044 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cap-words" "progmodes/cap-words.el" (21291
3045 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
3046 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cap-words.el
3048 (autoload 'capitalized-words-mode "cap-words" "\
3049 Toggle Capitalized Words mode.
3050 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Capitalized Words mode if ARG
3051 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
3052 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3054 Capitalized Words mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When
3055 enabled, a word boundary occurs immediately before an uppercase
3056 letter in a symbol. This is in addition to all the normal
3057 boundaries given by the syntax and category tables. There is no
3058 restriction to ASCII.
3060 E.g. the beginning of words in the following identifier are as marked:
3062 capitalizedWorDD
3063 ^ ^ ^^
3065 Note that these word boundaries only apply for word motion and
3066 marking commands such as \\[forward-word]. This mode does not affect word
3067 boundaries found by regexp matching (`\\>', `\\w' &c).
3069 This style of identifiers is common in environments like Java ones,
3070 where underscores aren't trendy enough. Capitalization rules are
3071 sometimes part of the language, e.g. Haskell, which may thus encourage
3072 such a style. It is appropriate to add `capitalized-words-mode' to
3073 the mode hook for programming language modes in which you encounter
3074 variables like this, e.g. `java-mode-hook'. It's unlikely to cause
3075 trouble if such identifiers aren't used.
3077 See also `glasses-mode' and `studlify-word'.
3078 Obsoletes `c-forward-into-nomenclature'.
3080 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3082 ;;;***
3084 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (21291
3085 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
3086 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
3087 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3089 ;;;***
3091 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el" (21291
3092 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
3093 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3095 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3096 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3098 \(fn)" nil nil)
3100 ;;;***
3102 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (21307 46976
3103 ;;;;;; 832220 0))
3104 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3106 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3107 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3109 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3110 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3112 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3113 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3115 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3117 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3118 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3119 made from scratch.
3121 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3123 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3124 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3126 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3127 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3128 made from scratch.
3130 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3132 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3133 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3135 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3137 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3138 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3139 made from scratch.
3141 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3143 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3144 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3146 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3147 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3148 made from scratch.
3150 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3152 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3153 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3155 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3157 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3158 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3159 made from scratch.
3161 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3163 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3164 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3166 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3167 variables are guessed:
3169 * `c-basic-offset', and
3170 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3171 `c-offsets-alist'.
3173 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3174 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3176 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3177 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3179 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3180 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3181 guess is made from scratch.
3183 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3184 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3186 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3188 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3189 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3190 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3191 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3193 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3194 `c-add-style'. Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3195 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3197 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3199 ;;;***
3201 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el" (21291 53104
3202 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
3203 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3205 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3206 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3207 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3208 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3209 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3210 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3211 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3213 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3214 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3215 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3216 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3217 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3218 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3219 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3220 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3221 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3223 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3224 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3225 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3226 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3227 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3228 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3230 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3232 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3233 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3235 Key bindings:
3236 \\{c-mode-map}
3238 \(fn)" t nil)
3240 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3241 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3242 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3243 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3244 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3245 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3246 message.
3248 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3250 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3251 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3253 Key bindings:
3254 \\{c++-mode-map}
3256 \(fn)" t nil)
3257 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3259 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3260 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3261 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3262 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3263 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3264 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3265 message.
3267 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3269 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3270 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3272 Key bindings:
3273 \\{objc-mode-map}
3275 \(fn)" t nil)
3276 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3278 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3279 Major mode for editing Java code.
3280 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3281 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3282 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3283 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3284 message.
3286 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3288 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3289 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3291 Key bindings:
3292 \\{java-mode-map}
3294 \(fn)" t nil)
3295 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3297 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3298 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3299 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3300 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3301 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3302 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3303 message.
3305 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3307 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3308 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3310 Key bindings:
3311 \\{idl-mode-map}
3313 \(fn)" t nil)
3314 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(\\.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3315 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3317 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3318 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3319 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3320 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3321 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3322 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3323 message.
3325 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3327 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3328 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3330 Key bindings:
3331 \\{pike-mode-map}
3333 \(fn)" t nil)
3334 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3335 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3336 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3337 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3338 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3340 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3341 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3342 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3343 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3344 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3345 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3347 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3349 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3350 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3352 Key bindings:
3353 \\{awk-mode-map}
3355 \(fn)" t nil)
3357 ;;;***
3359 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-styles" "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (21291
3360 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
3361 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3363 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3364 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3365 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3366 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3368 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3370 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3371 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3372 might get set too.
3374 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3375 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3376 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3377 done in your init file. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook
3378 in this way.
3380 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3381 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3382 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3383 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3384 a null operation.
3386 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3388 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3389 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3390 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3391 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3393 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3395 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3396 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3397 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3399 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3401 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3402 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3403 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3404 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3405 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3407 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3409 ;;;***
3411 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (21291 53104
3412 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
3413 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3414 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3415 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3416 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3418 ;;;***
3420 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ccl" "international/ccl.el" (21291 53104 431149
3421 ;;;;;; 0))
3422 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3424 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3425 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3427 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3429 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3430 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3432 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3434 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3435 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3437 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3438 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3439 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3440 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3441 execution.
3443 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3445 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil t)
3447 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3448 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3450 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3451 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3452 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3453 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3455 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3456 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3457 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3458 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3459 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3460 `write' commands.
3462 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3463 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3464 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3465 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3467 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3468 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3469 semantics.
3471 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3473 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3475 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3477 STATEMENT :=
3478 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3479 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3481 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3482 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3483 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3484 | integer
3486 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3488 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3489 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3490 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3492 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3493 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3494 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3496 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3497 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3499 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3500 BREAK := (break)
3502 REPEAT :=
3503 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3504 (repeat)
3505 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3506 ;; (repeat))
3507 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3508 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3509 ;; (read REG)
3510 ;; (repeat))
3511 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3512 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3513 ;; (read REG)
3514 ;; (repeat))
3515 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3517 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3518 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3519 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3520 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3521 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3522 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3523 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3524 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3525 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3526 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3527 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3528 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3529 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3530 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3531 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3532 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3534 WRITE :=
3535 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3536 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3537 ;; representation.
3538 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3539 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3540 ;; (write r7))
3541 | (write EXPRESSION)
3542 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3543 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3544 ;; representation.
3545 | (write integer)
3546 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3547 ;; buffer.
3548 | (write string)
3549 ;; Same as: (write string)
3550 | string
3551 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3552 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3553 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3554 ;; representation.
3555 | (write REG ARRAY)
3556 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3557 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3558 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3559 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3560 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3561 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3563 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3564 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3566 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3567 END := (end)
3569 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3570 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3571 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3573 ARG := REG | integer
3575 OPERATOR :=
3576 ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
3577 + | - | * | / | %
3579 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3580 | & | `|' | ^
3582 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3583 | << | >>
3585 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3586 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3587 | <8
3589 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3590 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3591 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3592 | >8
3594 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3595 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3596 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3597 | //
3599 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3600 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3602 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3603 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3604 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3605 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3606 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3607 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3608 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3609 | de-sjis
3611 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3612 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
3613 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3614 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3615 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3616 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3617 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3618 ;; byte of SJIS.
3619 | en-sjis
3621 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3622 ;; Same meaning as C code
3623 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3625 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3626 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3627 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3628 | <8=
3630 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3631 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3632 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3634 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3635 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3636 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3637 | //=
3639 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3642 TRANSLATE :=
3643 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3644 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3645 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3646 LOOKUP :=
3647 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3648 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3649 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3650 MAP :=
3651 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3652 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3653 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3654 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3655 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3656 MAP-ID := integer
3658 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil t)
3660 (put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
3662 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3663 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3664 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3665 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3666 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3667 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3669 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil t)
3671 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3672 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3673 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3675 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3677 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3679 ;;;***
3681 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el" (21291 53104
3682 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
3683 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
3685 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
3686 Main entry point for closure conversion.
3687 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
3688 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
3690 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
3692 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3694 (autoload 'cconv-warnings-only "cconv" "\
3695 Add the warnings that closure conversion would encounter.
3697 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3699 ;;;***
3701 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet" "cedet/cedet.el" (21291 53104 431149
3702 ;;;;;; 0))
3703 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet.el
3704 (push (purecopy '(cedet 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
3706 ;;;***
3708 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (21291 53104
3709 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
3710 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3711 (push (purecopy '(cfengine 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
3713 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
3714 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
3715 There are no special keybindings by default.
3717 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3718 to the action header.
3720 \(fn)" t nil)
3722 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
3723 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
3724 There are no special keybindings by default.
3726 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3727 to the action header.
3729 \(fn)" t nil)
3731 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
3732 Choose between `cfengine2-mode' and `cfengine3-mode' depending
3733 on the buffer contents
3735 \(fn)" nil nil)
3737 ;;;***
3739 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chart" "emacs-lisp/chart.el" (21291 53104
3740 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
3741 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/chart.el
3742 (push (purecopy '(chart 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3744 ;;;***
3746 ;;;### (autoloads nil "check-declare" "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el"
3747 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 431149 0))
3748 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3750 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3751 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3752 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3754 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
3756 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3757 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3758 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3760 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
3762 ;;;***
3764 ;;;### (autoloads nil "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (21291
3765 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
3766 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3767 (push (purecopy '(checkdoc 0 6 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3768 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3769 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3770 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3771 (put 'checkdoc-spellcheck-documentation-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3772 (put 'checkdoc-ispell-list-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3773 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3774 (put 'checkdoc-verb-check-experimental-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3775 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3777 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3780 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
3781 (put 'checkdoc-proper-noun-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3782 (put 'checkdoc-common-verbs-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3784 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3785 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3786 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3787 the users will view as each check is completed.
3789 \(fn)" t nil)
3791 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3792 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3793 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3794 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3795 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3796 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3797 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3798 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3800 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3802 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3803 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3804 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3805 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3806 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3807 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3808 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3809 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3811 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3813 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3814 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3815 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3816 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3817 spacing are all verified.
3819 \(fn)" t nil)
3821 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3822 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3823 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3824 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3825 otherwise stop after the first error.
3827 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3829 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3830 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3831 Only documentation strings are checked.
3832 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3833 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3834 a separate buffer.
3836 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3838 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3839 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3840 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3841 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3842 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3844 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3846 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3847 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3848 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3849 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3850 if there is one.
3852 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3854 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3855 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3856 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3857 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3858 if there is one.
3859 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3861 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3863 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3864 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3865 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3867 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3869 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3870 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3871 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3872 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3873 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3875 \(fn)" t nil)
3877 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3878 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3879 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3880 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3881 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3882 space at the end of each line.
3884 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3886 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3887 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3888 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3889 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc'
3891 \(fn)" t nil)
3893 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3894 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3895 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3896 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3898 \(fn)" t nil)
3900 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3901 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3902 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3903 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3905 \(fn)" t nil)
3907 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3908 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3909 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3910 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3912 \(fn)" t nil)
3914 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3915 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3916 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3917 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3919 \(fn)" t nil)
3921 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3922 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3923 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3924 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3926 \(fn)" t nil)
3928 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3929 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3930 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3931 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3933 \(fn)" t nil)
3935 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3936 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3937 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3938 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3940 \(fn)" t nil)
3942 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3943 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3944 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3945 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3947 \(fn)" t nil)
3949 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3950 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
3951 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
3952 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
3953 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3955 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3956 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3957 checking of documentation strings.
3959 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3961 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3963 ;;;***
3965 ;;;### (autoloads nil "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (21291
3966 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
3967 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3969 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3970 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3971 Return the length of resulting text.
3973 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3975 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3976 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3978 \(fn)" t nil)
3980 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3981 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3982 Return the length of resulting text.
3984 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3986 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3987 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3989 \(fn)" t nil)
3991 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
3994 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
3996 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
3999 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
4001 ;;;***
4003 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chistory" "chistory.el" (21291 53104 431149
4004 ;;;;;; 0))
4005 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4007 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
4008 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4009 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4010 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4011 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4012 editing and the result is evaluated.
4014 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4016 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
4017 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4018 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4019 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4020 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4022 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4024 \(fn)" t nil)
4026 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4027 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4028 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4029 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4030 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4032 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4033 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4034 \\{command-history-map}
4036 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4037 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4039 \(fn)" t nil)
4041 ;;;***
4043 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el" (21291
4044 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
4045 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4047 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4048 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4049 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4050 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4051 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4052 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
4053 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4054 of this function.
4056 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4057 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4058 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
4059 property are:
4061 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4062 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4064 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
4065 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4066 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4067 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
4068 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
4069 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4070 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4071 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4072 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4073 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4074 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4075 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4077 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4078 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4079 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4081 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4082 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4083 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
4084 list elements are:
4086 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4088 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4090 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4092 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
4093 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4095 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4096 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4098 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4099 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
4100 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4101 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
4102 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4103 value specified by their associated list element.
4105 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4107 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
4108 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
4109 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4111 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4112 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4113 * indent the first argument by 4.
4114 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4115 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4116 have an offset of 2+1=3.
4118 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4120 ;;;***
4122 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-lib" "emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el" (21291 53104
4123 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
4124 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el
4125 (push (purecopy '(cl-lib 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4127 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'custom-print-functions 'cl-custom-print-functions "24.3")
4129 (defvar cl-custom-print-functions nil "\
4130 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4131 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4132 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4133 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4134 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4136 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4137 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4139 (define-error 'cl-assertion-failed (purecopy "Assertion failed"))
4141 (autoload 'cl--defsubst-expand "cl-macs")
4143 (put 'cl-defun 'doc-string-elt 3)
4145 (put 'cl-defmacro 'doc-string-elt 3)
4147 (put 'cl-defsubst 'doc-string-elt 3)
4149 (put 'cl-defstruct 'doc-string-elt 2)
4151 ;;;***
4153 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el" (21291 53104
4154 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
4155 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4157 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4158 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4159 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4160 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4162 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4163 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4164 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4165 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4167 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4168 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4170 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4172 ;;;***
4174 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (21291 53104 431149
4175 ;;;;;; 0))
4176 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4178 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4179 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4180 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4181 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4182 of `scheme-program-name').
4183 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4184 it is given as initial input.
4185 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4186 discards input when it starts up.
4187 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4188 is run).
4189 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4191 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4193 ;;;***
4195 ;;;### (autoloads nil "color" "color.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
4196 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
4198 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4199 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4200 COLOR should be a color name (e.g. \"white\") or an RGB triplet
4201 string (e.g. \"#ff12ec\").
4203 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4204 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4206 Optional argument FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
4207 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
4208 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
4210 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
4212 ;;;***
4214 ;;;### (autoloads nil "comint" "comint.el" (21341 23900 988149 0))
4215 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4217 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(ansi-color-process-output comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4218 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4219 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4220 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4221 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4222 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4223 functions have already modified the buffer.
4225 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4227 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4228 either globally or locally.")
4230 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4231 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4232 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4233 If there is a running process in BUFFER, it is not restarted.
4235 PROGRAM should be one of the following:
4236 - a string, denoting an executable program to create via
4237 `start-file-process'
4238 - a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE), denoting a TCP
4239 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'
4240 - nil, denoting a newly-allocated pty.
4242 Optional fourth arg STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose
4243 contents are sent to the process as its initial input.
4245 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4247 Return the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4249 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4251 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4252 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4253 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4254 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4255 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4256 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4257 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4258 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4259 process as its initial input.
4261 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4263 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4265 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4267 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4268 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4269 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4270 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4271 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4272 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4274 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4276 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
4277 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4278 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4279 directory tracking functions.")
4281 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4282 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4283 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4285 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4287 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4289 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4290 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4291 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4293 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4295 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4297 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4298 Send COMMAND to current process.
4299 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4300 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4302 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4304 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4305 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4306 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4307 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4309 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4311 ;;;***
4313 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el" (21291 53104
4314 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
4315 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
4317 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4318 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4319 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4320 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4322 This command pushes the mark in each window
4323 at the prior location of point in that window.
4324 If both windows display the same buffer,
4325 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4326 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4328 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4329 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4330 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4331 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4332 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4333 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4334 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4335 ignored.
4337 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4338 this command work in interlaced mode:
4339 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4340 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4341 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4343 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4345 ;;;***
4347 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (21358 35866
4348 ;;;;;; 898057 0))
4349 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4351 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4352 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode'.")
4354 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4356 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4357 Hook run after starting a new compilation process.
4358 The hook is run with one argument, the new process.")
4360 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4362 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4363 Number of lines in a compilation window.
4364 If nil, use Emacs default.")
4366 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4368 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4369 Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4370 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4371 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4372 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4374 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4375 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4376 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4377 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4378 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4380 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4381 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4382 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4383 describing how the process finished.")
4385 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4386 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4387 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4388 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4389 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4391 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4392 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4393 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4395 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4397 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4398 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4399 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4400 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4402 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4404 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4405 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4407 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4408 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4410 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4411 (lambda ()
4412 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4413 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4414 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4415 (concat \"make -k \"
4416 (if buffer-file-name
4417 (shell-quote-argument
4418 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))))")
4420 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4421 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4423 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4424 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4425 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4426 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4428 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4430 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4431 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4432 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4433 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4435 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4436 and move to the source code that caused it.
4438 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4439 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4441 Interactively, prompts for the command if the variable
4442 `compilation-read-command' is non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'.
4443 With prefix arg, always prompts.
4444 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4445 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4447 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4448 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4449 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4450 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4452 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4453 kills its subprocesses.
4455 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4456 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4457 to a function that generates a unique name.
4459 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4461 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4462 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4463 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4464 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4466 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4467 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4469 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4470 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4471 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4472 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4474 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4475 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4476 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4478 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4480 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4482 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4483 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4484 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4485 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4486 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4488 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4490 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4492 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4494 (put 'define-compilation-mode 'doc-string-elt 3)
4496 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4497 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
4498 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
4499 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
4500 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4502 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
4503 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
4504 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
4505 See `compilation-mode'.
4507 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4509 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4510 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
4511 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
4512 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
4513 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4515 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
4516 commands of Compilation major mode are available. See
4517 `compilation-mode'.
4519 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4521 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4522 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4523 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4525 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4527 ;;;***
4529 ;;;### (autoloads nil "completion" "completion.el" (21291 53104 431149
4530 ;;;;;; 0))
4531 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4533 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4534 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4535 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4536 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4537 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4538 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4540 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4542 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4543 Toggle dynamic word-completion on or off.
4544 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
4545 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
4546 if ARG is omitted or nil.
4548 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4550 ;;;***
4552 ;;;### (autoloads nil "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" (21291
4553 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
4554 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4556 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4557 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4558 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4559 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4560 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4561 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4562 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4564 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4565 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4566 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4568 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4569 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4570 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4572 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4573 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4574 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4575 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4577 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4578 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4579 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4580 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4581 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4582 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4583 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4585 \\{conf-mode-map}
4587 \(fn)" t nil)
4589 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4590 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4591 Comments start with `#'.
4592 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4594 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4596 \[Desktop Entry]
4597 Encoding=UTF-8
4598 Name=The GIMP
4599 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4600 Name[cs]=GIMP
4602 \(fn)" t nil)
4604 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4605 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4606 Comments start with `;'.
4607 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4609 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4611 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4612 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4613 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4615 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4616 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4618 \(fn)" t nil)
4620 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4621 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4622 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4623 between `/*' and `*/'.
4624 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4626 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4627 // another kind of comment
4628 /* yet another */
4630 name:value
4631 name=value
4632 name value
4633 x.1 =
4634 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4635 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4637 \(fn)" t nil)
4639 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4640 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4641 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4642 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4643 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4644 `conf-space-keywords'.
4645 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4646 in an interactive fashion instead.
4648 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4650 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4652 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4653 image/png png
4654 image/tiff tiff tif
4656 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4657 class desktop
4658 # Standard multimedia devices
4659 add /dev/audio desktop
4660 add /dev/mixer desktop
4662 \(fn)" t nil)
4664 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4665 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4666 See `conf-space-mode'.
4668 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4670 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4671 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4672 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4673 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4675 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4677 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4678 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4680 \(fn)" t nil)
4682 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4683 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4684 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4685 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4687 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4689 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4690 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4692 \(fn)" t nil)
4694 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4695 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4696 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4697 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4699 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4701 *background: gray99
4702 *foreground: black
4704 \(fn)" t nil)
4706 ;;;***
4708 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (21291 53104 431149
4709 ;;;;;; 0))
4710 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4712 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4713 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4714 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4715 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4716 Interactively, PHRASE-FILE defaults to `cookie-file', unless that
4717 is nil or a prefix argument is used.
4719 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" t nil)
4721 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4722 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4723 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4724 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4726 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4728 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4729 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4730 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4731 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4733 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4735 ;;;***
4737 ;;;### (autoloads nil "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (21291
4738 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
4739 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4740 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4741 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4742 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4744 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4745 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4746 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4747 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4748 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4749 following the copyright are updated as well.
4750 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4751 interactively.
4753 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4755 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4756 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4757 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4758 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
4759 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
4761 \(fn)" t nil)
4763 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4764 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4766 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4768 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4769 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4770 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
4772 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
4774 ;;;***
4776 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (21291
4777 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
4778 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4779 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4780 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4781 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4782 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4783 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4784 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4785 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4787 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4788 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4789 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4790 Tab indents for Perl code.
4791 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4792 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4794 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4795 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4796 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4797 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4798 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4799 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4800 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4801 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4802 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
4803 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4804 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4805 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4807 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4809 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4810 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4812 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4814 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4815 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4816 she is most likely to want to be. E.g., when the user types a space
4817 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4818 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4819 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4820 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4821 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4822 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4824 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4826 bite if angry;
4828 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4829 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4830 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4831 to nil.)
4833 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4834 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4835 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4837 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4839 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4840 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4841 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4842 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4843 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4845 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4847 if (A) { B }
4849 into
4851 B if A;
4853 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4855 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4856 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4857 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4858 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4859 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4860 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4861 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4862 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4863 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4864 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4865 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4866 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4867 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4869 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4870 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4871 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4872 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4873 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4874 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4876 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4877 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4878 man via menu.
4880 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4881 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4882 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4883 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4884 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4886 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4887 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4888 span the needed amount of lines.
4890 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4891 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4892 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4893 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4895 Variables controlling indentation style:
4896 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4897 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4898 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4899 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4900 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4901 `cperl-auto-newline'
4902 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4903 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4904 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4905 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4906 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4907 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4908 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4909 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4910 `cperl-indent-level'
4911 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4912 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4913 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4914 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4915 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4916 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4917 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4918 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4919 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4920 `cperl-brace-offset'
4921 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4922 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4923 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4924 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4925 `cperl-label-offset'
4926 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4927 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4928 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4930 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4931 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4932 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4933 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4934 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4935 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4937 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4938 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4939 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4940 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4942 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4943 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4944 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4945 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
4946 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
4947 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4948 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4950 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4951 column 0 is indented on
4952 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4954 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4955 with no args.
4957 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4958 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4959 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4961 \(fn)" t nil)
4963 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4964 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4966 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
4968 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4969 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4971 \(fn)" t nil)
4973 ;;;***
4975 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el" (21291 53104 431149
4976 ;;;;;; 0))
4977 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4979 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
4980 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4981 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4982 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4983 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4985 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4987 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
4988 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4990 \(fn)" t nil)
4992 ;;;***
4994 ;;;### (autoloads nil "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el" (21291 53104 431149
4995 ;;;;;; 0))
4996 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
4998 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
4999 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
5000 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
5001 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
5003 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5004 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
5006 (custom-autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" nil)
5008 (autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" "\
5009 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation (CRiSP mode).
5010 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CRiSP mode if ARG is positive,
5011 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5012 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5014 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5016 (defalias 'brief-mode 'crisp-mode)
5018 ;;;***
5020 ;;;### (autoloads nil "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el" (21291 53104 431149
5021 ;;;;;; 0))
5022 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5024 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
5025 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5026 The arguments are the same as those of `completing-read'.
5027 \\<crm-local-completion-map>
5028 Input multiple strings by separating each one with a string that
5029 matches the regexp `crm-separator'. For example, if the separator
5030 regexp is \",\", entering \"alice,bob,eve\" specifies the strings
5031 \"alice\", \"bob\", and \"eve\".
5033 We refer to contiguous strings of non-separator-characters as
5034 \"elements\". In this example there are three elements.
5036 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5037 contents of the minibuffer are \"alice,bob,eve\" and point is between
5038 \"l\" and \"i\", pressing \\[minibuffer-complete] operates on the element \"alice\".
5040 This function returns a list of the strings that were read,
5041 with empty strings removed.
5043 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5045 ;;;***
5047 ;;;### (autoloads nil "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (21291 53104
5048 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
5049 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5051 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5052 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5054 \(fn)" t nil)
5056 ;;;***
5058 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el" (21291 53104
5059 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
5060 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5062 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5063 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5064 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5065 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5066 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5067 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5069 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5071 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5072 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5073 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5074 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5075 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5077 CUA mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typed text
5078 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5079 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5080 bindings. The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5081 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5082 normal function of these prefix keys.
5084 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5085 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5086 options:
5087 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5088 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5089 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5091 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5092 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5093 the prefix fallback behavior.
5095 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5097 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5098 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5100 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5102 ;;;***
5104 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-rect" "emulation/cua-rect.el" (21424 41722
5105 ;;;;;; 267004 677000))
5106 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-rect.el
5108 (autoload 'cua-rectangle-mark-mode "cua-rect" "\
5109 Toggle the region as rectangular.
5110 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
5112 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5114 ;;;***
5116 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (21423 31150 636189
5117 ;;;;;; 289000))
5118 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5120 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5121 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5123 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5125 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
5126 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5128 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5130 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5131 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5133 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5135 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5136 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5138 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5139 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5141 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5142 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5144 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5146 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5148 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5149 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5150 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5152 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5153 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5155 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5156 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5158 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5159 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5161 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5163 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5165 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5166 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5167 Return VALUE.
5169 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5170 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5172 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5173 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5175 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5176 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5178 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5180 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5182 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
5183 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
5184 ELTS should be a list. This function adds each entry to the
5185 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
5187 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
5188 the resulting list value now. Otherwise, add an entry to
5189 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
5191 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
5193 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5194 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5195 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5196 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5197 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5199 \(fn)" t nil)
5201 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5202 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5203 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5204 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5206 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5208 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5209 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5210 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5212 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5214 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5215 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5217 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5219 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5221 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5222 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5224 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5226 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5228 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5229 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5230 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5232 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5234 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5235 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5236 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5237 as part of Emacs itself.
5239 Each elements looks like this:
5241 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5243 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5244 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5245 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5246 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5247 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5248 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5249 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5250 and `defface'.
5252 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5254 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5255 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5256 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5257 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5258 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5260 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5261 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5262 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5263 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5265 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5267 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5268 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5269 This includes new user options and faces, and new customization
5270 groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings or
5271 default values have changed since the previous major Emacs
5272 release.
5274 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5275 that were added or redefined since that version.
5277 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5279 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5280 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5281 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5282 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5284 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5286 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5287 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5289 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5291 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5292 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5293 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5295 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5296 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5298 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5300 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5301 Customize all options and faces set in this session but not saved.
5303 \(fn)" t nil)
5305 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5306 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5308 \(fn)" t nil)
5310 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5311 Customize all saved options and faces.
5313 \(fn)" t nil)
5315 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5316 Customize loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
5317 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
5318 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
5319 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of
5320 words, search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
5322 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
5323 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
5324 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
5326 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
5328 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5329 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5331 \(fn REGEXP &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
5333 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5334 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5336 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5338 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5339 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5341 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5343 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5344 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5345 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5346 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5347 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5348 that option.
5349 DESCRIPTION is unused.
5351 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5353 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5354 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5355 The result includes selecting that window.
5356 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5357 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5358 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5359 that option.
5361 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5363 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5364 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5366 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5368 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5369 File used for storing customization information.
5370 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5371 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5372 it should be an absolute file name.
5374 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5375 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5376 something like the following in your init file:
5378 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5379 \(load custom-file)
5381 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5382 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5384 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5385 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5386 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5387 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5388 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5390 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5391 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5392 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5393 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5394 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5395 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5396 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5397 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5398 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5399 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5401 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5403 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5404 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5406 \(fn)" nil nil)
5408 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5409 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5411 \(fn)" t nil)
5413 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5414 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5415 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5417 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5419 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5420 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5421 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5422 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5423 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5425 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5427 ;;;***
5429 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (21291 53104 431149
5430 ;;;;;; 0))
5431 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5433 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5434 Create or edit a custom theme.
5435 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
5436 is `user', the resulting *Custom Theme* buffer also contains a
5437 checkbox for removing the theme settings specified in the buffer
5438 from the Custom save file.
5439 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
5440 named *Custom Theme*.
5442 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
5444 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
5445 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
5447 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5449 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
5450 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
5452 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5454 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
5455 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
5456 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
5457 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
5459 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5461 ;;;***
5463 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el" (21291 53104
5464 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
5465 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
5467 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5468 Mode used for cvs status output.
5470 \(fn)" t nil)
5472 ;;;***
5474 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (21291 53104 431149
5475 ;;;;;; 0))
5476 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5477 (push (purecopy '(cwarn 1 3 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5479 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5480 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5482 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5484 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5485 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5486 C++ modes are included.
5488 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
5489 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5490 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5492 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5494 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-cwarn-mode 'cwarn-mode "24.1")
5496 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5497 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5498 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5499 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5500 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5501 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5503 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5505 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5506 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
5507 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
5508 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
5509 ARG is omitted or nil.
5511 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5512 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5513 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5515 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5517 ;;;***
5519 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" (21291
5520 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
5521 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5523 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5524 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5526 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5528 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5529 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5531 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5533 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5534 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5535 For readability, the table is slightly
5536 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5538 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5539 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5540 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5541 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5542 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5544 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5546 ;;;***
5548 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el" (21291 53104 431149
5549 ;;;;;; 0))
5550 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5551 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5552 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5553 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5554 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5556 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5557 Completion on current word.
5558 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5559 and presents suggestions for completion.
5561 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5562 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5563 completions.
5565 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
5566 then it searches *all* buffers.
5568 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5570 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5571 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5573 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5574 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5575 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5576 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5577 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5579 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5580 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5582 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5583 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5584 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5586 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5587 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5589 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5591 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5593 ;;;***
5595 ;;;### (autoloads nil "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el" (21291 53104
5596 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
5597 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5599 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5600 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5602 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5604 ;;;***
5606 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (21405 56335 157417 0))
5607 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5609 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5610 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5611 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5612 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5613 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5615 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
5617 ;;;***
5619 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (21291 53104
5620 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
5621 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5623 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5624 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5626 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5627 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5628 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5630 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5631 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5632 Data lines are not indented.
5634 Key bindings:
5636 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5637 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5639 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5640 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5641 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5642 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5644 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5646 dcl-basic-offset
5647 Extra indentation within blocks.
5649 dcl-continuation-offset
5650 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5652 dcl-margin-offset
5653 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5655 dcl-margin-label-offset
5656 Indentation for a label.
5658 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5659 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5661 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5662 dcl-block-end-regexp
5663 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5664 a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
5665 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5666 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5667 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5669 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5670 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5671 Two such functions are included in the package:
5672 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5673 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5675 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5676 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5677 One such function is included in the package:
5678 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5680 dcl-tab-always-indent
5681 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5682 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5683 margin.
5685 dcl-electric-characters
5686 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5687 typed.
5689 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5690 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5691 which words trigger electric indentation.
5693 dcl-tempo-comma
5694 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5695 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5696 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5698 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5699 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5700 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5701 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5703 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5704 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5705 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5706 dcl-imenu-label-call
5707 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5709 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5710 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5711 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5712 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5715 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5717 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5718 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5719 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5720 $ i = 1
5721 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5722 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5723 $ label:
5724 $ if i.eq.1
5725 $ then
5726 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5727 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5728 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5729 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5730 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5731 \"lined up with the command line\"
5732 $ type sys$input
5733 Data lines are not indented at all.
5734 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5735 $ endif
5739 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5740 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5742 \(fn)" t nil)
5744 ;;;***
5746 ;;;### (autoloads nil "debug" "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (21291 53104
5747 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
5748 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5750 (setq debugger 'debug)
5752 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5753 Enter debugger. \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]' returns from the debugger.
5754 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5755 of the evaluator.
5757 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5758 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5759 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5761 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
5763 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5764 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5766 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5768 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5769 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5770 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5771 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5772 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5773 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5775 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5776 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5778 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5780 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5781 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5782 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5783 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5784 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5786 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5788 ;;;***
5790 ;;;### (autoloads nil "decipher" "play/decipher.el" (21291 53104
5791 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
5792 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5794 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5795 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5797 \(fn)" t nil)
5799 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5800 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5801 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5802 Upper-case letters are commands.
5804 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5805 modify it.
5807 The most useful commands are:
5808 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5809 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5810 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5811 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5812 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5813 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5815 \(fn)" t nil)
5817 ;;;***
5819 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (21291 53104 431149
5820 ;;;;;; 0))
5821 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5822 (push (purecopy '(delim-col 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5824 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5825 Customization of `columns' group.
5827 \(fn)" t nil)
5829 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5830 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5832 START and END delimits the text region.
5834 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5836 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5837 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5839 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5841 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5843 ;;;***
5845 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delsel" "delsel.el" (21410 64156 350465 0))
5846 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5848 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5850 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5851 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5852 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5853 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5854 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5855 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5857 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5859 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5860 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5861 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Delete Selection mode if ARG
5862 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
5863 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5865 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, typed text replaces the selection
5866 if the selection is active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at
5867 point regardless of any selection.
5869 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5871 ;;;***
5873 ;;;### (autoloads nil "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (21291 53104
5874 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
5875 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5877 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5878 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5880 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5882 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5883 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5884 or nil if there is no parent.
5885 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5886 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5887 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5888 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5889 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5891 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5892 arguments are currently understood:
5893 :group GROUP
5894 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5895 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5896 :syntax-table TABLE
5897 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
5898 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5899 :abbrev-table TABLE
5900 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
5901 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5903 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5905 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5907 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5908 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5909 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5911 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5912 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5914 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5915 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5916 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5918 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5919 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5921 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5922 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5924 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
5926 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil t)
5928 (put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
5930 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
5931 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
5932 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5933 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5934 the first time the mode is used.
5936 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5938 ;;;***
5940 ;;;### (autoloads nil "descr-text" "descr-text.el" (21291 53104 431149
5941 ;;;;;; 0))
5942 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5944 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
5945 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
5946 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
5947 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5948 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5949 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5950 otherwise.
5952 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
5954 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
5955 Describe position POS (interactively, point) and the char after POS.
5956 POS is taken to be in BUFFER, or the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.
5957 The information is displayed in buffer `*Help*'.
5959 The position information includes POS; the total size of BUFFER; the
5960 region limits, if narrowed; the column number; and the horizontal
5961 scroll amount, if the buffer is horizontally scrolled.
5963 The character information includes the character code; charset and
5964 code points in it; syntax; category; how the character is encoded in
5965 BUFFER and in BUFFER's file; character composition information (if
5966 relevant); the font and font glyphs used to display the character;
5967 the character's canonical name and other properties defined by the
5968 Unicode Data Base; and widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties
5969 relevant to POS.
5971 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5973 ;;;***
5975 ;;;### (autoloads nil "desktop" "desktop.el" (21445 65378 74911 672000))
5976 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
5978 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
5979 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
5980 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5981 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5982 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5983 or call the function `desktop-save-mode'.")
5985 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
5987 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
5988 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
5989 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is positive,
5990 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG
5991 is omitted or nil.
5993 When Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
5994 one session to another. In particular, Emacs will save the desktop when
5995 it exits (this may prompt you; see the option `desktop-save'). The next
5996 time Emacs starts, if this mode is active it will restore the desktop.
5998 To manually save the desktop at any time, use the command `M-x desktop-save'.
5999 To load it, use `M-x desktop-read'.
6001 Once a desktop file exists, Emacs will auto-save it according to the
6002 option `desktop-auto-save-timeout'.
6004 To see all the options you can set, browse the `desktop' customization group.
6006 For further details, see info node `(emacs)Saving Emacs Sessions'.
6008 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6010 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
6011 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6012 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6013 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6015 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
6017 (defvar-local desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6018 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6020 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6021 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6022 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6024 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6025 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6027 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6028 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6029 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6031 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6032 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6033 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6034 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6036 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6038 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6039 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6041 Handlers are called with argument list
6043 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6045 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6047 `desktop-file-version'
6048 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6049 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6050 `desktop-buffer-point'
6051 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6052 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6053 `desktop-buffer-locals'
6055 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6056 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6058 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6059 code like
6061 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6063 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6064 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6066 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6068 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6070 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6071 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6072 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6073 List elements must have the form
6075 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6077 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6078 function.
6080 Handlers are called with argument list
6082 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6084 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6086 `desktop-file-version'
6087 `desktop-buffer-file-name'
6088 `desktop-buffer-name'
6089 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6090 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6091 `desktop-buffer-point'
6092 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6093 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6094 `desktop-buffer-misc'
6096 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6097 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6098 created and set.
6100 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6101 code like
6103 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6105 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6106 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6108 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6110 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6112 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6114 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6115 Empty the Desktop.
6116 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6117 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6118 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6119 When called interactively and `desktop-restore-frames' is non-nil, it also
6120 deletes all frames except the selected one (and its minibuffer frame,
6121 if different).
6123 \(fn)" t nil)
6125 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6126 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6127 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6128 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
6129 If ONLY-IF-CHANGED is non-nil, compare the current desktop information
6130 to that in the desktop file, and if the desktop information has not
6131 changed since it was last saved then do not rewrite the file.
6133 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE ONLY-IF-CHANGED)" t nil)
6135 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6136 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6137 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6139 \(fn)" t nil)
6141 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6142 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6143 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6144 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6145 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6146 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6147 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6148 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6150 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6152 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6153 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6154 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6156 \(fn)" nil nil)
6158 (make-obsolete 'desktop-load-default 'desktop-save-mode '"22.1")
6160 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6161 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6162 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6163 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6164 directory DIRNAME.
6166 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6168 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6169 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6171 \(fn)" t nil)
6173 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6174 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6176 \(fn)" t nil)
6178 ;;;***
6180 ;;;### (autoloads nil "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (21291 53104
6181 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
6182 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6184 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6185 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6186 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6187 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6188 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6189 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6191 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6193 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6194 Repair a broken attribution line.
6195 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6197 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6199 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6200 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6201 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6202 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6204 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6206 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6207 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6209 \(fn)" t nil)
6211 ;;;***
6213 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el" (21291
6214 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
6215 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6217 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6218 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6219 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6220 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6221 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
6223 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6225 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6226 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6227 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6228 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6230 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
6231 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
6232 since `emacs -script' does not load your init file, you should
6233 ensure that all relevant variables are set.
6235 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
6236 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
6238 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
6239 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
6240 calendar-date-style 'european
6241 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
6243 \(diary-mail-entries)
6245 # diary-rem.el ends here
6247 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6249 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6250 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6252 \(fn)" t nil)
6254 ;;;***
6256 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff" "vc/diff.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
6257 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
6259 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-c") "\
6260 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6262 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6264 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
6265 The command to use to run diff.")
6267 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6269 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6270 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6271 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
6272 minibuffer. The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
6273 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
6274 exists. If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6276 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6277 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6278 specified in the variable `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6280 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6282 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6283 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6284 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6285 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6286 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6287 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6289 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6291 (autoload 'diff-latest-backup-file "diff" "\
6292 Return the latest existing backup of FILE, or nil.
6294 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
6296 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
6297 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
6298 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
6300 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6302 ;;;***
6304 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el" (21291 53104
6305 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
6306 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
6308 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6309 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6310 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6311 normal diffs.
6313 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6314 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6315 headers for you on-the-fly.
6317 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6318 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6319 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6321 \\{diff-mode-map}
6323 \(fn)" t nil)
6325 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6326 Toggle Diff minor mode.
6327 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
6328 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6329 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6331 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6333 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6335 ;;;***
6337 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dig" "net/dig.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
6338 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6340 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6341 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6342 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6344 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6346 ;;;***
6348 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dired" "dired.el" (21452 38823 243032 890000))
6349 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6351 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6352 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6353 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6354 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6355 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6356 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6357 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6358 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6360 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6362 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6363 The directory name or wildcard spec that this Dired directory lists.
6364 Local to each Dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6365 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6366 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6367 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6369 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6370 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6371 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6372 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6373 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6374 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6375 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6376 list of files to make directory entries for.
6377 \\<dired-mode-map>You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6378 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6379 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6381 If DIRNAME is already in a Dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6383 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6384 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6386 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6387 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6389 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6390 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6392 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6393 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6395 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6397 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6398 Like `dired' but returns the Dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6400 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6402 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6403 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6404 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6405 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6406 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6407 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6408 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6409 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6410 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6411 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6412 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6413 The buffer is read-only. Digits are prefix arguments.
6414 Type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file `D' for deletion.
6415 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6416 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6417 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6418 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6419 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6420 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6421 to see why something went wrong.
6422 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of an inserted subdirectory.
6423 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unmark or unflag.
6424 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to delete (eXecute) the files flagged `D'.
6425 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6426 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6427 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or Dired directory in Other window.
6428 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6429 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6430 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6431 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6432 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6433 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6434 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
6436 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6437 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
6438 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6439 again for the directory tree.
6441 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6442 for more info):
6444 `dired-listing-switches'
6445 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6446 `dired-marker-char'
6447 `dired-del-marker'
6448 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6449 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6450 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6451 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6453 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6455 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6456 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6457 `dired-mode-hook'
6458 `dired-load-hook'
6460 Keybindings:
6461 \\{dired-mode-map}
6463 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6464 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6466 ;;;***
6468 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (21291 53104 431149
6469 ;;;;;; 0))
6470 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6472 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6473 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
6474 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
6475 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6476 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6478 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the current
6479 working directory at all times, and that you set the variable
6480 `dirtrack-list' to match the prompt.
6482 This is an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works by
6483 tracking `cd' and similar commands which change the shell working
6484 directory.
6486 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6488 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6489 Determine the current directory from the process output for a prompt.
6490 This filter function is used by `dirtrack-mode'. It looks for
6491 the prompt specified by `dirtrack-list', and calls
6492 `shell-process-cd' if the directory seems to have changed away
6493 from `default-directory'.
6495 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6497 ;;;***
6499 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (21291 53104
6500 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
6501 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6503 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6504 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6505 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6506 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6507 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6508 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6510 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6512 ;;;***
6514 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (21291 53104 431149
6515 ;;;;;; 0))
6516 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6518 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6519 Return a new, empty display table.
6521 \(fn)" nil nil)
6523 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6524 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6525 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6526 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6527 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6529 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6531 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6532 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6533 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6534 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6535 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6537 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6539 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6540 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6542 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6544 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6545 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6547 \(fn)" t nil)
6549 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6550 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6552 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6553 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6555 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6556 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6557 byte.
6559 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6560 in the default way after this call.
6562 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6564 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6565 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6567 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6569 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6570 Display character C using printable string S.
6572 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6574 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6575 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6576 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6577 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6579 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6581 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6582 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6583 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6584 X frame.
6586 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6588 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6589 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6591 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6593 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6594 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6596 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6598 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6599 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6601 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6603 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6604 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6606 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6608 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6609 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6611 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6613 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6614 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6616 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6617 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6619 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6620 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6622 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6623 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6624 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6625 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6627 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6628 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6629 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6630 in `.emacs'.
6632 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6634 ;;;***
6636 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el" (21291 53104
6637 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
6638 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6640 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6641 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6642 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6643 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6644 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6645 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6646 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6647 Default is 2.
6649 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6651 ;;;***
6653 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dnd" "dnd.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
6654 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6656 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6657 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6658 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6659 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6660 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6661 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6662 private or ask).
6663 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6664 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6665 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6666 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6667 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6669 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6671 ;;;***
6673 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dns-mode" "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (21291 53104
6674 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
6675 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6677 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6678 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6679 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6680 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6681 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6682 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6683 table and its own syntax table.
6685 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6687 \(fn)" t nil)
6688 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6690 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6691 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6693 \(fn)" t nil)
6695 ;;;***
6697 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (21462 6563 648736
6698 ;;;;;; 0))
6699 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6701 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6702 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6703 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
6704 OpenDocument format).
6706 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6708 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6709 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6711 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6712 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6714 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6715 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6716 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6718 \(fn)" t nil)
6720 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
6721 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
6722 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
6723 to the next best mode.
6725 \(fn)" nil nil)
6727 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6728 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
6729 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
6730 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6731 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6733 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6735 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6737 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6740 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
6742 ;;;***
6744 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (21291 53104 431149
6745 ;;;;;; 0))
6746 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6748 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6749 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6751 \(fn)" t nil)
6753 ;;;***
6755 ;;;### (autoloads nil "double" "double.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
6756 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6758 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6759 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
6760 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
6761 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6762 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6764 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
6765 strings when pressed twice. See `double-map' for details.
6767 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6769 ;;;***
6771 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (21291 53104 431149
6772 ;;;;;; 0))
6773 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6774 (push (purecopy '(dunnet 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
6776 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6777 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6779 \(fn)" t nil)
6781 ;;;***
6783 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (21291
6784 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
6785 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6787 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6789 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6790 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6791 This defines the toggle command MODE and (by default) a control variable
6792 MODE (you can override this with the :variable keyword, see below).
6793 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6795 The defined mode command takes one optional (prefix) argument.
6796 Interactively with no prefix argument, it toggles the mode.
6797 A prefix argument enables the mode if the argument is positive,
6798 and disables it otherwise.
6800 When called from Lisp, the mode command toggles the mode if the
6801 argument is `toggle', disables the mode if the argument is a
6802 non-positive integer, and enables the mode otherwise (including
6803 if the argument is omitted or nil or a positive integer).
6805 If DOC is nil, give the mode command a basic doc-string
6806 documenting what its argument does.
6808 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6809 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode line when the mode is on.
6810 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6811 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6812 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
6813 arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'. If you supply a KEYMAP
6814 argument that is not a symbol, this macro defines the variable
6815 MODE-map and gives it the value that KEYMAP specifies.
6817 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6818 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6819 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6820 alternating keywords and values. These following special keywords
6821 are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if the minor
6822 mode is global):
6824 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6825 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6826 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6827 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6828 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6829 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6830 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6831 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6832 Not used if you also specify :variable.
6833 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6834 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6835 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6836 :variable PLACE The location to use instead of the variable MODE to store
6837 the state of the mode. This can be simply a different
6838 named variable, or a generalized variable.
6839 PLACE can also be of the form (GET . SET), where GET is
6840 an expression that returns the current state, and SET is
6841 a function that takes one argument, the new state, and
6842 sets it. If you specify a :variable, this function does
6843 not define a MODE variable (nor any of the terms used
6844 in :variable).
6846 :after-hook A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks
6847 have been run. It should not be quoted.
6849 For example, you could write
6850 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6851 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6852 ...BODY CODE...)
6854 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil t)
6856 (put 'define-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6858 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6860 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6862 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6863 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6864 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6865 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6866 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
6867 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6868 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6869 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6870 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6871 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6872 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6873 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6875 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6876 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6877 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
6878 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
6879 call another major mode in their body.
6881 When a major mode is initialized, MODE is actually turned on just
6882 after running the major mode's hook. However, MODE is not turned
6883 on if the hook has explicitly disabled it.
6885 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil t)
6887 (put 'define-globalized-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6889 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
6890 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6891 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6892 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6893 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6894 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6895 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6897 Valid keywords and arguments are:
6899 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
6900 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
6901 :inherit Parent keymap.
6902 :group Ignored.
6903 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
6904 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
6906 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6908 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
6909 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6910 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
6911 the constant's documentation.
6913 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6915 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
6916 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6917 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6919 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6921 ;;;***
6923 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (21291
6924 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
6925 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6927 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
6928 Define a pop-up menu and/or menu bar menu specified by MENU.
6929 If SYMBOL is non-nil, define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the
6930 submenu defined by MENU, with DOC as its doc string.
6932 MAPS, if non-nil, should be a keymap or a list of keymaps; add
6933 the submenu defined by MENU to the keymap or each of the keymaps,
6934 as a top-level menu bar item.
6936 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar
6937 item name. It may be followed by the following keyword argument
6938 pairs:
6940 :filter FUNCTION
6941 FUNCTION must be a function which, if called with one
6942 argument---the list of the other menu items---returns the
6943 items to actually display.
6945 :visible INCLUDE
6946 INCLUDE is an expression. The menu is visible if the
6947 expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:included' is an
6948 alias for `:visible'.
6950 :active ENABLE
6951 ENABLE is an expression. The menu is enabled for selection
6952 if the expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:enable' is
6953 an alias for `:active'.
6955 The rest of the elements in MENU are menu items.
6956 A menu item can be a vector of three elements:
6958 [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
6960 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
6962 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, or an
6963 expression to evaluate when the item is chosen.
6965 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection if the
6966 expression evaluates to a non-nil value.
6968 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
6970 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ]... ]
6972 where NAME and CALLBACK have the same meanings as above, and each
6973 optional KEYWORD and ARG pair should be one of the following:
6975 :keys KEYS
6976 KEYS is a string; a keyboard equivalent to the menu item.
6977 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are
6978 usually computed automatically. KEYS is expanded with
6979 `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
6981 :key-sequence KEYS
6982 KEYS is a hint for speeding up Emacs's first display of the
6983 menu. It should be nil if you know that the menu item has no
6984 keyboard equivalent; otherwise it should be a string or
6985 vector specifying a keyboard equivalent for the menu item.
6987 :active ENABLE
6988 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6989 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an
6990 alias for `:active'.
6992 :visible INCLUDE
6993 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
6994 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for
6995 `:visible'.
6997 :label FORM
6998 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
6999 value serves as the menu item's label (the default is NAME).
7001 :suffix FORM
7002 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7003 value is concatenated with the menu entry's label.
7005 :style STYLE
7006 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item; it should
7007 be `toggle' (a checkbox), or `radio' (a radio button), or any
7008 other value (meaning an ordinary menu item).
7010 :selected SELECTED
7011 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is
7012 selected whenever the expression's value is non-nil.
7014 :help HELP
7015 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7017 Alternatively, a menu item can be a string. Then that string
7018 appears in the menu as unselectable text. A string consisting
7019 solely of dashes is displayed as a menu separator.
7021 Alternatively, a menu item can be a list with the same format as
7022 MENU. This is a submenu.
7024 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil t)
7026 (put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
7028 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
7031 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7033 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
7034 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7035 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7036 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7038 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7040 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
7041 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7042 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7043 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7044 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7045 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7047 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7048 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7049 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7051 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7052 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7053 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7055 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7056 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7058 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7060 ;;;***
7062 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (21291 53104
7063 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
7064 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7065 (push (purecopy '(ebnf2ps 4 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7067 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7068 Customization for ebnf group.
7070 \(fn)" t nil)
7072 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7073 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7075 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7077 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7078 processed.
7080 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7082 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7084 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7085 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7087 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7088 killed after process termination.
7090 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7092 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7094 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7095 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7097 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7098 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7099 it to the printer.
7101 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7102 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7103 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7104 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7106 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7108 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7109 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7110 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7112 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7114 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7115 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7117 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7119 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7120 processed.
7122 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7124 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7126 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7127 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7129 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7130 killed after process termination.
7132 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7134 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7136 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7137 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7138 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7139 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7141 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7143 \(fn)" t nil)
7145 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7146 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7147 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7149 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7151 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7153 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7154 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7156 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7158 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7159 processed.
7161 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7163 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7165 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7166 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7168 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7169 killed after EPS generation.
7171 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7173 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7175 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7176 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7178 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7179 The EPS file name has the following form:
7181 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7183 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7184 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7186 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7187 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7188 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7189 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7190 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7192 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7193 files.
7195 \(fn)" t nil)
7197 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7198 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7200 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7201 The EPS file name has the following form:
7203 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7205 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7206 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7208 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7209 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7210 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7211 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7212 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7214 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7215 files.
7217 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7219 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7221 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7222 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7224 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7226 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7227 are processed.
7229 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7231 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7233 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7234 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7236 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7237 killed after syntax checking.
7239 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7241 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7243 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7244 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7246 \(fn)" t nil)
7248 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7249 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7251 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7253 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7254 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7256 \(fn)" nil nil)
7258 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7259 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7261 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7263 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7265 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7266 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7268 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7270 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7272 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7273 Delete style NAME.
7275 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7277 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7279 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7280 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7282 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7284 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7286 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7287 Set STYLE as the current style.
7289 Returns the old style symbol.
7291 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7293 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7295 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7296 Reset current style.
7298 Returns the old style symbol.
7300 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7302 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7304 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7305 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7307 Returns the old style symbol.
7309 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7311 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7313 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7315 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7316 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7318 Returns the old style symbol.
7320 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7322 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7324 \(fn)" t nil)
7326 ;;;***
7328 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (21291 53104
7329 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
7330 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7332 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7333 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7334 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7335 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7336 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7337 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7339 Tree mode key bindings:
7340 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7342 \(fn)" t nil)
7344 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7345 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7347 \(fn)" t nil)
7349 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7350 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7352 \(fn)" t nil)
7354 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7355 View declaration of member at point.
7357 \(fn)" t nil)
7359 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7360 Find declaration of member at point.
7362 \(fn)" t nil)
7364 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7365 View definition of member at point.
7367 \(fn)" t nil)
7369 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7370 Find definition of member at point.
7372 \(fn)" t nil)
7374 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7375 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7377 \(fn)" t nil)
7379 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7380 View definition of member at point in other window.
7382 \(fn)" t nil)
7384 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7385 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7387 \(fn)" t nil)
7389 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7390 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7392 \(fn)" t nil)
7394 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7395 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7397 \(fn)" t nil)
7399 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7400 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7402 \(fn)" t nil)
7404 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7405 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7406 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7407 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7408 completion.
7410 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7412 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7413 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7414 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7415 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7417 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7419 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7420 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7421 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7422 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7424 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7426 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7427 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7428 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7430 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7432 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7433 Search for call sites of a member.
7434 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7435 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7436 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7437 looks like a function call to the member.
7439 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7441 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7442 Move backward in the position stack.
7443 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7445 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7447 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7448 Move forward in the position stack.
7449 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7451 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7453 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7454 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7456 \(fn)" t nil)
7458 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7459 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7461 \(fn)" t nil)
7463 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7464 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7465 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7466 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7468 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7470 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7471 Display statistics for a class tree.
7473 \(fn)" t nil)
7475 ;;;***
7477 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el" (21291 53104 431149
7478 ;;;;;; 0))
7479 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7481 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7482 Pop up the Buffer Menu in an \"electric\" window.
7483 If you type SPC or RET (`Electric-buffer-menu-select'), that
7484 selects the buffer at point and quits the \"electric\" window.
7485 Otherwise, you can move around in the Buffer Menu, marking
7486 buffers to be selected, saved or deleted; these other commands
7487 are much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7489 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7491 \\<electric-buffer-menu-mode-map>
7492 \\[keyboard-quit] or \\[Electric-buffer-menu-quit] -- exit buffer menu, returning to previous window and buffer
7493 configuration. If the very first character typed is a space, it
7494 also has this effect.
7495 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-select] -- select buffer of line point is on.
7496 Also show buffers marked with m in other windows,
7497 deletes buffers marked with \"D\", and saves those marked with \"S\".
7498 \\[Buffer-menu-mark] -- mark buffer to be displayed.
7499 \\[Buffer-menu-not-modified] -- clear modified-flag on that buffer.
7500 \\[Buffer-menu-save] -- mark that buffer to be saved.
7501 \\[Buffer-menu-delete] or \\[Buffer-menu-delete-backwards] -- mark that buffer to be deleted.
7502 \\[Buffer-menu-unmark] -- remove all kinds of marks from current line.
7503 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-mode-view-buffer] -- view buffer, returning when done.
7504 \\[Buffer-menu-backup-unmark] -- back up a line and remove marks.
7506 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7508 ;;;***
7510 ;;;### (autoloads nil "echistory" "echistory.el" (21291 53104 431149
7511 ;;;;;; 0))
7512 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7514 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7515 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7516 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7518 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7520 ;;;***
7522 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el" (21291 53104
7523 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
7524 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7526 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7529 \(fn)" nil nil)
7531 ;;;***
7533 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (21346 62196 327729 0))
7534 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7535 (push (purecopy '(ede 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
7537 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7538 Non-nil if Global-Ede mode is enabled.
7539 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7540 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7541 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7542 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7544 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7546 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7547 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7548 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7549 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7550 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7552 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7553 an EDE controlled project.
7555 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7557 ;;;***
7559 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (21432 23023
7560 ;;;;;; 204760 0))
7561 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7563 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7564 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7565 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7566 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7567 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7569 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7570 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7571 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7572 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7574 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7576 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7577 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7578 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7579 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7581 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7583 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7584 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7585 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7586 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7588 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7590 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7592 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7593 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7594 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7595 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7596 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7598 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7599 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7600 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7601 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7602 instrumented for Edebug.
7604 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7605 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7606 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7607 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7608 already is one.)
7610 \(fn)" t nil)
7612 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7613 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7615 \(fn)" t nil)
7617 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7618 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7620 \(fn)" t nil)
7622 ;;;***
7624 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (21423 31043 342896 583000))
7625 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
7626 (push (purecopy '(ediff 2 81 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7628 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7629 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7631 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7633 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7634 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7636 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7638 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7640 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7642 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7643 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7644 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7645 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7647 \(fn)" t nil)
7649 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7650 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7651 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7652 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7654 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7656 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7657 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7659 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7661 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7663 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7664 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7666 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7668 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7670 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7671 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7672 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7673 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7675 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7677 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7679 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7680 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7681 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7682 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7684 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7686 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7688 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7689 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7690 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7691 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7693 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7695 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7697 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7698 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7699 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7700 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7702 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7704 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7706 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7707 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7708 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7709 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7710 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7711 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7713 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7715 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7716 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7717 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7718 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7720 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7722 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7724 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7725 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7726 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7727 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7729 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7731 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7733 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7735 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7736 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7737 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7738 follows:
7739 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7740 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7742 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7744 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7745 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7746 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7747 follows:
7748 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7749 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7751 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7753 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7754 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7755 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7756 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7757 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7759 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7761 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7762 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7763 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7764 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7765 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7766 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7768 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7770 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7772 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7773 Merge two files without ancestor.
7775 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7777 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7778 Merge two files with ancestor.
7780 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7782 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7784 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7785 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7787 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7789 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7790 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7792 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7794 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7795 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7796 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7797 buffer.
7799 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7801 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7802 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7803 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7804 buffer.
7806 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7808 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7809 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
7810 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7811 and don't ask the user.
7812 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7813 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7815 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7817 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7818 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7819 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7820 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7821 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7822 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7823 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7824 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7826 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7828 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7830 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7832 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7833 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7834 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7835 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7836 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7838 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7840 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7842 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7843 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7844 When called interactively, displays the version.
7846 \(fn)" t nil)
7848 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7849 Display Ediff's manual.
7850 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7852 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7854 (autoload 'ediff-files-command "ediff" "\
7857 \(fn)" nil nil)
7859 (autoload 'ediff3-files-command "ediff" "\
7862 \(fn)" nil nil)
7864 (autoload 'ediff-merge-command "ediff" "\
7867 \(fn)" nil nil)
7869 (autoload 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7872 \(fn)" nil nil)
7874 (autoload 'ediff-directories-command "ediff" "\
7877 \(fn)" nil nil)
7879 (autoload 'ediff-directories3-command "ediff" "\
7882 \(fn)" nil nil)
7884 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-command "ediff" "\
7887 \(fn)" nil nil)
7889 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7892 \(fn)" nil nil)
7894 ;;;***
7896 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el" (21291 53104
7897 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
7898 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
7900 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
7903 \(fn)" t nil)
7905 ;;;***
7907 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el" (21423 31069
7908 ;;;;;; 474237 381000))
7909 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
7911 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
7912 Display Ediff's registry.
7914 \(fn)" t nil)
7916 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
7918 ;;;***
7920 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (21349 10841
7921 ;;;;;; 977368 0))
7922 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
7924 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
7925 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7926 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7927 which see.
7929 \(fn)" t nil)
7931 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
7932 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7933 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7934 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7936 \(fn)" t nil)
7938 ;;;***
7940 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edmacro" "edmacro.el" (21291 53104 431149
7941 ;;;;;; 0))
7942 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7943 (push (purecopy '(edmacro 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
7945 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7946 Edit a keyboard macro.
7947 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7948 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
7949 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
7950 its command name.
7951 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
7953 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
7955 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7956 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
7958 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7960 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7961 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
7963 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7965 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7966 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
7967 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
7968 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
7969 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
7970 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
7972 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
7973 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
7974 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
7975 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
7977 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
7979 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7980 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
7981 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
7982 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
7983 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
7984 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
7986 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
7988 ;;;***
7990 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (21291 53104 431149
7991 ;;;;;; 0))
7992 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
7994 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
7995 Set scroll margins.
7996 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7997 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7999 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8001 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
8002 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8004 \(fn)" t nil)
8006 ;;;***
8008 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ehelp" "ehelp.el" (21423 31105 645324 612000))
8009 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8011 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
8012 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8013 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8014 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8015 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8016 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8017 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8019 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
8020 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8022 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
8023 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
8024 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
8025 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
8027 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8028 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8029 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8031 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8032 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8033 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
8035 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8037 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
8040 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8042 ;;;***
8044 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" (21365 34831
8045 ;;;;;; 786505 0))
8046 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio.el
8047 (push (purecopy '(eieio 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8049 ;;;***
8051 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-core" "emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el" (21291
8052 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
8053 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el
8054 (push (purecopy '(eieio-core 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8056 (autoload 'eieio-defclass-autoload "eieio-core" "\
8057 Create autoload symbols for the EIEIO class CNAME.
8058 SUPERCLASSES are the superclasses that CNAME inherits from.
8059 DOC is the docstring for CNAME.
8060 This function creates a mock-class for CNAME and adds it into
8061 SUPERCLASSES as children.
8062 It creates an autoload function for CNAME's constructor.
8064 \(fn CNAME SUPERCLASSES FILENAME DOC)" nil nil)
8066 ;;;***
8068 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (21291 53104
8069 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
8070 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8072 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string (purecopy " ElDoc") "\
8073 String to display in mode line when ElDoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8075 (custom-autoload 'eldoc-minor-mode-string "eldoc" t)
8077 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8078 Toggle echo area display of Lisp objects at point (ElDoc mode).
8079 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ElDoc mode if ARG is positive,
8080 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable ElDoc mode
8081 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8083 ElDoc mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the echo
8084 area displays information about a function or variable in the
8085 text where point is. If point is on a documented variable, it
8086 displays the first line of that variable's doc string. Otherwise
8087 it displays the argument list of the function called in the
8088 expression point is on.
8090 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8092 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-eldoc-mode 'eldoc-mode "24.4")
8094 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8095 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8096 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8097 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8098 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8099 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8100 arg list.
8102 The result is used as is, so the function must explicitly handle
8103 the variables `eldoc-argument-case' and `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p',
8104 and the face `eldoc-highlight-function-argument', if they are to have any
8105 effect.
8107 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8108 Emacs Lisp mode) that support ElDoc.")
8110 ;;;***
8112 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elec-pair" "elec-pair.el" (21341 23900 988149
8113 ;;;;;; 0))
8114 ;;; Generated autoloads from elec-pair.el
8116 (defvar electric-pair-text-pairs '((34 . 34)) "\
8117 Alist of pairs that should always be used in comments and strings.
8119 Pairs of delimiters in this list are a fallback in case they have
8120 no syntax relevant to `electric-pair-mode' in the syntax table
8121 defined in `electric-pair-text-syntax-table'")
8123 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-text-pairs "elec-pair" t)
8125 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
8126 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
8127 See the command `electric-pair-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8128 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8129 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8130 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
8132 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" nil)
8134 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" "\
8135 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
8136 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
8137 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8138 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8140 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typing
8141 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
8142 closing parenthesis. (Likewise for brackets, etc.).
8144 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8146 ;;;***
8148 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (21291 53104 431149
8149 ;;;;;; 0))
8150 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8152 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8153 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8155 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8156 an elided material again.
8158 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8160 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8162 ;;;***
8164 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el" (21291 53104
8165 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
8166 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8168 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
8169 Lint the file FILE.
8171 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8173 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
8174 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
8175 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
8177 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8179 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
8180 Lint the current buffer.
8181 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8183 \(fn)" t nil)
8185 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
8186 Lint the function at point.
8187 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8189 \(fn)" t nil)
8191 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8192 Initialize elint.
8193 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
8194 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
8196 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
8198 ;;;***
8200 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (21291 53104 431149
8201 ;;;;;; 0))
8202 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8204 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8205 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8206 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8208 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8210 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8211 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8212 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8213 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
8215 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8217 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8218 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8219 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8221 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8223 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8225 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8226 Display current profiling results.
8227 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8228 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8229 displayed.
8231 \(fn)" t nil)
8233 ;;;***
8235 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el" (21291 53104 431149
8236 ;;;;;; 0))
8237 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
8239 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
8240 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
8241 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
8242 to be used. With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
8243 positive, off otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
8244 ARG is omitted or nil.
8246 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
8247 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
8248 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
8249 used instead.
8251 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
8253 exit -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
8254 kill -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
8255 all -- the buffer is locked against both actions
8257 Other values are interpreted as usual.
8259 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8261 ;;;***
8263 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" (21295 7741 571176
8264 ;;;;;; 0))
8265 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8267 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8268 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8269 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8271 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8273 ;;;***
8275 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emerge" "vc/emerge.el" (21363 5094 196397
8276 ;;;;;; 745000))
8277 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
8279 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8280 Run Emerge on two files.
8282 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8284 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8285 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8287 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8289 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8290 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8292 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8294 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8295 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8297 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8299 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8302 \(fn)" nil nil)
8304 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8307 \(fn)" nil nil)
8309 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8312 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8314 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8317 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8319 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8320 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8322 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8324 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8325 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8327 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8329 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8332 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8334 ;;;***
8336 ;;;### (autoloads nil "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (21291 53104
8337 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
8338 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8340 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8341 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8342 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8343 text/enriched format.
8345 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8346 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8347 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8349 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8351 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8352 \"enriched.txt\" in `data-directory'.
8354 Commands:
8356 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8358 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8360 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8363 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8365 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8368 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8370 ;;;***
8372 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa" "epa.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
8373 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8375 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8376 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8378 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8380 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8381 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8383 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8385 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8386 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8387 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8388 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8389 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8390 the keys are listed.
8391 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8393 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8395 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8396 Decrypt DECRYPT-FILE into PLAIN-FILE.
8397 If you do not specify PLAIN-FILE, this functions prompts for the value to use.
8399 \(fn DECRYPT-FILE &optional PLAIN-FILE)" t nil)
8401 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8402 Verify FILE.
8404 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8406 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8407 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8409 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8411 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8412 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8414 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8416 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8417 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8419 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
8420 It should return that buffer. If it copies the input, it should
8421 delete the text now being decrypted. It should leave point at the
8422 proper place to insert the plaintext.
8424 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
8425 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8426 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8427 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8428 should consider using the string based counterpart
8429 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8430 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8432 For example:
8434 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8435 (decode-coding-string
8436 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8437 'utf-8))
8439 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
8441 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8442 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8444 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8445 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8447 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8449 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8450 Verify the current region between START and END.
8452 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8453 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8454 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8455 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8456 should consider using the string based counterpart
8457 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8458 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8460 For example:
8462 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8463 (decode-coding-string
8464 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8465 'utf-8))
8467 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8469 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8470 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8471 between START and END.
8473 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8474 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8476 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8478 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8479 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8481 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8482 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8483 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8484 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8485 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8486 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8488 For example:
8490 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8491 (epg-sign-string
8492 context
8493 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8495 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8497 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8498 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8500 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8501 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8502 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8503 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8504 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8505 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8507 For example:
8509 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8510 (epg-encrypt-string
8511 context
8512 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8513 nil))
8515 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8517 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8518 Delete selected KEYS.
8520 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8522 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8523 Import keys from FILE.
8525 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8527 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8528 Import keys from the region.
8530 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8532 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8533 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8534 between START and END.
8536 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8538 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8539 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8541 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8543 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8544 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8546 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
8548 ;;;***
8550 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (21291 53104 431149
8551 ;;;;;; 0))
8552 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8554 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8555 Decrypt marked files.
8557 \(fn)" t nil)
8559 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8560 Verify marked files.
8562 \(fn)" t nil)
8564 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8565 Sign marked files.
8567 \(fn)" t nil)
8569 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8570 Encrypt marked files.
8572 \(fn)" t nil)
8574 ;;;***
8576 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (21291 53104 431149
8577 ;;;;;; 0))
8578 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8580 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8583 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8585 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8588 \(fn)" t nil)
8590 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8593 \(fn)" t nil)
8595 ;;;***
8597 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (21291 53104 431149
8598 ;;;;;; 0))
8599 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8601 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8602 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8603 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8604 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8605 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8607 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8609 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8610 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8611 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8613 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8615 \(fn)" t nil)
8617 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8618 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8619 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8621 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8623 \(fn)" t nil)
8625 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8626 Sign the current buffer.
8627 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8629 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8631 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8633 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8634 Encrypt the outgoing mail message in the current buffer.
8635 Takes the recipients from the text in the header in the buffer
8636 and translates them through `epa-mail-aliases'.
8637 With prefix argument, asks you to select among them interactively
8638 and also whether and how to sign.
8640 Called from Lisp, the optional argument RECIPIENTS is a list
8641 of recipient addresses, t to perform symmetric encryption,
8642 or nil meaning use the defaults.
8644 SIGNERS is a list of keys to sign the message with.
8646 \(fn &optional RECIPIENTS SIGNERS)" t nil)
8648 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8649 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8650 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8652 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8654 \(fn)" t nil)
8656 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8657 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8658 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8659 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8660 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8661 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8663 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8665 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8666 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8667 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8668 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8669 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8671 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8673 ;;;***
8675 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg" "epg.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
8676 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8677 (push (purecopy '(epg 1 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
8679 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8680 Return a context object.
8682 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8684 ;;;***
8686 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (21291 53104 431149
8687 ;;;;;; 0))
8688 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8690 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8691 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8693 \(fn)" nil nil)
8695 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8696 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8698 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8700 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8701 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8703 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8705 ;;;***
8707 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc" "erc/erc.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
8708 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8709 (push (purecopy '(erc 5 3)) package--builtin-versions)
8711 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8712 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8714 \(fn)" nil nil)
8716 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8717 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8718 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8720 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8722 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8723 (server (erc-compute-server))
8724 (port (erc-compute-port))
8725 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8726 password
8727 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8729 That is, if called with
8731 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8733 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8734 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8735 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8737 \(fn &key (server (erc-compute-server)) (port (erc-compute-port)) (nick (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8739 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8741 (autoload 'erc-tls "erc" "\
8742 Interactively select TLS connection parameters and run ERC.
8743 Arguments are the same as for `erc'.
8745 \(fn &rest R)" t nil)
8747 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8748 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8749 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8750 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8752 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8754 ;;;***
8756 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (21291
8757 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
8758 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8759 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8761 ;;;***
8763 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (21291 53104
8764 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
8765 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8766 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8768 ;;;***
8770 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (21291 53104
8771 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
8772 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8773 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8775 ;;;***
8777 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (21291 53104
8778 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
8779 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8780 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8782 ;;;***
8784 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (21291 53104 431149
8785 ;;;;;; 0))
8786 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8787 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8789 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8790 Parser for /dcc command.
8791 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8792 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8793 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8795 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8797 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8798 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8800 \(fn)" nil nil)
8802 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8803 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries.")
8805 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8806 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8807 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8808 that subcommand.
8810 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8812 ;;;***
8814 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-desktop-notifications" "erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el"
8815 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 431149 0))
8816 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el
8817 (autoload 'erc-notifications-mode "erc-desktop-notifications" "" t)
8819 ;;;***
8821 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el" (21291
8822 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
8823 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8825 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8826 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8828 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8830 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8831 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8832 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8833 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
8835 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8837 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8840 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8842 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8843 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8845 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8847 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8848 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8850 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8852 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8853 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8855 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8857 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8858 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8860 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8862 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8863 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
8865 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8867 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
8868 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
8870 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8872 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8873 Select a detached EZBounce session.
8875 \(fn)" nil nil)
8877 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
8878 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
8880 \(fn)" nil nil)
8882 ;;;***
8884 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (21291 53104 431149
8885 ;;;;;; 0))
8886 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
8887 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
8889 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
8890 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
8891 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
8893 \(fn)" nil nil)
8895 ;;;***
8897 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-identd" "erc/erc-identd.el" (21291 53104
8898 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
8899 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
8900 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
8902 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
8903 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
8904 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
8905 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
8906 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
8907 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
8908 system.
8910 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
8912 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
8915 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
8917 ;;;***
8919 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el" (21291 53104
8920 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
8921 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
8923 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
8926 \(fn)" nil nil)
8928 ;;;***
8930 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (21291 53104 431149
8931 ;;;;;; 0))
8932 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
8933 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
8935 ;;;***
8937 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (21307 46976 832220
8938 ;;;;;; 0))
8939 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
8940 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
8942 ;;;***
8944 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-log" "erc/erc-log.el" (21291 53104 431149
8945 ;;;;;; 0))
8946 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
8947 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
8949 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
8950 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
8951 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
8952 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
8953 is writable (it will be created as necessary) and
8954 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
8956 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
8958 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
8959 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
8960 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
8961 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
8963 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
8964 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
8965 automatically.
8967 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
8968 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
8970 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
8972 ;;;***
8974 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el" (21291 53104
8975 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
8976 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
8977 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
8979 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
8980 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8982 \(fn)" t nil)
8984 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
8985 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8987 \(fn)" t nil)
8989 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
8990 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8992 \(fn)" t nil)
8994 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
8995 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8997 \(fn)" t nil)
8999 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
9000 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9002 \(fn)" t nil)
9004 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
9005 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9007 \(fn)" t nil)
9009 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9010 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9012 \(fn)" t nil)
9014 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9015 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9017 \(fn)" t nil)
9019 ;;;***
9021 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (21291 53104 431149
9022 ;;;;;; 0))
9023 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9024 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9026 ;;;***
9028 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el" (21291
9029 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
9030 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9031 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9033 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
9034 Show who's gone.
9036 \(fn)" nil nil)
9038 ;;;***
9040 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-networks" "erc/erc-networks.el" (21291
9041 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
9042 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9044 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
9045 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9046 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9047 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9049 \(fn)" nil nil)
9051 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9052 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9054 \(fn)" t nil)
9056 ;;;***
9058 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-notify" "erc/erc-notify.el" (21291 53104
9059 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
9060 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9061 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9063 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9064 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9065 Without args, list the current list of notified people online,
9066 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9068 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9070 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9073 \(fn)" nil nil)
9075 ;;;***
9077 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (21291 53104 431149
9078 ;;;;;; 0))
9079 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9080 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9082 ;;;***
9084 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (21291
9085 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
9086 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9087 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9089 ;;;***
9091 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (21291 53104
9092 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
9093 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9094 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9096 ;;;***
9098 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (21291 53104 431149
9099 ;;;;;; 0))
9100 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9101 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9103 ;;;***
9105 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (21291
9106 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
9107 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9108 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9110 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9111 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9113 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9115 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9116 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9117 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9119 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9121 ;;;***
9123 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (21291 53104
9124 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
9125 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9126 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9128 ;;;***
9130 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el" (21291
9131 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
9132 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9134 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9135 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9136 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9138 \(fn)" t nil)
9140 ;;;***
9142 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (21291
9143 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
9144 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9145 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9147 ;;;***
9149 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (21291 53104
9150 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
9151 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9152 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9154 ;;;***
9156 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (21291 53104
9157 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
9158 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9160 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9161 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9162 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9164 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9166 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9167 Toggle mode line display of ERC activity (ERC Track minor mode).
9168 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ERC Track minor mode if ARG is
9169 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
9170 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9172 ERC Track minor mode is a global minor mode. It exists for the
9173 sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and C-c C-@ keybindings.
9174 Make sure that you have enabled the track module, otherwise the
9175 keybindings will not do anything useful.
9177 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9178 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9180 ;;;***
9182 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (21291
9183 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
9184 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9185 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9187 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9188 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9189 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9190 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9192 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9194 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9195 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9196 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9198 \(fn)" t nil)
9200 ;;;***
9202 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el" (21291 53104 431149
9203 ;;;;;; 0))
9204 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9205 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9207 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9208 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9210 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9212 ;;;***
9214 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (21291 53104 431149
9215 ;;;;;; 0))
9216 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
9218 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
9219 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
9221 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
9222 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
9224 `should', `should-not', `should-error' and `skip-unless' are
9225 useful for assertions in BODY.
9227 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
9229 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
9230 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
9231 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
9233 \(fn NAME () [DOCSTRING] [:expected-result RESULT-TYPE] [:tags '(TAG...)] BODY...)" nil (quote macro))
9235 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
9237 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9239 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
9240 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
9242 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
9243 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
9244 run; this makes the command line \"emacs -batch -l my-tests.el -f
9245 ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit\" useful.
9247 Returns the stats object.
9249 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9251 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
9252 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
9254 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
9255 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
9256 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
9257 the tests).
9259 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9261 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
9262 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
9264 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
9265 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
9266 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
9267 and how to display message.
9269 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
9271 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
9273 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
9274 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
9276 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
9278 ;;;***
9280 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el" (21291 53104
9281 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
9282 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
9284 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9286 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
9287 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
9289 \(fn)" t nil)
9291 ;;;***
9293 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (21291 53104
9294 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
9295 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9297 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9298 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9300 \(fn)" t nil)
9302 ;;;***
9304 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (21291 53104 431149
9305 ;;;;;; 0))
9306 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9307 (push (purecopy '(eshell 2 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
9309 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9310 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9311 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9312 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9313 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9314 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9315 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9316 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9317 buffer selected (or created).
9319 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9321 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9322 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9323 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9325 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9327 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9328 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9329 The result might be any Lisp object.
9330 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9331 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9332 corresponding to a successful execution.
9334 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9336 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9338 ;;;***
9340 ;;;### (autoloads nil "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (21291 53104 431149
9341 ;;;;;; 0))
9342 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9344 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9345 File name of tags table.
9346 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9347 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9348 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9349 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
9350 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
9352 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9353 Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9354 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9355 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9357 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9359 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9360 List of file names of tags tables to search.
9361 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9362 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9363 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9364 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9366 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9368 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
9369 List of extensions tried by etags when `auto-compression-mode' is on.
9370 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.")
9372 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9374 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9375 Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9376 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9377 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9378 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9380 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9382 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9383 Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9384 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9385 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9387 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9389 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9390 A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9391 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9392 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9393 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9395 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9397 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9398 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9400 \(fn)" t nil)
9402 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9403 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9404 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9405 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9407 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9408 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9409 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9410 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9411 file the tag was in.
9413 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9415 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9416 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9417 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9418 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9419 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9420 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9421 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9422 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9423 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9425 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9427 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9428 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9429 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9430 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9431 without directory names.
9433 \(fn)" nil nil)
9434 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
9435 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
9436 (progn
9437 (load "etags")
9438 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
9440 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9441 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9442 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9443 but does not select the buffer.
9444 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9446 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9447 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9448 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9449 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9450 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9452 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9454 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9455 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9456 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9458 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9460 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9462 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9463 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9464 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9465 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9467 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9468 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9469 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9470 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9471 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9473 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9475 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9476 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9477 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9479 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9481 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9482 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9484 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9485 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9486 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9487 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9488 around or before point.
9490 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9491 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9492 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9493 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9494 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9496 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9498 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9499 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9500 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9502 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9504 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9505 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9507 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9508 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9509 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9510 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9511 around or before point.
9513 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9514 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9515 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9516 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9517 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9519 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9521 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9522 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9523 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9525 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9527 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9528 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9530 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9531 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9532 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9534 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9535 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9536 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9537 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9538 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9540 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9542 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9543 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9544 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9546 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9548 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9549 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9550 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9552 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
9553 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9555 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9556 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9557 where they were found.
9559 \(fn)" t nil)
9561 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9562 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9564 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9565 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9566 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9568 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9569 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9571 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9572 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9574 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9576 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9577 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9578 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9579 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9581 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9582 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9583 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9584 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9585 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9587 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9588 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9590 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9591 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9592 Stops when a match is found.
9593 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9595 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
9596 evaluated, will return a list of file names. The search will be
9597 restricted to these files.
9599 Also see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
9601 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9603 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9604 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9605 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9606 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9607 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9608 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9609 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9610 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9612 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9613 produce the list of files to search.
9615 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9617 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9619 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9620 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9621 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9622 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9623 directory specification.
9625 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9627 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9628 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9630 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9632 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9633 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9634 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9635 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9637 \(fn)" t nil)
9639 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9640 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9641 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9642 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9643 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9645 \(fn)" t nil)
9647 ;;;***
9649 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (21291
9650 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
9651 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9653 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9656 \(fn)" nil nil)
9658 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9659 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9661 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9662 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9664 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9665 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9666 primary language.
9668 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9669 even if the buffer is read-only.
9671 See also the descriptions of the variables
9672 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9674 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9676 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9677 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9679 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9680 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9682 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9683 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9684 primary language.
9686 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9687 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9689 See also the descriptions of the variables
9690 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9692 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9694 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9695 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9696 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9697 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9699 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9701 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9702 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9703 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9704 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9706 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9707 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9708 primary language.
9710 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9711 buffer is read-only.
9713 See also the descriptions of the variables
9714 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9715 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9717 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9719 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9720 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9722 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9723 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9725 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9726 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9727 the primary language.
9729 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9730 buffer is read-only.
9732 See also the descriptions of the variables
9733 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9734 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9736 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9738 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9739 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9740 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9742 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9744 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9745 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9747 \(fn)" t nil)
9749 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9750 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9752 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9753 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9754 be 1, 2, or 3.
9756 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9757 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9758 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9760 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9762 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9764 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9765 This function is deprecated.
9767 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9769 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9770 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9772 \(fn)" t nil)
9774 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9775 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9777 \(fn)" t nil)
9779 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9780 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9782 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9783 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9785 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9786 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9788 \(fn)" nil nil)
9790 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9791 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9793 \(fn)" nil nil)
9795 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9796 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
9798 \(fn)" nil nil)
9800 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9801 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9803 \(fn)" nil nil)
9805 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9806 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9807 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9809 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9811 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9814 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9816 ;;;***
9818 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc" "net/eudc.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
9819 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9821 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9822 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9823 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9824 server for future sessions.
9826 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9828 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9829 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9830 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9832 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9834 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9835 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9836 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9838 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9840 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9841 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9842 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9843 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9844 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9845 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9846 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9847 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9848 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9849 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9850 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9851 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9853 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9855 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
9856 Display a form to query the directory server.
9857 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9858 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9860 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9862 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
9863 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9864 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9866 \(fn)" t nil)
9868 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
9870 ;;;***
9872 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (21291 53104 431149
9873 ;;;;;; 0))
9874 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9876 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
9877 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
9879 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9881 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
9882 Display URL and make it clickable.
9884 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
9886 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
9887 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
9889 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
9891 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
9892 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
9894 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9896 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
9897 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
9899 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9901 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
9902 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
9904 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9906 ;;;***
9908 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (21291 53104
9909 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
9910 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
9912 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
9913 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
9914 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
9916 \(fn)" t nil)
9918 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
9919 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
9921 \(fn)" t nil)
9923 ;;;***
9925 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el" (21291
9926 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
9927 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
9929 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
9930 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
9932 \(fn)" t nil)
9934 ;;;***
9936 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (21291 53104 431149
9937 ;;;;;; 0))
9938 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
9940 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
9941 Create an empty ewoc.
9943 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
9945 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
9946 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
9947 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
9948 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
9949 `insert-before-markers'.
9951 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
9952 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
9953 respectively, of the ewoc.
9955 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
9956 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
9957 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
9959 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
9961 ;;;***
9963 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eww" "net/eww.el" (21420 54160 358217 0))
9964 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eww.el
9966 (autoload 'eww "eww" "\
9967 Fetch URL and render the page.
9968 If the input doesn't look like an URL or a domain name, the
9969 word(s) will be searched for via `eww-search-prefix'.
9971 \(fn URL)" t nil)
9972 (defalias 'browse-web 'eww)
9974 (autoload 'eww-open-file "eww" "\
9975 Render a file using EWW.
9977 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9979 (autoload 'eww-browse-url "eww" "\
9982 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" nil nil)
9984 ;;;***
9986 ;;;### (autoloads nil "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (21291
9987 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
9988 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
9990 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
9991 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
9992 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
9994 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
9996 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
9997 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
9998 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
9999 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10000 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10002 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10004 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
10005 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10006 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10007 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10008 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10009 executable.
10011 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10013 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
10014 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10015 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10017 \(fn)" t nil)
10019 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
10020 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10021 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10022 file modes.
10024 \(fn)" nil nil)
10026 ;;;***
10028 ;;;### (autoloads nil "expand" "expand.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
10029 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10031 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
10032 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
10033 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10034 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10036 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10038 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10039 expansion. For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10040 to generate such functions.
10042 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10043 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10044 beginning of the expanded text.
10046 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10047 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10048 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10049 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10051 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10053 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10055 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
10056 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10057 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10059 \(fn)" nil nil)
10061 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
10062 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10063 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10065 \(fn)" t nil)
10067 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
10068 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10069 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10071 \(fn)" t nil)
10072 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10073 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10075 ;;;***
10077 ;;;### (autoloads nil "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (21423 29466 406582
10078 ;;;;;; 886000))
10079 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10081 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
10082 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10083 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10085 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10086 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10087 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10089 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10091 Key definitions:
10092 \\{f90-mode-map}
10094 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10096 `f90-do-indent'
10097 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10098 `f90-if-indent'
10099 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10100 `f90-type-indent'
10101 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10102 `f90-program-indent'
10103 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10104 (default 2).
10105 `f90-associate-indent'
10106 Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
10107 `f90-critical-indent'
10108 Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
10109 `f90-continuation-indent'
10110 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10111 `f90-comment-region'
10112 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10113 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10114 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10115 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10116 (default \"!\").
10117 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10118 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10119 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10120 `f90-break-delimiters'
10121 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10122 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10123 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10124 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10125 (default t).
10126 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10127 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10128 `f90-smart-end'
10129 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10130 Allowed values are `blink', `no-blink', and nil, which determine
10131 whether to blink the matching beginning (default `blink').
10132 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10133 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10134 The possibilities are `downcase-word', `upcase-word', `capitalize-word'.
10135 `f90-leave-line-no'
10136 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10138 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10139 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10141 \(fn)" t nil)
10143 ;;;***
10145 ;;;### (autoloads nil "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (21291 53104 431149
10146 ;;;;;; 0))
10147 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10149 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
10150 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
10151 Return a cookie which can be used to delete this remapping with
10152 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
10154 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10155 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10156 of face attribute/value pairs. If more than one face is listed,
10157 that specifies an aggregate face, in the same way as in a `face'
10158 text property, except for possible priority changes noted below.
10160 The face remapping specified by SPECS takes effect alongside the
10161 remappings from other calls to `face-remap-add-relative' for the
10162 same FACE, as well as the normal definition of FACE (at lowest
10163 priority). This function tries to sort multiple remappings for
10164 the same face, so that remappings specifying relative face
10165 attributes are applied after remappings specifying absolute face
10166 attributes.
10168 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to something
10169 other than the normal definition of FACE via `face-remap-set-base'.
10171 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10173 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
10174 Set the base remapping of FACE to the normal definition of FACE.
10175 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10176 to apply on top of the normal definition of FACE.
10178 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
10180 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
10181 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
10182 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10183 to apply on top of the face specification given by SPECS.
10185 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10186 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10187 of face attribute/value pairs, like in a `face' text property.
10189 If SPECS is empty, call `face-remap-reset-base' to use the normal
10190 definition of FACE as the base remapping; note that this is
10191 different from SPECS containing a single value `nil', which means
10192 not to inherit from the global definition of FACE at all.
10194 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10196 (autoload 'text-scale-set "face-remap" "\
10197 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
10198 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
10200 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
10201 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10202 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
10203 the same amount).
10205 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil)
10207 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
10208 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10209 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10211 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10212 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10213 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10214 will remove any scaling currently active.
10216 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10218 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
10219 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10220 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10222 \(fn DEC)" t nil)
10223 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10224 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10225 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10226 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10228 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
10229 Adjust the height of the default face by INC.
10231 INC may be passed as a numeric prefix argument.
10233 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10234 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10236 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
10237 - Decrease the default face height by one step
10238 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
10240 After adjusting, continue to read input events and further adjust
10241 the face height as long as the input event read
10242 \(with all modifiers removed) is one of the above characters.
10244 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10245 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10246 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10247 will remove any scaling currently active.
10249 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10250 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10251 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
10252 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10253 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10255 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10257 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
10258 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
10259 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10260 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10261 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, the face specified by the
10262 variable `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
10264 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10266 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
10267 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10268 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10269 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10270 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10271 `face' text property. If SPECS is nil or omitted, disable
10272 `buffer-face-mode'.
10274 This function makes the variable `buffer-face-mode-face' buffer
10275 local, and sets it to FACE.
10277 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10279 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
10280 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10281 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10282 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10283 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10284 `face' text property.
10286 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
10287 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if `buffer-face-mode'
10288 is disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other
10289 face, then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
10291 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10292 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
10294 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10296 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
10297 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10298 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10299 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10301 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10303 ;;;***
10305 ;;;### (autoloads nil "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (21291 53104
10306 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
10307 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10308 (push (purecopy '(feedmail 11)) package--builtin-versions)
10310 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10311 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10312 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10313 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10315 \(fn)" nil nil)
10317 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10318 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10320 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10322 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10323 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10324 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10325 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10327 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10329 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10330 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10331 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10332 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10333 backup file names and the like).
10335 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10337 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10338 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10339 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10340 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10341 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10342 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10343 internally by feedmail):
10345 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10346 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10347 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10348 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10350 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10351 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10352 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10353 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10354 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10356 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10358 ;;;***
10360 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ffap" "ffap.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
10361 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10363 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10364 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10365 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10366 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10367 Interactively: use a single prefix \\[universal-argument] to search backwards,
10368 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10369 Actual search is done by the function `ffap-next-guess'.
10371 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10373 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10374 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10375 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10376 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10377 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10378 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10379 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10381 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10383 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10385 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10386 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
10387 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10388 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10389 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10390 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10392 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10394 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10395 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
10396 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10397 Return value:
10398 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10399 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10400 * otherwise, nil
10402 \(fn E)" t nil)
10404 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10405 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10406 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10408 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10410 (autoload 'ffap-guess-file-name-at-point "ffap" "\
10411 Try to get a file name at point.
10412 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'.
10414 \(fn)" nil nil)
10416 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10417 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10419 \(fn)" t nil)
10421 ;;;***
10423 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filecache" "filecache.el" (21291 53104 431149
10424 ;;;;;; 0))
10425 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10427 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10428 Add all files in DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10429 If called from Lisp with a non-nil REGEXP argument is non-nil,
10430 only add files whose names match REGEXP.
10432 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10434 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10435 Add DIRECTORIES (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10436 If called interactively, read the directory names one by one.
10437 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10438 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10439 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10441 \(fn DIRECTORIES &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10443 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10444 Add FILE to the file cache.
10446 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10448 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10449 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10450 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10452 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10454 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10455 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10456 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10458 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10460 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10461 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10462 This function does not use any external programs.
10463 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10464 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10465 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10467 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10469 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10470 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10471 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10472 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10473 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10474 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10475 \(directories) is done.
10477 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10479 ;;;***
10481 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filenotify" "filenotify.el" (21291 53104 431149
10482 ;;;;;; 0))
10483 ;;; Generated autoloads from filenotify.el
10485 (autoload 'file-notify-handle-event "filenotify" "\
10486 Handle file system monitoring event.
10487 If EVENT is a filewatch event, call its callback.
10488 Otherwise, signal a `file-notify-error'.
10490 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10492 ;;;***
10494 ;;;### (autoloads nil "files-x" "files-x.el" (21291 53104 431149
10495 ;;;;;; 0))
10496 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
10498 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10499 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
10501 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10502 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
10503 Local Variables list.
10505 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
10506 then this function adds the first line containing the string
10507 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
10509 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10511 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10512 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
10514 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10516 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10517 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
10519 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10520 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
10521 the -*- line.
10523 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
10524 then this function adds it.
10526 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10528 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10529 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10531 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10533 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10534 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10536 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10538 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10539 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10541 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil)
10543 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals "files-x" "\
10544 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10546 \(fn)" t nil)
10548 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals "files-x" "\
10549 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10551 \(fn)" t nil)
10553 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line "files-x" "\
10554 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10556 \(fn)" t nil)
10558 ;;;***
10560 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filesets" "filesets.el" (21291 53104 431149
10561 ;;;;;; 0))
10562 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10564 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10565 Filesets initialization.
10566 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10568 \(fn)" nil nil)
10570 ;;;***
10572 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (21291 53104 431149
10573 ;;;;;; 0))
10574 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10575 (push (purecopy '(find-cmd 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
10577 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10578 Initiate the building of a find command.
10579 For example:
10581 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10582 '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10583 (mtime \"+1\"))
10584 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10586 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10587 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10589 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10591 ;;;***
10593 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (21291 53104 431149
10594 ;;;;;; 0))
10595 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10597 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10598 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10599 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
10601 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10603 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10604 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10606 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10608 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10609 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10610 and run Dired on those files.
10611 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10612 The default command run (after changing into DIR) is
10614 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10616 See `find-name-arg' to customize the arguments.
10618 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10620 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10621 Find files in DIR matching a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10622 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10624 find . \\( -type f -exec `grep-program' `find-grep-options' \\
10625 -e REGEXP {} \\; \\) -ls
10627 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10628 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10630 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10632 ;;;***
10634 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-file" "find-file.el" (21291 53104 431149
10635 ;;;;;; 0))
10636 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10638 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10639 List of special constructs recognized by `ff-treat-as-special'.
10640 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10641 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10642 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10643 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10644 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10646 (custom-autoload 'ff-special-constructs "find-file" t)
10648 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10649 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10650 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10652 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10654 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10656 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10658 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10659 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10660 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10662 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10663 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10665 Variables of interest include:
10667 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10668 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10669 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10671 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10672 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10673 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10675 - `ff-ignore-include'
10676 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10678 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10679 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10681 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10682 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10684 - `ff-special-constructs'
10685 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10686 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10687 extracting the filename from that construct.
10689 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10690 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10692 - `ff-search-directories'
10693 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10694 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10696 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10697 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10699 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10700 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10702 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10703 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10705 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10706 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10708 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10709 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10711 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10713 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10714 Visit the file you click on.
10716 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10718 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10719 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10721 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10723 ;;;***
10725 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (21291
10726 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
10727 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10729 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10730 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10731 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10733 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10735 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10736 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10737 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10738 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10740 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10741 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10742 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10743 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10745 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10747 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10748 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10750 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10751 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10752 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10753 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10755 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
10756 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
10757 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
10759 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10760 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10761 in `load-path'.
10763 \(fn FUNCTION &optional LISP-ONLY)" nil nil)
10765 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10766 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10768 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10769 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10770 places point before the definition.
10771 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10773 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10774 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10775 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10777 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10779 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10780 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10782 See `find-function' for more details.
10784 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10786 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10787 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10789 See `find-function' for more details.
10791 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10793 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10794 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10796 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10797 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10798 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10800 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10801 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10803 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10805 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10806 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10808 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10809 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10810 places point before the definition.
10812 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10814 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10815 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10816 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10818 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10820 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10821 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10823 See `find-variable' for more details.
10825 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10827 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10828 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10830 See `find-variable' for more details.
10832 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10834 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10835 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10836 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10837 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10838 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10839 buffer nor display it.
10841 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10842 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10844 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10846 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
10847 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10849 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10850 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10851 places point before the definition.
10853 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10855 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10856 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10857 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10859 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
10861 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
10862 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10863 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10865 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10867 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
10868 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10870 \(fn)" t nil)
10872 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
10873 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10875 \(fn)" t nil)
10877 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
10878 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10880 \(fn)" nil nil)
10882 ;;;***
10884 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (21291 53104 431149
10885 ;;;;;; 0))
10886 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10888 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
10889 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10891 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10893 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
10894 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10896 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
10898 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
10899 Change the filter on a `find-lisp-find-dired' buffer to REGEXP.
10901 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10903 ;;;***
10905 ;;;### (autoloads nil "finder" "finder.el" (21423 31137 48532 240000))
10906 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
10907 (push (purecopy '(finder 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
10909 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
10910 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
10912 \(fn)" t nil)
10914 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
10915 Display FILE's commentary section.
10916 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
10918 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10920 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
10921 Find packages matching a given keyword.
10923 \(fn)" t nil)
10925 ;;;***
10927 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-ctrl" "flow-ctrl.el" (21291 53104 431149
10928 ;;;;;; 0))
10929 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
10931 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
10932 Toggle flow control handling.
10933 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
10934 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
10936 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
10938 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
10939 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
10940 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
10941 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
10942 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
10943 to get the effect of a C-q.
10945 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
10947 ;;;***
10949 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el" (21291 53104
10950 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
10951 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
10953 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
10956 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10958 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
10961 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
10963 ;;;***
10965 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (21291 53104
10966 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
10967 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
10968 (push (purecopy '(flymake 0 3)) package--builtin-versions)
10970 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
10971 Toggle Flymake mode on or off.
10972 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flymake mode if ARG is
10973 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
10974 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
10975 \\{flymake-mode-map}
10977 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10979 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
10980 Turn flymake mode on.
10982 \(fn)" nil nil)
10984 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
10985 Turn flymake mode off.
10987 \(fn)" nil nil)
10989 (autoload 'flymake-find-file-hook "flymake" "\
10992 \(fn)" nil nil)
10994 ;;;***
10996 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (21291 53104
10997 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
10998 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11000 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
11001 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11003 \(fn)" t nil)
11004 (defvar flyspell-mode nil "Non-nil if Flyspell mode is enabled.")
11006 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
11007 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
11008 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
11009 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11010 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11012 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
11013 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word. The default
11014 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11016 Bindings:
11017 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11018 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11019 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11020 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11022 Hooks:
11023 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
11025 Remark:
11026 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11027 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
11028 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11030 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11031 consider adding:
11032 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11033 in your init file.
11035 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11036 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11038 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11040 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11041 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11043 \(fn)" nil nil)
11045 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11046 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11048 \(fn)" nil nil)
11050 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
11051 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11053 \(fn)" nil nil)
11055 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
11056 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11058 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11060 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
11061 Flyspell whole buffer.
11063 \(fn)" t nil)
11065 ;;;***
11067 ;;;### (autoloads nil "foldout" "foldout.el" (21291 53104 431149
11068 ;;;;;; 0))
11069 ;;; Generated autoloads from foldout.el
11070 (push (purecopy '(foldout 1 10)) package--builtin-versions)
11072 ;;;***
11074 ;;;### (autoloads nil "follow" "follow.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
11075 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11077 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
11078 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11080 \(fn)" nil nil)
11082 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
11083 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11085 \(fn)" nil nil)
11087 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
11088 Toggle Follow mode.
11089 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
11090 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11091 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11093 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
11094 virtual window. This is accomplished by two main techniques:
11096 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11097 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11098 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11100 * Should point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11101 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11102 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11103 movement commands.
11105 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11106 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11107 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11108 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11109 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11110 mileage may vary).
11112 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11113 `\\[split-window-right]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11115 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11117 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11119 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11120 \\{follow-mode-map}
11122 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11124 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
11125 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11127 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11128 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11129 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11130 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11131 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11132 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11134 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11135 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11136 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11138 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11140 ;;;***
11142 ;;;### (autoloads nil "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (21291 53104
11143 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
11144 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11145 (push (purecopy '(footnote 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
11147 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
11148 Toggle Footnote mode.
11149 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
11150 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11151 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11153 Footnode mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If enabled, it
11154 provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get started,
11155 play around with the following keys:
11156 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
11158 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11160 ;;;***
11162 ;;;### (autoloads nil "forms" "forms.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
11163 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11165 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11166 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11168 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11169 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11170 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11171 C-c < forms-first-record <
11172 C-c > forms-last-record >
11173 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11174 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11175 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11176 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11177 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11178 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11179 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11180 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11181 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11182 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11184 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11186 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11187 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11189 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11191 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
11192 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11194 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11196 ;;;***
11198 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el" (21291 53104
11199 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
11200 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11202 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11203 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11204 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11206 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11207 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11209 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11211 Key definitions:
11212 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11214 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11216 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11217 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11218 `fortran-do-indent'
11219 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11220 `fortran-if-indent'
11221 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11222 `fortran-structure-indent'
11223 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11224 (default 3)
11225 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11226 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11227 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11228 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11229 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11230 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11231 nil don't change the indentation
11232 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11233 value of either
11234 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11235 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11236 depending on the continuation format in use.
11237 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11238 indentation for a line of code.
11239 (default 'fixed)
11240 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11241 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11242 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11243 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11244 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11245 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11246 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11247 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11248 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11249 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11250 column 5.
11251 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11252 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11253 statements (default nil).
11254 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11255 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11256 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11257 `fortran-continuation-string'
11258 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11259 line (default \"$\").
11260 `fortran-comment-region'
11261 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11262 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11263 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11264 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11265 as typed (default t).
11266 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11267 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11269 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11270 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11272 \(fn)" t nil)
11274 ;;;***
11276 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (21291 53104 431149
11277 ;;;;;; 0))
11278 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11280 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11281 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11283 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11284 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11286 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11288 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11289 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11291 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11292 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11294 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11296 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11297 Compile fortune file.
11299 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11300 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11302 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11304 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11305 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11307 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11308 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11309 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11310 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11312 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11314 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11315 Display a fortune cookie.
11316 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11317 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11318 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11319 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11321 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11323 ;;;***
11325 ;;;### (autoloads nil "frameset" "frameset.el" (21300 58261 85827
11326 ;;;;;; 0))
11327 ;;; Generated autoloads from frameset.el
11329 (defvar frameset-session-filter-alist '((name . :never) (left . frameset-filter-iconified) (minibuffer . frameset-filter-minibuffer) (top . frameset-filter-iconified)) "\
11330 Minimum set of parameters to filter for live (on-session) framesets.
11331 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11333 (defvar frameset-persistent-filter-alist (nconc '((background-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (buffer-list . :never) (buffer-predicate . :never) (buried-buffer-list . :never) (font . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (foreground-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (fullscreen . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (GUI:font . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:fullscreen . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:height . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:width . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (height . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (outer-window-id . :never) (parent-id . :never) (tty . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (tty-type . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (width . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (window-id . :never) (window-system . :never)) frameset-session-filter-alist) "\
11334 Parameters to filter for persistent framesets.
11335 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11337 (defvar frameset-filter-alist frameset-persistent-filter-alist "\
11338 Alist of frame parameters and filtering functions.
11340 This alist is the default value of the FILTERS argument of
11341 `frameset-save' and `frameset-restore' (which see).
11343 Initially, `frameset-filter-alist' is set to, and shares the value of,
11344 `frameset-persistent-filter-alist'. You can override any item in
11345 this alist by `push'ing a new item onto it. If, for some reason, you
11346 intend to modify existing values, do
11348 (setq frameset-filter-alist (copy-tree frameset-filter-alist))
11350 before changing anything.
11352 On saving, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist of each frame processed,
11353 and FILTERED is the parameter alist that gets saved to the frameset.
11355 On restoring, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist extracted from the
11356 frameset, and FILTERED is the resulting frame parameter alist used
11357 to restore the frame.
11359 Elements of `frameset-filter-alist' are conses (PARAM . ACTION),
11360 where PARAM is a parameter name (a symbol identifying a frame
11361 parameter), and ACTION can be:
11363 nil The parameter is copied to FILTERED.
11364 :never The parameter is never copied to FILTERED.
11365 :save The parameter is copied only when saving the frame.
11366 :restore The parameter is copied only when restoring the frame.
11367 FILTER A filter function.
11369 FILTER can be a symbol FILTER-FUN, or a list (FILTER-FUN ARGS...).
11370 FILTER-FUN is invoked with
11372 (apply FILTER-FUN CURRENT FILTERED PARAMETERS SAVING ARGS)
11374 where
11376 CURRENT A cons (PARAM . VALUE), where PARAM is the one being
11377 filtered and VALUE is its current value.
11378 FILTERED The resulting alist (so far).
11379 PARAMETERS The complete alist of parameters being filtered,
11380 SAVING Non-nil if filtering before saving state, nil if filtering
11381 before restoring it.
11382 ARGS Any additional arguments specified in the ACTION.
11384 FILTER-FUN is allowed to modify items in FILTERED, but no other arguments.
11385 It must return:
11386 nil Skip CURRENT (do not add it to FILTERED).
11387 t Add CURRENT to FILTERED as is.
11388 (NEW-PARAM . NEW-VALUE) Add this to FILTERED instead of CURRENT.
11390 Frame parameters not on this alist are passed intact, as if they were
11391 defined with ACTION = nil.")
11393 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id "frameset" "\
11394 Return the frame id of FRAME, if it has one; else, return nil.
11395 A frame id is a string that uniquely identifies a frame.
11396 It is persistent across `frameset-save' / `frameset-restore'
11397 invocations, and once assigned is never changed unless the same
11398 frame is duplicated (via `frameset-restore'), in which case the
11399 newest frame keeps the id and the old frame's is set to nil.
11401 \(fn FRAME)" nil nil)
11403 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id-equal-p "frameset" "\
11404 Return non-nil if FRAME's id matches ID.
11406 \(fn FRAME ID)" nil nil)
11408 (autoload 'frameset-frame-with-id "frameset" "\
11409 Return the live frame with id ID, if exists; else nil.
11410 If FRAME-LIST is a list of frames, check these frames only.
11411 If nil, check all live frames.
11413 \(fn ID &optional FRAME-LIST)" nil nil)
11415 (autoload 'frameset-save "frameset" "\
11416 Return a frameset for FRAME-LIST, a list of frames.
11417 Dead frames and non-frame objects are silently removed from the list.
11418 If nil, FRAME-LIST defaults to the output of `frame-list' (all live frames).
11419 APP, NAME and DESCRIPTION are optional data; see the docstring of the
11420 `frameset' defstruct for details.
11421 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of the variable
11422 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11423 PREDICATE is a predicate function, which must return non-nil for frames that
11424 should be saved; if PREDICATE is nil, all frames from FRAME-LIST are saved.
11425 PROPERTIES is a user-defined property list to add to the frameset.
11427 \(fn FRAME-LIST &key APP NAME DESCRIPTION FILTERS PREDICATE PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
11429 (autoload 'frameset-restore "frameset" "\
11430 Restore a FRAMESET into the current display(s).
11432 PREDICATE is a function called with two arguments, the parameter alist
11433 and the window-state of the frame being restored, in that order (see
11434 the docstring of the `frameset' defstruct for additional details).
11435 If PREDICATE returns nil, the frame described by that parameter alist
11436 and window-state is not restored.
11438 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of
11439 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11441 REUSE-FRAMES selects the policy to reuse frames when restoring:
11442 t All existing frames can be reused.
11443 nil No existing frame can be reused.
11444 match Only frames with matching frame ids can be reused.
11445 PRED A predicate function; it receives as argument a live frame,
11446 and must return non-nil to allow reusing it, nil otherwise.
11448 FORCE-DISPLAY can be:
11449 t Frames are restored in the current display.
11450 nil Frames are restored, if possible, in their original displays.
11451 delete Frames in other displays are deleted instead of restored.
11452 PRED A function called with two arguments, the parameter alist and
11453 the window state (in that order). It must return t, nil or
11454 `delete', as above but affecting only the frame that will
11455 be created from that parameter alist.
11457 FORCE-ONSCREEN can be:
11458 t Force onscreen only those frames that are fully offscreen.
11459 nil Do not force any frame back onscreen.
11460 all Force onscreen any frame fully or partially offscreen.
11461 PRED A function called with three arguments,
11462 - the live frame just restored,
11463 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the frame,
11464 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the workarea.
11465 It must return non-nil to force the frame onscreen, nil otherwise.
11467 CLEANUP-FRAMES allows to \"clean up\" the frame list after restoring a frameset:
11468 t Delete all frames that were not created or restored upon.
11469 nil Keep all frames.
11470 FUNC A function called with two arguments:
11471 - FRAME, a live frame.
11472 - ACTION, which can be one of
11473 :rejected Frame existed, but was not a candidate for reuse.
11474 :ignored Frame existed, was a candidate, but wasn't reused.
11475 :reused Frame existed, was a candidate, and restored upon.
11476 :created Frame didn't exist, was created and restored upon.
11477 Return value is ignored.
11479 Note the timing and scope of the operations described above: REUSE-FRAMES
11480 affects existing frames; PREDICATE, FILTERS and FORCE-DISPLAY affect the frame
11481 being restored before that happens; FORCE-ONSCREEN affects the frame once
11482 it has been restored; and CLEANUP-FRAMES affects all frames alive after the
11483 restoration, including those that have been reused or created anew.
11485 All keyword parameters default to nil.
11487 \(fn FRAMESET &key PREDICATE FILTERS REUSE-FRAMES FORCE-DISPLAY FORCE-ONSCREEN CLEANUP-FRAMES)" nil nil)
11489 (autoload 'frameset--jump-to-register "frameset" "\
11490 Restore frameset from DATA stored in register.
11491 Called from `jump-to-register'. Internal use only.
11493 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11495 (autoload 'frameset-to-register "frameset" "\
11496 Store the current frameset in register REGISTER.
11497 Use \\[jump-to-register] to restore the frameset.
11498 Argument is a character, naming the register.
11500 Interactively, reads the register using `register-read-with-preview'.
11502 \(fn REGISTER)" t nil)
11504 ;;;***
11506 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gamegrid" "play/gamegrid.el" (21291 53104
11507 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
11508 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gamegrid.el
11509 (push (purecopy '(gamegrid 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
11511 ;;;***
11513 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el" (21346 62196
11514 ;;;;;; 327729 0))
11515 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
11517 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11518 Non-nil if Gdb-Enable-Debug mode is enabled.
11519 See the command `gdb-enable-debug' for a description of this minor mode.")
11521 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" nil)
11523 (autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" "\
11524 Toggle logging of transaction between Emacs and Gdb.
11525 The log is stored in `gdb-debug-log' as an alist with elements
11526 whose cons is send, send-item or recv and whose cdr is the string
11527 being transferred. This list may grow up to a size of
11528 `gdb-debug-log-max' after which the oldest element (at the end of
11529 the list) is deleted every time a new one is added (at the front).
11531 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11533 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-mi" "\
11534 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11535 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11536 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11538 COMMAND-LINE is the shell command for starting the gdb session.
11539 It should be a string consisting of the name of the gdb
11540 executable followed by command line options. The command line
11541 options should include \"-i=mi\" to use gdb's MI text interface.
11542 Note that the old \"--annotate\" option is no longer supported.
11544 If option `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11545 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11546 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11547 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11549 If option `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11550 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
11551 shown in some of the buffers.
11553 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11555 The following commands help control operation :
11557 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11558 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11560 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11561 detailed description of this mode.
11564 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11565 | GDB Toolbar |
11566 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11567 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11568 | | |
11569 | | |
11570 | | |
11571 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11572 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11573 | | (comint-mode) |
11574 | | |
11575 | | |
11576 | | |
11577 | | |
11578 | | |
11579 | | |
11580 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11581 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11582 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11583 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11584 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11585 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11587 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11589 ;;;***
11591 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (21291 53104
11592 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
11593 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11595 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11596 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11597 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11598 instead (which see).")
11600 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11601 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11603 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11604 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11605 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11606 documentation string instead.
11608 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11609 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11610 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11611 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11612 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11613 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11614 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11615 enders are actually possible.
11617 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11618 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11620 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11621 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11622 `font-lock-keywords'.
11624 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11625 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11626 runs the macro expansion.
11628 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11629 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11630 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11632 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11634 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil t)
11636 (put 'define-generic-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
11638 (put 'define-generic-mode 'doc-string-elt '7)
11640 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11641 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11643 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11645 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11646 Enter generic mode MODE.
11648 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11649 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11650 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11652 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11653 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11655 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11657 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11658 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11659 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11660 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11661 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11662 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11663 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11664 `font-lock-keywords'.
11666 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11668 (make-obsolete 'generic-make-keywords-list 'regexp-opt '"24.4")
11670 ;;;***
11672 ;;;### (autoloads nil "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el" (21291 53104
11673 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
11674 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11676 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11677 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11678 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11679 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11680 if ARG is omitted or nil. When this mode is active, it tries to
11681 add virtual separators (like underscores) at places they belong to.
11683 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11685 ;;;***
11687 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (21291 53104
11688 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
11689 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11691 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11692 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11693 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11695 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11697 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11698 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11700 Guideline for numbers:
11701 1 - error messages
11702 3 - non-serious error messages
11703 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11704 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11705 9 - messages inside loops.
11707 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11709 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11710 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11711 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11713 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11715 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11716 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11718 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11720 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11721 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11723 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11724 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11725 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11726 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11727 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11728 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11730 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11731 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11732 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11733 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11734 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11736 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11738 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11740 ;;;***
11742 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
11743 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11744 (push (purecopy '(gnus 5 13)) package--builtin-versions)
11745 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11746 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11748 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11749 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11751 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11753 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11754 Read network news.
11755 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11756 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11757 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11758 name of an NNTP server to use.
11759 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11760 server.
11762 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11764 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11765 Read news as a slave.
11767 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11769 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11770 Pop up a frame to read news.
11771 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11772 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11773 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise pop up a Gnus frame and run the
11774 command specified by `gnus-other-frame-resume-function'.
11775 The optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11776 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11777 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11778 current display is used.
11780 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11782 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11783 Read network news.
11784 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11785 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11786 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11788 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11790 ;;;***
11792 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (21291 53104
11793 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
11794 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11796 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11797 Start Gnus unplugged.
11799 \(fn)" t nil)
11801 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11802 Start Gnus plugged.
11804 \(fn)" t nil)
11806 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11807 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11809 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11811 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11812 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11814 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11815 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11816 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11818 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11819 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11820 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11822 \(fn)" t nil)
11824 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11825 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11827 \(fn)" nil nil)
11829 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11830 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11831 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11832 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11833 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11834 supported.
11836 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11838 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11839 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11840 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11841 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11842 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11843 supported.
11845 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11847 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
11848 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11850 \(fn)" nil nil)
11852 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
11853 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11854 downloaded into the agent.
11856 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11858 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
11859 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11860 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11861 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11863 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11865 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
11866 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11868 \(fn)" t nil)
11870 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
11871 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11873 \(fn)" t nil)
11875 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
11876 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11877 CLEAN is obsolete and ignored.
11879 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11881 ;;;***
11883 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el" (21291 53104
11884 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
11885 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11887 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
11888 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11890 \(fn)" nil nil)
11892 ;;;***
11894 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (21291
11895 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
11896 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11898 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
11899 Set a bookmark for this article.
11901 \(fn)" t nil)
11903 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
11904 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11906 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
11908 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
11909 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11910 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11911 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11912 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11914 \(fn)" t nil)
11916 ;;;***
11918 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (21291 53104
11919 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
11920 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11922 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
11923 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11925 Usage:
11926 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11928 \(fn)" t nil)
11930 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
11931 Generate the cache active file.
11933 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11935 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
11936 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11938 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11940 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
11941 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11942 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11943 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11944 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11945 supported.
11947 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11949 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
11950 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11951 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11952 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11953 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11954 supported.
11956 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11958 ;;;***
11960 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (21291 53104
11961 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
11962 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11964 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
11965 Delay this article by some time.
11966 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11968 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11969 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11971 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11972 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11974 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11975 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11977 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11979 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
11980 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11982 \(fn)" t nil)
11984 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
11985 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11986 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11987 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11989 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11990 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11992 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
11994 ;;;***
11996 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (21291 53104
11997 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
11998 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
12000 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
12003 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12005 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
12008 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12010 ;;;***
12012 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el" (21291 53104
12013 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
12014 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
12016 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
12017 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
12019 \(fn)" t nil)
12021 ;;;***
12023 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el" (21291 53104
12024 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
12025 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
12027 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
12028 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
12030 \(fn)" t nil)
12032 ;;;***
12034 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (21352 23381
12035 ;;;;;; 760641 862000))
12036 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
12038 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
12039 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12041 \(fn)" t nil)
12043 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12044 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12046 \(fn)" t nil)
12048 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12049 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
12051 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
12052 different input formats.
12054 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12056 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12057 Return a Face header based on an image file.
12059 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
12060 different input formats.
12062 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12064 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
12065 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12066 The PNG is returned as a string.
12068 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12070 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
12071 Convert FILE to a Face.
12072 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12073 726 bytes.
12075 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12077 ;;;***
12079 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (21291
12080 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
12081 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
12083 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12084 Display gravatar in the From header.
12085 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
12087 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12089 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12090 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
12091 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
12093 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12095 ;;;***
12097 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (21291 53104
12098 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
12099 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12101 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
12102 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12103 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
12104 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12106 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12108 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
12109 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12111 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12113 ;;;***
12115 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-html" "gnus/gnus-html.el" (21291 53104
12116 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
12117 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
12119 (autoload 'gnus-article-html "gnus-html" "\
12122 \(fn &optional HANDLE)" nil nil)
12124 (autoload 'gnus-html-prefetch-images "gnus-html" "\
12127 \(fn SUMMARY)" nil nil)
12129 ;;;***
12131 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el" (21291 53104
12132 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
12133 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12135 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
12137 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
12138 Run batched scoring.
12139 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12141 \(fn)" t nil)
12143 ;;;***
12145 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (21291 53104 431149
12146 ;;;;;; 0))
12147 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12149 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12152 \(fn)" nil nil)
12154 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
12155 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12156 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12158 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12160 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12161 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12163 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12165 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12167 ;;;***
12169 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el" (21291 53104
12170 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
12171 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12173 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
12174 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12175 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12176 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12177 group parameters.
12179 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12180 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12181 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12182 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12184 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12185 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
12186 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12187 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12188 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12189 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12190 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12191 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12192 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12193 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12195 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12197 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
12198 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12199 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12200 nil CATCH-ALL).
12202 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12203 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12205 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12207 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
12208 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12209 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12211 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12213 \(fn)" nil nil)
12215 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
12216 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12217 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12219 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12221 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12222 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12223 existing groups are considered.
12225 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12226 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12227 returned.
12229 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12230 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12231 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12232 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12233 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12234 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12235 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12236 clauses will be generated.
12238 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12239 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12240 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12241 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12242 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12243 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12245 For example, given the following group parameters:
12247 nnml:mail.bar:
12248 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12249 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12250 nnml:mail.foo:
12251 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12252 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12253 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12254 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12255 nnml:mail.others:
12256 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12258 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12260 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12261 \"mail.bar\")
12262 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12263 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12264 \"mail.others\")
12266 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12268 ;;;***
12270 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (21291 53104
12271 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
12272 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12274 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
12275 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12276 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12277 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12278 If Gnus isn't running, a plain `message-mail' setup is used
12279 instead.
12281 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
12283 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
12284 Mail to ADDRESS.
12286 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12288 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
12289 Like `message-reply'.
12291 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12293 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12295 ;;;***
12297 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-notifications" "gnus/gnus-notifications.el"
12298 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 431149 0))
12299 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-notifications.el
12301 (autoload 'gnus-notifications "gnus-notifications" "\
12302 Send a notification on new message.
12303 This check for new messages that are in group with a level lower
12304 or equal to `gnus-notifications-minimum-level' and send a
12305 notification using `notifications-notify' for it.
12307 This is typically a function to add in
12308 `gnus-after-getting-new-news-hook'
12310 \(fn)" nil nil)
12312 ;;;***
12314 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el" (21291 53104
12315 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
12316 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12318 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12319 Display picons in the From header.
12320 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12322 \(fn)" t nil)
12324 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12325 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12326 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12328 \(fn)" t nil)
12330 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12331 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12332 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12334 \(fn)" t nil)
12336 ;;;***
12338 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-range" "gnus/gnus-range.el" (21291 53104
12339 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
12340 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12342 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
12343 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12344 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12345 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12347 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12349 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
12350 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12351 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12352 LIST1 is modified.
12354 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12356 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
12357 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12358 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12360 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12362 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12365 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12367 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12368 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12369 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12371 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12373 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12374 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12375 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12377 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12379 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12381 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12382 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12383 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12385 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12387 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12388 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12389 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12391 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12393 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
12394 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12395 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12397 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12399 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
12400 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12402 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12404 ;;;***
12406 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (21346
12407 ;;;;;; 62196 327729 0))
12408 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12410 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12411 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12413 \(fn)" t nil)
12415 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12416 Install the registry hooks.
12418 \(fn)" t nil)
12420 ;;;***
12422 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (21291 53104
12423 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
12424 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12426 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12427 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12428 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12429 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12430 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12431 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12433 \(fn)" t nil)
12435 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12436 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12437 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12438 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12439 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12441 \(fn)" t nil)
12443 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12446 \(fn)" t nil)
12448 ;;;***
12450 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el" (21291 53104
12451 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
12452 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12454 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12455 Update the format specification near point.
12457 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12459 ;;;***
12461 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (21291 53104
12462 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
12463 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12465 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12466 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12468 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12470 ;;;***
12472 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" (21291 53104
12473 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
12474 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
12476 (autoload 'gnus-summary-bookmark-jump "gnus-sum" "\
12477 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
12478 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
12480 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
12482 ;;;***
12484 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (21291 53104
12485 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
12486 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
12488 (autoload 'gnus-sync-initialize "gnus-sync" "\
12489 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
12491 \(fn)" t nil)
12493 (autoload 'gnus-sync-install-hooks "gnus-sync" "\
12494 Install the sync hooks.
12496 \(fn)" t nil)
12498 ;;;***
12500 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el" (21291 53104
12501 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
12502 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12504 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12505 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12507 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12509 ;;;***
12511 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el" (21291 53104 431149
12512 ;;;;;; 0))
12513 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
12515 (defvar gnutls-min-prime-bits 256 "\
12516 Minimum number of prime bits accepted by GnuTLS for key exchange.
12517 During a Diffie-Hellman handshake, if the server sends a prime
12518 number with fewer than this number of bits, the handshake is
12519 rejected. (The smaller the prime number, the less secure the
12520 key exchange is against man-in-the-middle attacks.)
12522 A value of nil says to use the default GnuTLS value.")
12524 (custom-autoload 'gnutls-min-prime-bits "gnutls" t)
12526 ;;;***
12528 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (21291 53104 431149
12529 ;;;;;; 0))
12530 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12532 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12533 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12535 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
12536 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12537 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12539 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12540 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12541 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12543 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12544 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12546 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12547 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12549 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12551 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12553 ;;;***
12555 ;;;### (autoloads nil "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (21291 53104
12556 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
12557 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12559 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12561 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12562 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12563 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12564 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12565 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12567 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12569 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12570 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12571 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12572 or to send e-mail.
12573 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12574 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12576 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12577 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12579 \(fn)" t nil)
12580 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12582 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
12583 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12584 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
12585 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
12586 if ARG is omitted or nil.
12588 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12590 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
12591 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
12593 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12595 ;;;***
12597 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gravatar" "gnus/gravatar.el" (21291 53104
12598 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
12599 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gravatar.el
12601 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve "gravatar" "\
12602 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
12603 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
12605 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS CB &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
12607 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve-synchronously "gravatar" "\
12608 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
12610 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12612 ;;;***
12614 ;;;### (autoloads nil "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (21291 53104 431149
12615 ;;;;;; 0))
12616 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12618 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12619 Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12621 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12623 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12624 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12625 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12626 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12627 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12629 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12630 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12631 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12633 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" nil)
12635 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12636 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12637 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12638 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12639 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12641 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" nil)
12643 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12644 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12646 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12648 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)\\2" 1 3 ((lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face))) (when mbeg (- mbeg beg))))) lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face)) (mend (and mbeg (next-single-property-change mbeg 'font-lock-face nil end)))) (when mend (- mend beg)))))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12649 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12651 (defvar grep-program (purecopy "grep") "\
12652 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12653 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12655 (defvar find-program (purecopy "find") "\
12656 The default find program.
12657 This is used by commands like `grep-find-command', `find-dired'
12658 and others.")
12660 (defvar xargs-program (purecopy "xargs") "\
12661 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12662 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12663 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12665 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12666 How to invoke find and grep.
12667 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
12668 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
12669 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12670 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12672 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12674 (defvar grep-history nil "\
12675 History list for grep.")
12677 (defvar grep-find-history nil "\
12678 History list for grep-find.")
12680 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12681 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12682 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12684 \(fn)" nil nil)
12686 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12689 \(fn)" nil nil)
12691 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12692 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12694 \(fn)" nil nil)
12696 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12697 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12698 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12699 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the *grep* buffer, to go to the lines where grep found
12700 matches. To kill the grep job before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12702 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12703 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12705 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12706 can easily repeat a grep command.
12708 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12709 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12710 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12711 list is empty).
12713 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12715 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12716 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12717 Collect output in a buffer.
12718 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12719 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12721 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12722 easily repeat a find command.
12724 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12726 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12728 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
12729 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12730 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12731 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12732 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12734 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12735 before it is executed.
12736 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12738 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12739 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12740 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12742 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12744 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12746 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
12747 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12748 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12749 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12750 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12752 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12753 before it is executed.
12754 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12756 Collect output in a buffer. While the recursive grep is running,
12757 you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12758 to visit the lines where matches were found. To kill the job
12759 before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12761 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12763 When called programmatically and FILES is nil, REGEXP is expected
12764 to specify a command to run.
12766 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12768 (autoload 'zrgrep "grep" "\
12769 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
12770 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
12771 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
12773 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM GREP-FIND-TEMPLATE)" t nil)
12775 (defalias 'rzgrep 'zrgrep)
12777 ;;;***
12779 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gs" "gs.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
12780 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12782 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
12783 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12784 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12785 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12786 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12788 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12790 ;;;***
12792 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (21291 53104 431149
12793 ;;;;;; 0))
12794 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12796 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12797 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12798 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12799 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12801 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12803 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12804 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12805 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12806 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12808 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12810 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
12811 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12812 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12813 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12815 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12817 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12818 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12819 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12820 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12822 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12823 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12825 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12827 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
12828 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12829 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12830 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12832 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12834 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12835 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12836 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12837 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12839 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12841 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
12842 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12843 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12844 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12845 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12847 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12848 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12849 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12850 original source file access method.
12852 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12853 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12855 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12857 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
12858 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12860 \(fn)" t nil)
12862 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
12863 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
12864 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12865 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12866 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12867 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
12869 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" nil)
12871 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" "\
12872 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
12873 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the feature if ARG is
12874 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
12875 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
12877 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12879 ;;;***
12881 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gv" "emacs-lisp/gv.el" (21386 29521 774249
12882 ;;;;;; 0))
12883 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/gv.el
12885 (autoload 'gv-get "gv" "\
12886 Build the code that applies DO to PLACE.
12887 PLACE must be a valid generalized variable.
12888 DO must be a function; it will be called with 2 arguments: GETTER and SETTER,
12889 where GETTER is a (copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value of PLACE,
12890 and SETTER is a function which returns the code to set PLACE when called
12891 with a (not necessarily copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value to
12892 set it to.
12893 DO must return an Elisp expression.
12895 \(fn PLACE DO)" nil nil)
12897 (autoload 'gv-letplace "gv" "\
12898 Build the code manipulating the generalized variable PLACE.
12899 GETTER will be bound to a copyable expression that returns the value
12900 of PLACE.
12901 SETTER will be bound to a function that takes an expression V and returns
12902 a new expression that sets PLACE to V.
12903 BODY should return some Elisp expression E manipulating PLACE via GETTER
12904 and SETTER.
12905 The returned value will then be an Elisp expression that first evaluates
12906 all the parts of PLACE that can be evaluated and then runs E.
12908 \(fn (GETTER SETTER) PLACE &rest BODY)" nil t)
12910 (put 'gv-letplace 'lisp-indent-function '2)
12912 (autoload 'gv-define-expander "gv" "\
12913 Use HANDLER to handle NAME as a generalized var.
12914 NAME is a symbol: the name of a function, macro, or special form.
12915 HANDLER is a function which takes an argument DO followed by the same
12916 arguments as NAME. DO is a function as defined in `gv-get'.
12918 \(fn NAME HANDLER)" nil t)
12920 (put 'gv-define-expander 'lisp-indent-function '1)
12922 (autoload 'gv--defun-declaration "gv" "\
12925 \(fn SYMBOL NAME ARGS HANDLER &optional FIX)" nil nil)
12927 (or (assq 'gv-expander defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-expander ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-expander)) defun-declarations-alist))
12929 (or (assq 'gv-setter defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-setter ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-setter)) defun-declarations-alist))
12931 (autoload 'gv-define-setter "gv" "\
12932 Define a setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12933 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12934 well for simple place forms.
12935 Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are expanded by binding the argument
12936 forms (VAL ARGS...) according to ARGLIST, then executing BODY, which must
12937 return a Lisp form that does the assignment.
12938 The first arg in ARGLIST (the one that receives VAL) receives an expression
12939 which can do arbitrary things, whereas the other arguments are all guaranteed
12940 to be pure and copyable. Example use:
12941 (gv-define-setter aref (v a i) `(aset ,a ,i ,v))
12943 \(fn NAME ARGLIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
12945 (put 'gv-define-setter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
12947 (autoload 'gv-define-simple-setter "gv" "\
12948 Define a simple setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12949 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12950 well for simple place forms. Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are
12951 turned into calls of the form (SETTER ARGS... VAL).
12953 If FIX-RETURN is non-nil, then SETTER is not assumed to return VAL and
12954 instead the assignment is turned into something equivalent to
12955 (let ((temp VAL))
12956 (SETTER ARGS... temp)
12957 temp)
12958 so as to preserve the semantics of `setf'.
12960 \(fn NAME SETTER &optional FIX-RETURN)" nil t)
12962 (autoload 'setf "gv" "\
12963 Set each PLACE to the value of its VAL.
12964 This is a generalized version of `setq'; the PLACEs may be symbolic
12965 references such as (car x) or (aref x i), as well as plain symbols.
12966 For example, (setf (cadr x) y) is equivalent to (setcar (cdr x) y).
12967 The return value is the last VAL in the list.
12969 \(fn PLACE VAL PLACE VAL ...)" nil t)
12971 (put 'gv-place 'edebug-form-spec 'edebug-match-form)
12973 (autoload 'gv-ref "gv" "\
12974 Return a reference to PLACE.
12975 This is like the `&' operator of the C language.
12976 Note: this only works reliably with lexical binding mode, except for very
12977 simple PLACEs such as (function-symbol 'foo) which will also work in dynamic
12978 binding mode.
12980 \(fn PLACE)" nil t)
12982 ;;;***
12984 ;;;### (autoloads nil "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (21291 53104
12985 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
12986 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12988 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
12989 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12990 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12991 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12993 Variables: `handwrite-linespace' (default 12)
12994 `handwrite-fontsize' (default 11)
12995 `handwrite-numlines' (default 60)
12996 `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
12998 \(fn)" t nil)
13000 ;;;***
13002 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el" (21291 53104 431149
13003 ;;;;;; 0))
13004 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
13006 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
13007 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
13009 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
13011 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
13012 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
13013 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
13014 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
13016 Repent before ring 31 moves.
13018 \(fn)" t nil)
13020 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
13021 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
13022 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
13023 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
13024 to be updated.
13026 \(fn)" t nil)
13028 ;;;***
13030 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (21291 53104
13031 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
13032 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
13034 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
13035 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13037 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13039 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13040 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13041 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
13043 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13045 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
13046 Verify a hashcash payment
13048 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
13050 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
13051 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13052 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13053 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
13054 `mail-add-payment-async').
13056 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
13058 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13059 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13060 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13061 Calculation is asynchronous.
13063 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13065 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
13066 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
13067 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
13069 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13071 ;;;***
13073 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (21291 53104 431149
13074 ;;;;;; 0))
13075 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
13077 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
13078 Return the help-echo string at point.
13079 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
13080 property, or nil, is returned.
13081 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
13082 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
13083 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
13085 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
13087 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
13088 Return the keyboard help string at point.
13089 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
13090 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
13091 If this produces no string either, return nil.
13093 \(fn)" nil nil)
13095 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
13096 Display local help in the echo area.
13097 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
13098 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
13099 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
13100 printed instead.
13102 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
13103 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
13104 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
13106 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13108 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13109 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13110 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13112 \(fn)" t nil)
13114 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13115 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13116 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
13118 \(fn)" t nil)
13120 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
13121 Automatically show local help on point-over.
13122 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
13123 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
13124 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
13125 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
13126 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
13127 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
13128 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
13129 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
13130 a non-empty list disables the feature.
13132 This variable only takes effect after a call to
13133 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
13134 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
13135 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
13136 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13138 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
13139 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
13140 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
13141 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
13142 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
13143 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
13144 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
13145 The default is `never'.")
13147 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
13149 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
13150 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
13151 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
13152 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
13153 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
13154 considered different regions.
13156 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13157 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
13158 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13159 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13160 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13161 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13162 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
13163 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13164 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13166 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
13168 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
13169 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13170 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13171 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13172 different regions.
13174 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13175 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13176 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13177 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13178 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13179 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13180 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13181 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13183 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13184 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13185 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13186 rarely happens in practice.
13188 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13190 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
13191 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13192 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13193 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13194 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13195 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
13197 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13199 ;;;***
13201 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (21418 19288 912946
13202 ;;;;;; 0))
13203 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13205 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
13206 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13208 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13210 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
13211 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13212 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13214 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13216 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
13217 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
13218 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
13219 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
13220 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
13221 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
13222 If TYPE is the value returned by `symbol-function' for a function symbol,
13223 search for a function definition.
13225 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
13226 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
13227 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
13228 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
13229 suitable file is found, return nil.
13231 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
13233 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
13236 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13238 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
13239 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13240 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13241 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13243 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13245 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
13246 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13247 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13248 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13249 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
13250 it is displayed along with the global value.
13252 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13254 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
13255 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13256 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13257 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13259 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13261 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
13262 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13263 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13264 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13265 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13267 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13269 (autoload 'doc-file-to-man "help-fns" "\
13270 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
13272 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13274 (autoload 'doc-file-to-info "help-fns" "\
13275 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
13277 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13279 ;;;***
13281 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-macro" "help-macro.el" (21291 53104 431149
13282 ;;;;;; 0))
13283 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13285 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13286 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13287 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
13288 window listing and describing the options.
13289 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
13290 gives the window that lists the options.")
13292 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
13294 ;;;***
13296 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (21291 53104 431149
13297 ;;;;;; 0))
13298 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13300 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
13301 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13302 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13303 Commands:
13304 \\{help-mode-map}
13306 \(fn)" t nil)
13308 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
13311 \(fn)" nil nil)
13313 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
13316 \(fn)" nil nil)
13318 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
13319 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13321 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13322 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13323 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13324 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13326 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13327 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13328 restore it properly when going back.
13330 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13332 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
13333 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
13334 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
13335 current buffer. Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
13336 from `help-mode'.
13337 Otherwise, return \"*Help*\", creating a buffer with that name if
13338 it does not already exist.
13340 \(fn)" nil nil)
13342 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
13343 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13345 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13346 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13347 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13348 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13349 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13350 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13351 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13352 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13354 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13355 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13356 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13357 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13359 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13360 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13361 that.
13363 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13365 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13366 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13367 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13368 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13369 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13370 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13372 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13374 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13375 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13376 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13377 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13378 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13380 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13382 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
13383 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13385 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13387 (autoload 'help-bookmark-jump "help-mode" "\
13388 Jump to help-mode bookmark BOOKMARK.
13389 Handler function for record returned by `help-bookmark-make-record'.
13390 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
13392 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
13394 ;;;***
13396 ;;;### (autoloads nil "helper" "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (21291 53104
13397 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
13398 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13400 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
13401 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13403 \(fn)" t nil)
13405 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
13406 Provide help for current mode.
13408 \(fn)" t nil)
13410 ;;;***
13412 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hexl" "hexl.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
13413 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13415 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
13416 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13417 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13418 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13419 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13421 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13422 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13424 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13425 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13426 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13427 values grouped every `hexl-bits' bits, and as their ASCII values).
13429 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13430 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced by
13431 periods.
13433 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13434 in hexl format.
13436 A sample format:
13438 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13439 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13440 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13441 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13442 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13443 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13444 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13445 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13446 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13447 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13448 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13449 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13450 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13451 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13452 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13454 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer.
13455 Most cursor movement bindings are the same: use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13456 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up.
13458 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13459 also supported.
13461 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13463 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13464 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13465 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13467 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13468 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13469 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13471 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13472 into the buffer at the current point.
13474 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13475 into the buffer at the current point.
13477 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13478 into the buffer at the current point.
13480 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit `hexl-mode'.
13482 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13483 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13485 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13487 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13489 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13491 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
13492 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13493 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13494 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13496 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13498 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
13499 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13500 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13502 \(fn)" t nil)
13504 ;;;***
13506 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (21291 53104 431149
13507 ;;;;;; 0))
13508 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13510 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13511 Toggle selective highlighting of patterns (Hi Lock mode).
13512 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hi Lock mode if ARG is
13513 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13514 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13516 Hi Lock mode is automatically enabled when you invoke any of the
13517 highlighting commands listed below, such as \\[highlight-regexp].
13518 To enable Hi Lock mode in all buffers, use `global-hi-lock-mode'
13519 or add (global-hi-lock-mode 1) to your init file.
13521 In buffers where Font Lock mode is enabled, patterns are
13522 highlighted using font lock. In buffers where Font Lock mode is
13523 disabled, patterns are applied using overlays; in this case, the
13524 highlighting will not be updated as you type.
13526 When Hi Lock mode is enabled, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu
13527 is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
13528 which can be called interactively, are:
13530 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13531 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13533 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13534 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13535 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13536 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13538 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13539 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13541 \\[highlight-symbol-at-point]
13542 Highlight the symbol found near point without prompting, using the next
13543 available face automatically.
13545 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13546 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13548 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13549 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13550 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13551 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13552 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13553 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13554 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13555 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13556 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13557 function returns t.
13559 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13560 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13562 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13563 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13564 form:
13565 Hi-lock: FOO
13567 where FOO is a list of patterns. The patterns must start before
13568 position (number of characters into buffer)
13569 `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns will be read until
13570 Hi-lock: end is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list
13571 `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13573 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13575 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13576 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13577 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13578 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13579 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13580 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13582 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13584 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13585 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in all buffers.
13586 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive;
13587 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13588 ARG is omitted or nil.
13590 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
13591 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13592 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13594 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13596 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13598 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13599 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13600 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13601 Use the global history list for FACE.
13603 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13604 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13605 highlighting will not update as you type.
13607 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13609 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13611 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13612 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13613 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13614 Use the global history list for FACE.
13616 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13617 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13618 highlighting will not update as you type.
13620 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13622 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13624 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13625 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13626 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13627 Use the global history list for FACE.
13629 When called interactively, replace whitespace in user-provided
13630 regexp with arbitrary whitespace, and make initial lower-case
13631 letters case-insensitive, before highlighting with `hi-lock-set-pattern'.
13633 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13634 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13635 highlighting will not update as you type.
13637 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13639 (defalias 'highlight-symbol-at-point 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point)
13641 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point "hi-lock" "\
13642 Highlight each instance of the symbol at point.
13643 Uses the next face from `hi-lock-face-defaults' without prompting,
13644 unless you use a prefix argument.
13645 Uses `find-tag-default-as-symbol-regexp' to retrieve the symbol at point.
13647 This uses Font lock mode if it is enabled; otherwise it uses overlays,
13648 in which case the highlighting will not update as you type.
13650 \(fn)" t nil)
13652 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13654 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13655 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13656 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP, accepting only regexps
13657 previously inserted by hi-lock interactive functions.
13658 If REGEXP is t (or if \\[universal-argument] was specified interactively),
13659 then remove all hi-lock highlighting.
13661 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13663 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13664 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13666 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13667 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13668 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13670 \(fn)" t nil)
13672 ;;;***
13674 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (21452 39235
13675 ;;;;;; 700171 164000))
13676 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13678 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13679 Toggle features to hide/show #ifdef blocks (Hide-Ifdef mode).
13680 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hide-Ifdef mode if ARG is
13681 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13682 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13684 Hide-Ifdef mode is a buffer-local minor mode for use with C and
13685 C-like major modes. When enabled, code within #ifdef constructs
13686 that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view.
13687 Several variables affect how the hiding is done:
13689 `hide-ifdef-env'
13690 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13691 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13692 is used.
13694 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13695 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13696 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13697 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13698 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13700 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13701 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13702 #endif lines when hiding.
13704 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13705 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13706 is activated.
13708 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13709 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13710 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13712 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13714 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13716 ;;;***
13718 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (21291 53104
13719 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
13720 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13722 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
13723 Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13724 Each element has the form
13725 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13727 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13728 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13730 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13731 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13733 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13734 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13735 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13736 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13737 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13738 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13740 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13741 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13743 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13744 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13746 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13747 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13748 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13750 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
13751 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
13752 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
13753 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
13754 if ARG is omitted or nil.
13756 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13757 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13758 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13760 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13761 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13762 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13764 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13765 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13767 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13769 Key bindings:
13770 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13772 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13774 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
13775 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13777 \(fn)" nil nil)
13779 ;;;***
13781 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (21291 53104 431149
13782 ;;;;;; 0))
13783 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13785 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13786 Toggle highlighting changes in this buffer (Highlight Changes mode).
13787 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes mode if ARG
13788 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
13789 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13791 When Highlight Changes is enabled, changes are marked with a text
13792 property. Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but
13793 command \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggle
13794 this on and off.
13796 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
13797 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13798 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13799 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13800 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
13801 through various faces.
13802 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13803 buffer with the contents of a file
13804 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
13806 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13808 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13809 Toggle visibility of highlighting due to Highlight Changes mode.
13810 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes Visible mode
13811 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
13812 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13814 Highlight Changes Visible mode only has an effect when Highlight
13815 Changes mode is on. When enabled, the changed text is displayed
13816 in a distinctive face.
13818 The default value can be customized with variable
13819 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'.
13821 This command does not itself set Highlight Changes mode.
13823 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13825 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
13826 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13827 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13829 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13831 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
13832 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13834 \(fn)" t nil)
13836 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
13837 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13839 \(fn)" t nil)
13841 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
13842 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
13844 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13845 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13846 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13847 shown in the last face in the list.
13849 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13850 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13851 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13853 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13855 \(fn)" t nil)
13857 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
13858 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13860 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13862 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13863 to save the file.
13865 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13866 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13868 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13869 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13870 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13872 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13874 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
13875 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13877 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13878 this function is called interactively.
13880 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13881 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13882 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13884 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13885 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13886 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13888 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13890 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
13891 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
13892 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13893 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13894 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13895 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
13897 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
13899 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13900 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in all buffers.
13901 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive;
13902 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13903 ARG is omitted or nil.
13905 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
13906 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
13907 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
13909 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13911 ;;;***
13913 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hippie-exp" "hippie-exp.el" (21377 1451 96610
13914 ;;;;;; 0))
13915 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13916 (push (purecopy '(hippie-exp 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
13918 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
13919 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13920 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13921 or insert functions in this list.")
13923 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
13925 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
13926 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13927 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13928 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13929 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13930 expansions.
13931 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13932 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13933 undoes the expansion.
13935 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13937 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
13938 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13939 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13940 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13942 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil t)
13944 ;;;***
13946 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hl-line" "hl-line.el" (21291 53104 431149
13947 ;;;;;; 0))
13948 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13950 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13951 Toggle highlighting of the current line (Hl-Line mode).
13952 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13953 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13954 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13956 Hl-Line mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If
13957 `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13958 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13959 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13960 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13961 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13963 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13964 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13965 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13966 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13968 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13970 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13971 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13972 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13973 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13974 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13975 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13977 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
13979 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13980 Toggle line highlighting in all buffers (Global Hl-Line mode).
13981 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13982 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13983 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13985 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
13986 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all
13987 windows.
13989 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13990 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13992 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13994 ;;;***
13996 ;;;### (autoloads nil "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el" (21291 53104
13997 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
13998 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
14000 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'general-holidays 'holiday-general-holidays "23.1")
14002 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
14003 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
14004 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14006 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
14008 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14010 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'oriental-holidays 'holiday-oriental-holidays "23.1")
14012 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
14013 Oriental holidays.
14014 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14016 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
14018 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14020 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'local-holidays 'holiday-local-holidays "23.1")
14022 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
14023 Local holidays.
14024 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14026 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
14028 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14030 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'other-holidays 'holiday-other-holidays "23.1")
14032 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
14033 User defined holidays.
14034 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14036 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
14038 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14040 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-julian 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) year) (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (setq year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21)) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))) "\
14041 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14043 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1 'risky-local-variable t)
14045 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 10 10 h-year)) 7)) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))) "\
14046 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14048 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2 'risky-local-variable t)
14050 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (mapcar 'purecopy '((if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (h-year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y 1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y)))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 7 1 h-year)) 7)) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (calendar-extract-day s-s))) day) "Shabbat Shirah")))) "\
14051 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14053 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3 'risky-local-variable t)
14055 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (and calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))))) (= 21 (% year 28))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av)))) "\
14056 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14058 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4 'risky-local-variable t)
14060 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'hebrew-holidays 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "23.1")
14062 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
14063 Jewish holidays.
14064 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14066 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
14068 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14070 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'christian-holidays 'holiday-christian-holidays "23.1")
14072 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Christmas (Julian calendar)") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
14073 Christian holidays.
14074 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14076 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
14078 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14080 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'islamic-holidays 'holiday-islamic-holidays "23.1")
14082 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
14083 Islamic holidays.
14084 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14086 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
14088 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14090 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'bahai-holidays 'holiday-bahai-holidays "23.1")
14092 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Bahá'u'lláh") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Bahá'u'lláh") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Bahá"))))) "\
14093 Bahá'í holidays.
14094 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14096 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
14098 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14100 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'solar-holidays 'holiday-solar-holidays "23.1")
14102 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
14103 Sun-related holidays.
14104 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14106 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
14108 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14110 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14112 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
14113 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
14114 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
14115 This function is suitable for execution in a init file.
14117 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14119 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
14120 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
14121 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
14122 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
14123 displayed, use a different list. For example,
14125 (list-holidays 2006 2006
14126 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
14128 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
14129 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
14131 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
14132 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
14133 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
14134 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
14135 of a holiday list.
14137 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
14139 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
14141 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
14143 ;;;***
14145 ;;;### (autoloads nil "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (21415 30982
14146 ;;;;;; 815536 0))
14147 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
14149 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
14150 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
14152 \(fn)" t nil)
14154 ;;;***
14156 ;;;### (autoloads nil "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (21341 23900
14157 ;;;;;; 988149 0))
14158 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
14159 (push (purecopy '(htmlfontify 0 21)) package--builtin-versions)
14161 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer "htmlfontify" "\
14162 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
14163 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
14164 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
14165 as possible.
14167 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
14168 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
14169 fontified display.
14171 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
14172 characters such as ^L (\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
14174 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
14175 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
14176 hyperlinks as appropriate.
14178 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil)
14180 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir "htmlfontify" "\
14181 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
14182 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
14184 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
14186 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil)
14188 ;;;***
14190 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (21291 53104 431149
14191 ;;;;;; 0))
14192 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14194 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
14195 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14197 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14198 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14199 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14201 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14202 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14203 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14204 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14205 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14206 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14208 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14209 title of the column.
14211 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14212 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14213 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14214 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14215 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14217 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14219 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
14220 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14221 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14222 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14223 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14225 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14226 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14227 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14229 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14231 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
14232 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14233 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14234 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14235 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14236 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14238 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14239 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14240 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14241 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14242 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14243 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14244 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14245 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14246 values are:
14247 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14248 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14249 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14250 buffer's modification flag.
14251 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14252 prompted before performing this operation.
14253 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14254 operation is complete, in the form:
14255 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14256 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14257 confirmation message, in the form:
14258 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14259 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14260 macro for exactly what it does.
14262 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14264 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
14265 Define a filter named NAME.
14266 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14267 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14268 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14270 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14271 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14272 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14273 bound to the current value of the filter.
14275 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14277 ;;;***
14279 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (21291 53104 431149
14280 ;;;;;; 0))
14281 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14283 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
14284 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14285 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14286 buffers which are visiting a file.
14288 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14290 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
14291 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14292 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14293 buffers which are visiting a file.
14295 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14297 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
14298 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14299 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14301 All arguments are optional.
14302 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14303 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14304 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14305 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14306 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14307 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14308 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14309 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14310 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14311 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14312 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14313 that value locally in this buffer.
14315 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14317 ;;;***
14319 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icalendar" "calendar/icalendar.el" (21291
14320 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
14321 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14322 (push (purecopy '(icalendar 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
14324 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
14325 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14326 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14327 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14329 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14331 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
14332 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14333 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14334 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14335 ICAL-FILENAME.
14336 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14337 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14338 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14340 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14342 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
14343 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14344 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14345 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14346 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14347 non-marking or not.
14349 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14351 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
14352 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14354 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14355 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14356 DIARY-FILE.
14358 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14359 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14360 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14362 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14363 non-marking.
14365 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14366 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14367 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14369 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14371 ;;;***
14373 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (21291 53104 431149
14374 ;;;;;; 0))
14375 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14377 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14378 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14379 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14380 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14381 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14382 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14384 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
14386 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
14387 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion (Icomplete mode).
14388 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Icomplete mode if ARG is
14389 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14390 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14392 When this global minor mode is enabled, typing in the minibuffer
14393 continuously displays a list of possible completions that match
14394 the string you have typed. See `icomplete-completions' for a
14395 description of how prospective completions are displayed.
14397 For more information, see Info node `(emacs)Icomplete'.
14398 For options you can set, `\\[customize-group] icomplete'.
14400 You can use the following key bindings to navigate and select
14401 completions:
14403 \\{icomplete-minibuffer-map}
14405 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14407 ;;;***
14409 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (21291 53104 431149
14410 ;;;;;; 0))
14411 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14413 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
14414 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14415 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14416 Tab indents for Icon code.
14417 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14418 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14419 \\{icon-mode-map}
14420 Variables controlling indentation style:
14421 icon-tab-always-indent
14422 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14423 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14424 icon-auto-newline
14425 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14426 inserted in Icon code.
14427 icon-indent-level
14428 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14429 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14430 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14431 icon-continued-statement-offset
14432 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14433 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14434 icon-continued-brace-offset
14435 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14436 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14437 icon-brace-offset
14438 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14439 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14440 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14441 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14443 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14444 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14446 \(fn)" t nil)
14448 ;;;***
14450 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el" (21423
14451 ;;;;;; 29775 174830 222000))
14452 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14454 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
14455 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14456 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14457 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14459 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14460 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14461 separate frames.
14463 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14464 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14466 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14467 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14468 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14470 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14472 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14474 ;;;***
14476 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el" (21423 29709
14477 ;;;;;; 912469 748000))
14478 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14479 (push (purecopy '(idlwave 6 1 22)) package--builtin-versions)
14481 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
14482 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14484 The main features of this mode are
14486 1. Indentation and Formatting
14487 --------------------------
14488 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14489 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14491 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14492 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14493 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14494 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14496 Comments are indented as follows:
14498 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14499 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14500 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14502 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14504 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14505 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14506 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14507 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14508 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14509 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14511 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14512 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14513 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14514 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14516 2. Routine Info
14517 ------------
14518 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14519 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14520 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14521 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14522 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14523 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14524 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14525 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14526 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14527 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14529 3. Online IDL Help
14530 ---------------
14532 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14533 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14534 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14535 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14537 4. Completion
14538 ----------
14539 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14540 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14541 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14542 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14543 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14544 upper case.
14546 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14547 --------------------------------
14548 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14549 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples:
14551 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14552 \\fu FUNCTION template
14553 \\c CASE statement template
14554 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14555 \\f FOR loop template
14556 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14557 \\w WHILE loop template
14558 \\i IF statement template
14559 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14560 \\b BEGIN
14562 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14563 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14565 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14566 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14567 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14568 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14570 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14571 -------------------------
14572 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14573 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14575 7. Automatic END completion
14576 ------------------------
14577 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14578 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14580 8. Hooks
14581 -----
14582 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14583 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14585 9. Documentation and Customization
14586 -------------------------------
14587 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14588 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14589 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14590 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL
14591 `http://github.com/jdtsmith/idlwave'.
14592 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14594 10.Keybindings
14595 -----------
14596 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14597 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14598 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14600 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14602 \(fn)" t nil)
14604 ;;;***
14606 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ido" "ido.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
14607 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14609 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14610 Determines for which buffer/file Ido should be enabled.
14611 The following values are possible:
14612 - `buffer': Turn only on Ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14613 displaying...)
14614 - `file': Turn only on Ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14615 - `both': Turn on Ido buffer and file behavior.
14616 - nil: Turn off any Ido switching.
14618 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14619 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14621 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14623 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14624 Toggle Ido mode on or off.
14625 With ARG, turn Ido mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14626 Turning on Ido mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14627 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14628 commands to the Ido versions of these functions.
14629 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14630 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14631 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14633 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14635 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14636 Switch to another buffer.
14637 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14638 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14639 in another frame.
14641 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14642 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14643 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14644 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14645 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14647 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches.
14648 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14650 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14652 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14653 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14654 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14655 all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14656 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14657 in a separate window.
14658 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14659 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14660 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14661 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14662 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14663 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14664 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14665 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14666 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14668 \(fn)" t nil)
14670 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14671 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14672 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14673 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14675 \(fn)" t nil)
14677 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14678 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14679 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14680 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14682 \(fn)" t nil)
14684 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
14685 Kill a buffer.
14686 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14687 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14689 \(fn)" t nil)
14691 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
14692 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14693 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14694 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14696 \(fn)" t nil)
14698 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14699 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14700 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14701 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14703 \(fn)" t nil)
14705 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14706 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14708 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14710 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14711 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14712 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14713 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14714 in another frame.
14716 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14717 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14718 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14719 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14720 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14721 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14723 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches.
14724 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14726 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14728 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14729 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14730 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14731 all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14732 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14733 in a separate window.
14734 \\[ido-magic-delete-char] Open the specified directory in Dired mode.
14735 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14736 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] Go to previous directory in work directory history.
14737 \\[ido-next-work-directory] Go to next directory in work directory history.
14738 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] Search for file in the work directory history.
14739 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] Remove current directory from the work directory history.
14740 \\[ido-prev-work-file] Cycle to previous file in work file history.
14741 \\[ido-next-work-file] Cycle to next file in work file history.
14742 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] Prompt for a file and use find to locate it.
14743 \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] Prompt for a directory and use find to locate it.
14744 \\[ido-make-directory] Prompt for a directory to create in current directory.
14745 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-Ido version of current command.
14746 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14747 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14748 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14749 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14750 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14751 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14753 \(fn)" t nil)
14755 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
14756 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14757 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14758 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14760 \(fn)" t nil)
14762 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
14763 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14764 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14765 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14767 \(fn)" t nil)
14769 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
14770 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14771 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14772 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14774 \(fn)" t nil)
14776 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
14777 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14778 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14779 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14781 \(fn)" t nil)
14783 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
14784 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14785 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14786 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14788 \(fn)" t nil)
14790 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
14791 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14792 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14793 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14795 \(fn)" t nil)
14797 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
14798 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14799 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14800 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14802 \(fn)" t nil)
14804 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
14805 Write current buffer to a file.
14806 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14807 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14809 \(fn)" t nil)
14811 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
14812 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14813 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14814 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14816 \(fn)" t nil)
14818 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
14819 Call `dired' the Ido way.
14820 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14821 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14823 \(fn)" t nil)
14825 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
14826 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14827 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14828 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14829 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14830 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14832 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14834 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
14835 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14836 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14837 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14839 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14841 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
14842 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14843 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14844 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14846 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14848 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
14849 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14850 Read a string in the minibuffer with Ido-style completion.
14851 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14852 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14853 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD are currently ignored; they are included
14854 to be compatible with `completing-read'.
14855 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14856 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14857 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14858 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14859 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14860 with point positioned at the end.
14861 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14862 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14864 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
14866 ;;;***
14868 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ielm" "ielm.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
14869 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14871 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
14872 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14873 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14874 See `inferior-emacs-lisp-mode' for details.
14876 \(fn)" t nil)
14878 ;;;***
14880 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iimage" "iimage.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
14881 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14883 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-iimage-mode 'iimage-mode "24.1")
14885 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
14886 Toggle Iimage mode on or off.
14887 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iimage mode if ARG is
14888 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14889 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
14890 \\{iimage-mode-map}
14892 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14894 ;;;***
14896 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image" "image.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
14897 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14899 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
14900 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14901 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14902 be determined.
14904 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14906 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
14907 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14908 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14909 be determined.
14911 \(fn)" nil nil)
14913 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
14914 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14915 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14916 be determined.
14918 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14920 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
14921 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14922 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14923 be determined.
14925 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14927 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
14928 Determine and return image type.
14929 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
14930 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14931 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14932 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
14933 use its file extension as image type.
14934 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
14936 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
14938 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
14939 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14940 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14942 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
14944 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
14945 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
14946 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
14948 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
14949 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
14950 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
14951 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
14952 must be available.
14954 \(fn)" nil nil)
14956 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
14957 Create an image.
14958 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14959 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14960 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14961 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14962 use its file extension as image type.
14963 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14964 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14965 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14966 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14968 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14970 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
14971 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
14972 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
14974 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14976 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
14977 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14978 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14979 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14980 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14981 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14982 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
14983 POS may be an integer or marker.
14984 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14985 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14986 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14987 means display it in the right marginal area.
14989 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
14991 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
14992 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14993 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14994 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING
14995 defaults to a single space if you omit it.
14996 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14997 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14998 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14999 means display it in the right marginal area.
15000 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
15001 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
15002 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
15003 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
15004 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
15006 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
15008 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
15009 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15010 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15011 with a `display' property whose value is the image. The default
15012 STRING is a single space.
15013 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15014 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15015 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15016 means display it in the right marginal area.
15017 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
15019 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
15021 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
15022 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
15023 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
15024 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
15026 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
15028 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
15029 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
15031 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
15033 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15034 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15035 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15036 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15037 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15038 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
15039 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15040 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
15041 satisfied.
15043 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15045 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15047 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15049 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
15050 Define SYMBOL as an image, and return SYMBOL.
15052 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15053 documentation string.
15055 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15056 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15057 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15058 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15059 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15060 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15061 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15062 define SYMBOL.
15064 Example:
15066 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15067 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15069 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil t)
15071 (put 'defimage 'doc-string-elt '3)
15073 (autoload 'imagemagick-register-types "image" "\
15074 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
15075 This function is called at startup, after loading the init file.
15076 It registers the ImageMagick types returned by `imagemagick-filter-types'.
15078 Registered image types are added to `auto-mode-alist', so that
15079 Emacs visits them in Image mode. They are also added to
15080 `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that the `image-type' function
15081 recognizes these files as having image type `imagemagick'.
15083 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, this does nothing.
15085 \(fn)" nil nil)
15087 ;;;***
15089 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (21291 53104
15090 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
15091 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15092 (push (purecopy '(image-dired 0 4 11)) package--builtin-versions)
15094 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15095 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
15096 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
15097 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
15098 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
15099 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
15101 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15103 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
15104 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15106 Convenience command that:
15108 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15109 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15110 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15112 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15113 image files in dired and type
15114 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15116 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15118 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15119 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15121 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15123 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15124 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15125 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15126 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15127 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15128 another one).
15130 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15131 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15132 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15134 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15135 instead of erasing it first.
15137 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15138 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15139 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15140 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15141 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15142 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15144 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15146 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
15147 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15148 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15149 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15150 displayed.
15152 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
15154 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15156 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'tumme 'image-dired "24.4")
15158 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
15159 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15161 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15163 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
15164 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15165 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15167 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15169 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
15170 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15172 \(fn)" t nil)
15174 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
15175 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15176 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15177 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15179 \(fn)" t nil)
15181 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
15182 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15184 \(fn)" t nil)
15186 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
15187 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15189 \(fn)" t nil)
15191 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
15192 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15194 \(fn)" t nil)
15196 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
15197 Display current image file.
15198 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15199 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15201 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15203 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
15204 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15206 \(fn)" t nil)
15208 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
15209 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15210 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15211 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15212 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15213 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15214 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
15216 \(fn)" t nil)
15218 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
15219 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15220 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15221 easy-to-use form.
15223 \(fn)" t nil)
15225 ;;;***
15227 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-file" "image-file.el" (21291 53104 431149
15228 ;;;;;; 0))
15229 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15231 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
15232 A list of image-file filename extensions.
15233 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15234 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15236 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15237 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15238 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15239 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15241 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
15243 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15244 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15245 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15246 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15248 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15249 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15250 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15251 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15253 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
15255 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
15256 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15258 \(fn)" nil nil)
15260 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
15261 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15262 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15263 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15265 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15267 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15268 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15269 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15270 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15271 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15272 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15274 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
15276 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
15277 Toggle visiting of image files as images (Auto Image File mode).
15278 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Image File mode if ARG is
15279 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15280 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15282 An image file is one whose name has an extension in
15283 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15284 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15286 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15288 ;;;***
15290 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (21291 53104 431149
15291 ;;;;;; 0))
15292 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15294 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
15295 Major mode for image files.
15296 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15297 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15299 Key bindings:
15300 \\{image-mode-map}
15302 \(fn)" t nil)
15304 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
15305 Toggle Image minor mode in this buffer.
15306 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Image minor mode if ARG is
15307 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15308 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15310 Image minor mode provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display],
15311 to switch back to `image-mode' and display an image file as the
15312 actual image.
15314 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15316 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text "image-mode" "\
15317 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
15318 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
15319 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
15320 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
15321 to display an image file as the actual image.
15323 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
15324 to display an image file as text initially.
15326 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
15327 on these modes.
15329 \(fn)" t nil)
15331 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
15334 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15336 ;;;***
15338 ;;;### (autoloads nil "imenu" "imenu.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
15339 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15341 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15342 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15344 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15346 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15347 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15348 in the buffer.
15350 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15352 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15353 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15354 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15356 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
15358 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15359 List of definition matchers for creating an Imenu index.
15360 Each element of this list should have the form
15362 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX [FUNCTION] [ARGUMENTS...])
15364 MENU-TITLE should be nil (in which case the matches for this
15365 element are put in the top level of the buffer index) or a
15366 string (which specifies the title of a submenu into which the
15367 matches are put).
15368 REGEXP is a regular expression matching a definition construct
15369 which is to be displayed in the menu. REGEXP may also be a
15370 function, called without arguments. It is expected to search
15371 backwards. It must return true and set `match-data' if it finds
15372 another element.
15373 INDEX is an integer specifying which subexpression of REGEXP
15374 matches the definition's name; this subexpression is displayed as
15375 the menu item.
15376 FUNCTION, if present, specifies a function to call when the index
15377 item is selected by the user. This function is called with
15378 arguments consisting of the item name, the buffer position, and
15379 the ARGUMENTS.
15381 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not
15382 the regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist'
15383 can be used to alter the syntax table for the search.
15385 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15386 create a buffer index.
15388 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression'
15389 used by `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to
15390 give the characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax
15391 \"word\" syntax during matching.")
15392 (put 'imenu-generic-expression 'risky-local-variable t)
15394 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
15396 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
15397 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15399 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15400 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15401 called within a `save-excursion'.
15403 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15405 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
15407 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
15408 Function for finding the next index position.
15410 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15411 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15412 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15413 file.
15415 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15416 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15418 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
15420 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15421 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15423 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15424 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15425 It should return the name for that index item.")
15427 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
15429 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15430 Function to compare string with index item.
15432 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15433 non-nil if they match.
15435 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15436 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15437 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15438 arguments match\".")
15440 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
15442 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
15443 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15444 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15446 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
15447 (put 'imenu--index-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
15449 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
15451 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
15453 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
15454 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15455 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15456 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15458 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15460 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
15461 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15463 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15465 \(fn)" t nil)
15467 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
15468 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15469 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15470 for more information.
15472 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15474 ;;;***
15476 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (21291 53104
15477 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
15478 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15480 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
15481 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15483 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15485 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
15488 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15490 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
15493 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15495 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
15498 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15500 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
15501 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15503 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15505 ;;;***
15507 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (21291 53104
15508 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
15509 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15511 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
15512 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15513 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15514 to that buffer.
15515 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15516 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15517 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15518 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15520 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15522 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15524 ;;;***
15526 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info" "info.el" (21478 34653 139782 0))
15527 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15529 (defcustom Info-default-directory-list (let* ((config-dir (file-name-as-directory (or (and (featurep 'ns) (let ((dir (expand-file-name "../info" data-directory))) (if (file-directory-p dir) dir))) configure-info-directory))) (prefixes (prune-directory-list '("/usr/local/" "/usr/" "/opt/" "/"))) (suffixes '("share/" "" "gnu/" "gnu/lib/" "gnu/lib/emacs/" "emacs/" "lib/" "lib/emacs/")) (standard-info-dirs (apply #'nconc (mapcar (lambda (pfx) (let ((dirs (mapcar (lambda (sfx) (concat pfx sfx "info/")) suffixes))) (prune-directory-list dirs))) prefixes))) (dirs (if (member config-dir standard-info-dirs) (nconc standard-info-dirs (list config-dir)) (cons config-dir standard-info-dirs)))) (if (not (eq system-type 'windows-nt)) dirs (let* ((instdir (file-name-directory invocation-directory)) (dir1 (expand-file-name "../info/" instdir)) (dir2 (expand-file-name "../../../info/" instdir))) (cond ((file-exists-p dir1) (append dirs (list dir1))) ((file-exists-p dir2) (append dirs (list dir2))) (t dirs))))) "\
15530 Default list of directories to search for Info documentation files.
15531 They are searched in the order they are given in the list.
15532 Therefore, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs
15533 normally should come last (so that local files override standard ones),
15534 unless Emacs is installed into a non-standard directory. In the latter
15535 case, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs should be
15536 first in this list.
15538 Once Info is started, the list of directories to search
15539 comes from the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15540 This variable `Info-default-directory-list' is used as the default
15541 for initializing `Info-directory-list' when Info is started, unless
15542 the environment variable INFOPATH is set.
15544 Although this is a customizable variable, that is mainly for technical
15545 reasons. Normally, you should either set INFOPATH or customize
15546 `Info-additional-directory-list', rather than changing this variable." :initialize (quote custom-initialize-delay) :type (quote (repeat directory)) :group (quote info))
15548 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15549 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15551 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15552 (put 'info 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15554 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15555 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15556 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15557 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15558 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15559 \"(FILENAME)NODENAME\".
15560 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15561 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15562 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15563 with the top-level Info directory.
15565 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15566 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15568 A numeric prefix argument of N selects an Info buffer named \"*info*<N>\".
15570 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15571 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15572 in all the directories in that path.
15574 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
15576 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15578 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15579 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15581 \(fn)" t nil)
15583 (autoload 'info-emacs-bug "info" "\
15584 Display the \"Reporting Bugs\" section of the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15586 \(fn)" t nil)
15588 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15589 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15590 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15591 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15593 \(fn)" nil nil)
15595 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15596 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15597 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15598 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15600 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15602 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15603 Go to the Info directory node.
15605 \(fn)" t nil)
15607 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15608 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15609 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15610 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15611 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15612 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15614 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15616 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15617 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15618 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15620 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15622 (autoload 'info-finder "info" "\
15623 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
15624 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
15625 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
15626 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
15628 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil)
15630 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15631 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15632 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15633 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15634 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15636 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15637 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15639 Selecting other nodes:
15640 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15641 Follow a node reference you click on.
15642 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15643 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15644 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15645 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15646 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15647 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15648 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15649 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15650 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15651 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15652 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15653 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15654 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15655 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15656 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15657 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15658 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15659 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15660 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15661 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15663 Moving within a node:
15664 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15665 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15666 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15667 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15668 move up to the parent node.
15669 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15670 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15671 if there is none.
15672 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15674 Advanced commands:
15675 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15676 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15677 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15678 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
15679 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15680 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15681 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
15682 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15683 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15684 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15685 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15686 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15687 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15688 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15689 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15690 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15692 \(fn)" t nil)
15693 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15695 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15696 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15697 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15698 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15699 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15700 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15702 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15703 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15705 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15706 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15707 KEY is a string.
15708 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15709 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15710 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15711 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15713 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15715 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15716 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15717 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15719 \(fn)" t nil)
15721 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
15722 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
15723 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
15725 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15727 (autoload 'info-display-manual "info" "\
15728 Display an Info buffer displaying MANUAL.
15729 If there is an existing Info buffer for MANUAL, display it.
15730 Otherwise, visit the manual in a new Info buffer.
15732 \(fn MANUAL)" t nil)
15734 ;;;***
15736 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-look" "info-look.el" (21291 53104 431149
15737 ;;;;;; 0))
15738 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15740 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
15741 Throw away all cached data.
15742 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15743 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15744 system.
15746 \(fn)" t nil)
15747 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15749 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
15750 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15751 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15752 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15753 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15754 one found at point.
15756 With prefix arg MODE a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15758 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15759 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15761 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
15762 Display the documentation of a file.
15763 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15764 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15765 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15766 The default file name is the one found at point.
15768 With prefix arg MODE a query for the file help mode is offered.
15770 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15772 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
15773 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15775 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15777 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
15778 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15780 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15782 ;;;***
15784 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (21291 53104 431149
15785 ;;;;;; 0))
15786 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15787 (push (purecopy '(info-xref 3)) package--builtin-versions)
15789 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
15790 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15791 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
15792 current info file is the default.
15794 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
15795 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
15796 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
15797 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
15798 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
15800 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
15801 validate node references within it. A message is given for
15802 missing target files once per source document. It could be
15803 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
15804 mistake in the reference.
15806 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
15807 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
15808 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
15810 \"makeinfo\" checks references internal to an info document, but
15811 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
15812 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
15813 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
15815 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15817 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
15818 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
15819 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
15820 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
15821 checked.
15823 The search for \"all\" info files is rather permissive, since
15824 info files don't necessarily have a \".info\" extension and in
15825 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
15826 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
15827 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
15828 should be harmless.
15830 \(fn)" t nil)
15832 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
15833 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15834 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
15835 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
15837 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
15838 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
15839 and can take a long time.
15841 \(fn)" t nil)
15843 (autoload 'info-xref-docstrings "info-xref" "\
15844 Check docstring info node references in source files.
15845 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
15847 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
15849 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
15850 as per `info-xref-check' does.
15852 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
15853 \"foo*.el\", with the current file as a default. Usually this
15854 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
15855 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
15856 all builtins).
15858 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
15859 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
15860 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
15861 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
15862 the sources handy.
15864 \(fn FILENAME-LIST)" t nil)
15866 ;;;***
15868 ;;;### (autoloads nil "informat" "informat.el" (21291 53104 431149
15869 ;;;;;; 0))
15870 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15872 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
15873 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15875 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15877 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
15878 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
15880 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
15882 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
15883 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15884 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
15885 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
15887 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15888 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15889 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15891 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15892 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15893 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15894 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15896 \(fn)" t nil)
15898 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
15899 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15900 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15902 \(fn)" t nil)
15904 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
15905 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15906 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15907 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15908 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15910 \(fn)" nil nil)
15912 ;;;***
15914 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inversion" "cedet/inversion.el" (21291 53104
15915 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
15916 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/inversion.el
15917 (push (purecopy '(inversion 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
15919 (autoload 'inversion-require-emacs "inversion" "\
15920 Declare that you need either EMACS-VER, XEMACS-VER or SXEMACS-ver.
15921 Only checks one based on which kind of Emacs is being run.
15923 \(fn EMACS-VER XEMACS-VER SXEMACS-VER)" nil nil)
15925 ;;;***
15927 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el" (21291
15928 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
15929 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15931 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15932 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15934 \(fn)" t nil)
15936 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15937 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15939 \(fn)" t nil)
15941 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
15944 \(fn LAST-CHAR &optional COUNT)" nil nil)
15946 ;;;***
15948 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (21291 53104 431149
15949 ;;;;;; 0))
15950 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15951 (push (purecopy '(isearchb 1 5)) package--builtin-versions)
15953 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
15954 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15955 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15956 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15957 accessed via isearchb.
15959 \(fn)" t nil)
15961 ;;;***
15963 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-cvt" "international/iso-cvt.el" (21291
15964 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
15965 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15967 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
15968 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15969 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15970 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
15971 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15973 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15975 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
15976 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15977 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
15978 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
15979 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15981 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15983 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
15984 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15985 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15986 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
15987 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15989 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15991 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15992 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15993 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15994 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
15995 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15997 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15999 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16000 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16001 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16002 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
16003 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16005 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16007 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
16008 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
16009 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16010 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
16011 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16013 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16015 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
16016 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
16017 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16018 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
16019 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16021 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16023 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
16024 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
16025 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16026 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16028 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16030 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16031 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16032 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16033 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16035 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16037 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
16038 Warn that format is read-only.
16040 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16042 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
16043 Warn that format is write-only.
16045 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16047 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
16048 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
16050 \(fn)" t nil)
16052 ;;;***
16054 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
16055 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 431149 0))
16056 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
16057 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
16058 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
16060 ;;;***
16062 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (21291 53104
16063 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
16064 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16066 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
16068 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
16069 File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16070 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
16071 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
16072 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
16074 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
16076 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
16078 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16079 Key map for ispell menu.")
16081 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16082 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16083 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16084 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16086 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
16088 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-kill-ispell nil 'clear)) :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
16090 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
16092 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
16094 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage")) (,(purecopy "\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
16095 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16096 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16097 Valid forms include:
16098 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16099 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16100 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16101 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16103 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
16104 Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16105 First list is used raw.
16106 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16108 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16109 for skipping in latex mode.")
16111 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
16112 Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16113 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
16114 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16115 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16116 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
16117 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16119 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
16120 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16121 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16122 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16124 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16125 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16126 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16127 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16128 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16130 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16131 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16133 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
16134 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
16136 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16137 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16139 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16140 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16142 Return values:
16143 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16144 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16145 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16146 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16147 quit spell session exited.
16149 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
16151 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
16152 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16153 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16155 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16157 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
16158 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16160 Selections are:
16162 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16163 SPC: Accept word this time.
16164 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16165 `a': Accept word for this session.
16166 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16167 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16168 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16169 `?': Show these commands.
16170 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16171 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16172 the aborted check to be completed later.
16173 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16174 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16175 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16176 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16177 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16178 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16179 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16181 \(fn)" nil nil)
16183 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
16184 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16185 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16186 With CLEAR, buffer session localwords are cleaned.
16188 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR CLEAR)" t nil)
16190 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
16191 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16192 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16193 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16195 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16197 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16199 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
16200 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16201 Return nil if spell session was terminated, otherwise returns shift offset
16202 amount for last line processed.
16204 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16206 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
16207 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16209 \(fn)" t nil)
16211 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
16212 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16214 \(fn)" t nil)
16216 (autoload 'ispell-buffer-with-debug "ispell" "\
16217 `ispell-buffer' with some output sent to `ispell-debug-buffer' buffer.
16218 Use APPEND to append the info to previous buffer if exists.
16220 \(fn &optional APPEND)" t nil)
16222 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
16223 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16225 \(fn)" t nil)
16227 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
16228 Try to complete the word before or under point.
16229 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16230 sequence inside of a word.
16232 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16234 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16236 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
16237 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16239 \(fn)" t nil)
16241 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
16242 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16243 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16244 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16246 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16247 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16248 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16249 available on the net.
16251 \(fn)" t nil)
16253 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
16254 Toggle last-word spell checking (Ispell minor mode).
16255 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ispell minor mode if ARG is
16256 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16257 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16259 Ispell minor mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled,
16260 typing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly
16261 spelled.
16263 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored. To
16264 read them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word]
16265 SPC.
16267 For spell-checking \"on the fly\", not just after typing SPC or
16268 RET, use `flyspell-mode'.
16270 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16272 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
16273 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16274 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16275 Don't check included messages.
16277 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16278 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16279 The `X' command aborts sending the message so that you can edit the buffer.
16281 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16282 in your init file:
16283 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16284 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16285 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16286 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16288 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16289 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16290 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16292 \(fn)" t nil)
16294 ;;;***
16296 ;;;### (autoloads nil "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (21291
16297 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
16298 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16300 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
16303 \(fn)" nil nil)
16305 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
16306 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16307 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16308 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16309 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16310 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16311 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16312 necessary to represent OBJ.
16314 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16316 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
16317 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16318 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16319 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16321 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16323 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
16324 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16325 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16326 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16327 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16329 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16331 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
16332 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16333 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16334 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16336 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16338 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
16339 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16340 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16341 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16343 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16345 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
16346 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16348 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16350 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
16351 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16352 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16353 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16354 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16356 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16358 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
16359 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16360 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16361 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16362 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16364 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16366 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
16367 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16368 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16370 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16372 ;;;***
16374 ;;;### (autoloads nil "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (21291 53104 431149
16375 ;;;;;; 0))
16376 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16378 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16379 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16380 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16381 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16383 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
16386 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16388 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
16389 Uninstall jka-compr.
16390 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16391 and `inhibit-local-variables-suffixes' that were added
16392 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16394 \(fn)" nil nil)
16396 ;;;***
16398 ;;;### (autoloads nil "js" "progmodes/js.el" (21387 48819 906838
16399 ;;;;;; 0))
16400 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
16401 (push (purecopy '(js 9)) package--builtin-versions)
16403 (autoload 'js-mode "js" "\
16404 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
16406 \(fn)" t nil)
16407 (defalias 'javascript-mode 'js-mode)
16409 ;;;***
16411 ;;;### (autoloads nil "json" "json.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
16412 ;;; Generated autoloads from json.el
16413 (push (purecopy '(json 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
16415 ;;;***
16417 ;;;### (autoloads nil "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el" (21291 53104
16418 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
16419 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16421 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16422 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16423 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16424 decimal key must be specified.")
16426 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
16428 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16429 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16430 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16431 decimal key must be specified.")
16433 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
16435 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16436 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16437 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16438 decimal key must be specified.")
16440 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16442 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16443 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16444 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16445 decimal key must be specified.")
16447 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16449 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
16450 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16451 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16452 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16453 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16454 keys are bound.
16456 Setup Binding
16457 -------------------------------------------------------------
16458 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16459 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16460 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16461 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16462 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16463 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16464 in the global and local keymaps.
16466 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16467 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16469 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16471 ;;;***
16473 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el" (21291
16474 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
16475 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16477 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
16478 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16479 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16481 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16482 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16483 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16484 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16485 shorter.
16487 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16488 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16489 the context of text formatting.
16491 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16493 ;;;***
16495 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (21291 53104 431149
16496 ;;;;;; 0))
16497 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16499 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16500 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16501 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16502 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16503 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16504 positions that contains the current selection.")
16506 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
16507 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16508 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16509 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16510 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16511 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16512 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16514 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16516 ;;;***
16518 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
16519 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16520 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16521 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16522 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16523 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16524 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16525 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16526 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16528 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
16529 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
16530 ARG is the number of times to execute the item.
16532 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
16534 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16535 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16536 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16537 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16538 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16540 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16542 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16543 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16544 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16546 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16547 defining the macro.
16549 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16550 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16551 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16553 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16554 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16556 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16558 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16559 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16560 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16561 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16562 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16563 under that name.
16565 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16566 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16567 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16569 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16571 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16572 Call the keyboard MACRO that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16573 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16574 MACRO defaults to `last-kbd-macro'.
16576 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16577 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16578 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16579 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16581 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16582 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16584 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO MACRO)" t nil)
16586 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16587 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16588 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16590 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16591 macro.
16593 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16594 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16596 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16597 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16598 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16600 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16601 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16603 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16605 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16606 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16607 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16608 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16610 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16612 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16613 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16614 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16615 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16617 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16618 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16620 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16622 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16623 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16624 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16626 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16628 ;;;***
16630 ;;;### (autoloads nil "korea-util" "language/korea-util.el" (21291
16631 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
16632 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16634 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
16635 The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16636 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16638 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16641 \(fn)" nil nil)
16643 ;;;***
16645 ;;;### (autoloads nil "landmark" "play/landmark.el" (21415 30982
16646 ;;;;;; 815536 0))
16647 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16649 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'landmark-test-run)
16651 (autoload 'landmark-test-run "landmark" "\
16652 Run 100 Landmark games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16654 \(fn)" t nil)
16656 (autoload 'landmark "landmark" "\
16657 Start or resume an Landmark game.
16658 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16659 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16661 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16662 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16663 none / 1 | yes | no
16664 2 | yes | yes
16665 3 | no | yes
16666 4 | no | no
16668 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[landmark-start-robot],
16669 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16670 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16672 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
16674 ;;;***
16676 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (21291 53104
16677 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
16678 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16680 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16683 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16685 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16686 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16687 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16688 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16689 START and END are the beginning and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16690 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16692 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16693 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16695 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16697 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16698 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16700 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16702 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16705 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
16707 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16710 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16712 ;;;***
16714 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (21291
16715 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
16716 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16718 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16719 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16720 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16721 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16723 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16725 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16726 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16727 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16729 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16731 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16732 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16733 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16735 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16737 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16738 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16739 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16740 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16742 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16744 ;;;***
16746 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el"
16747 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 431149 0))
16748 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16750 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16751 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16752 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16753 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16754 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16755 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16756 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16757 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16759 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16760 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16762 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16763 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16765 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16767 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16768 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16769 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16770 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16771 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16772 `latin1-display-setup'.
16774 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16776 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16777 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16778 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16779 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16781 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16782 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16784 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16786 ;;;***
16788 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el" (21291
16789 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
16790 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16792 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
16793 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16795 \(fn)" t nil)
16797 ;;;***
16799 ;;;### (autoloads nil "life" "play/life.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
16800 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16802 (autoload 'life "life" "\
16803 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16804 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16805 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16806 generations (this defaults to 1).
16808 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16810 ;;;***
16812 ;;;### (autoloads nil "linum" "linum.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
16813 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
16814 (push (purecopy '(linum 0 9 24)) package--builtin-versions)
16816 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
16817 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin (Linum mode).
16818 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Linum mode if ARG is positive,
16819 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
16820 if ARG is omitted or nil.
16822 Linum mode is a buffer-local minor mode.
16824 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16826 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
16827 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
16828 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16829 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16830 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16831 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
16833 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
16835 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
16836 Toggle Linum mode in all buffers.
16837 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Linum mode if ARG is positive;
16838 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
16839 ARG is omitted or nil.
16841 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
16842 `linum-on' would do it.
16843 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
16845 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16847 ;;;***
16849 ;;;### (autoloads nil "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (21291 53104 431149
16850 ;;;;;; 0))
16851 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16853 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
16854 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
16855 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16856 is nil, raise an error.
16858 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
16859 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
16860 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
16861 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
16862 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
16863 defined by the library.
16865 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
16866 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
16867 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
16868 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
16869 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
16870 proceeds.
16872 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
16873 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
16874 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
16875 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
16877 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16879 ;;;***
16881 ;;;### (autoloads nil "locate" "locate.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
16882 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16884 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
16885 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16886 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16888 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
16890 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
16891 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16892 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16893 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16895 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16896 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16897 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16898 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16899 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16900 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16901 the version.)
16903 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16904 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16906 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16907 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16909 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
16910 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
16912 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
16914 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
16915 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16916 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16917 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16918 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16919 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16920 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16921 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16922 to constrain a big search.
16924 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
16926 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16927 except that FILTER is not optional.
16929 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
16931 ;;;***
16933 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (21439 23977 68537
16934 ;;;;;; 0))
16935 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
16937 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
16938 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16939 The buffer is put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode' if MODE is nil.
16940 \\<log-edit-mode-map>
16941 If SETUP is non-nil, erase the buffer and run `log-edit-hook'.
16942 Set mark and point around the entire contents of the buffer, so
16943 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with
16944 \\[kill-region]. Once the user is done editing the message,
16945 invoking the command \\[log-edit-done] (`log-edit-done') will
16946 call CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16948 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist of variables and buffer-local
16949 values to give them in the Log Edit buffer. Possible keys and
16950 associated values:
16951 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
16952 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
16953 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
16954 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
16955 `vc-log-fileset' -- the VC fileset to be committed (if any).
16957 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it
16958 to edit the log message and go back to the current buffer when
16959 done. Otherwise, it uses the current buffer.
16961 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16963 ;;;***
16965 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (21291 53104 431149
16966 ;;;;;; 0))
16967 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
16969 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
16970 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16972 \(fn)" t nil)
16974 ;;;***
16976 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lpr" "lpr.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
16977 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
16979 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) "\
16980 Non-nil if running on MS-DOS or MS Windows.")
16982 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)) "\
16983 Non-nil if running on a system type that uses the \"lp\" command.")
16985 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
16986 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
16987 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
16989 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
16990 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
16992 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
16993 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
16994 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
16995 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
16996 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
16997 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
16998 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
17000 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
17002 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
17003 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
17004 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
17005 switch on this list.
17006 See `lpr-command'.")
17008 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
17010 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
17011 Name of program for printing a file.
17013 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
17014 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
17015 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
17016 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
17017 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
17018 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
17019 argument.")
17021 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
17023 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
17024 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
17025 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17026 for customization of the printer command.
17028 \(fn)" t nil)
17030 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
17031 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17033 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17034 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17035 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17036 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17038 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17039 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17041 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17042 for further customization of the printer command.
17044 \(fn)" t nil)
17046 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
17047 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17048 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17049 for customization of the printer command.
17051 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17053 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
17054 Paginate and print the region contents.
17056 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17057 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17058 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17059 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17061 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17062 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17064 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17065 for further customization of the printer command.
17067 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17069 ;;;***
17071 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (21291 53104 431149
17072 ;;;;;; 0))
17073 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17075 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17076 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17077 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17079 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
17081 ;;;***
17083 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (21291 53104 431149
17084 ;;;;;; 0))
17085 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17087 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
17088 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17089 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
17090 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
17092 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17094 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'phases-of-moon 'lunar-phases "23.1")
17096 ;;;***
17098 ;;;### (autoloads nil "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (21291 53104
17099 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
17100 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17102 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
17103 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17105 \(fn)" t nil)
17107 ;;;***
17109 ;;;### (autoloads nil "macros" "macros.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
17110 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17112 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17113 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17114 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17115 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17116 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17118 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17120 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17121 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro MACRONAME, as Lisp code.
17122 MACRONAME should be a symbol.
17123 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17124 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17126 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17127 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17128 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17129 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17130 bindings.
17132 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17133 use this command, and then save the file.
17135 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17137 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17138 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17139 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17140 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17141 each time the macro executes.
17142 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17143 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17144 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17145 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17146 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17147 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17148 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17150 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
17152 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17153 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17154 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17155 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17157 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17158 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17159 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17160 execute.
17162 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17163 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17165 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17166 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17167 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17168 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17169 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17171 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17172 looked like this:
17174 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17175 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17176 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17178 You could enter the names in this format:
17184 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17186 \\C-x (
17187 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17188 \\C-x )
17190 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17191 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17193 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17194 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17196 ;;;***
17198 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-extr" "mail/mail-extr.el" (21291 53104
17199 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
17200 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17202 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17203 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17204 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17205 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17206 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17207 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17209 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17210 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17211 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17212 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17213 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17215 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17216 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17217 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17218 consing a string.)
17220 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17222 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17223 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17225 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17227 ;;;***
17229 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el" (21291 53104
17230 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
17231 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17233 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17234 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17236 \(fn)" nil nil)
17238 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17241 \(fn)" nil nil)
17243 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17244 Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17246 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17248 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17249 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17250 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17251 message.
17253 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17255 \(fn)" nil nil)
17257 ;;;***
17259 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (21291 53104
17260 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
17261 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17263 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17264 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17265 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17266 often correct parser.")
17268 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17270 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
17271 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
17272 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
17273 a value which excludes your own email address.
17275 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
17276 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
17278 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
17280 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17281 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
17283 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17285 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17286 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding if necessary.
17287 If the string contains only ASCII characters and no troublesome ones,
17288 we return it unconverted.
17290 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17291 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17293 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17295 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17296 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17297 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17298 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17300 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
17302 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17303 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17304 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17305 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17307 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17309 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17310 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17311 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17312 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17313 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
17314 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
17315 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
17316 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17317 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17318 as Rmail does.
17320 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17322 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17323 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17324 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17325 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17326 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17327 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
17328 matches may be returned from the message body.
17330 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17332 ;;;***
17334 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (21291 53104
17335 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
17336 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17338 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17339 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17340 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17341 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17342 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17343 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17345 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17347 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17348 Toggle abbrev expansion of mail aliases (Mail Abbrevs mode).
17349 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mail Abbrevs mode if ARG is
17350 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17351 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17353 Mail Abbrevs mode is a global minor mode. When enabled,
17354 abbrev-like expansion is performed when editing certain mail
17355 headers (those specified by `mail-abbrev-mode-regexp'), based on
17356 the entries in your `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17358 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17360 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17361 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17363 \(fn)" nil nil)
17365 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17366 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17367 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17369 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17371 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17372 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17373 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17375 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
17376 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
17377 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
17378 double-quotes.
17380 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17382 ;;;***
17384 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (21291 53104
17385 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
17386 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17388 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17389 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17390 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17391 king@grassland.com
17392 If `parens', they look like:
17393 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17394 If `angles', they look like:
17395 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17397 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17399 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17400 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17401 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17402 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17403 their `Resent-' variants.
17405 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17406 removed from alias expansions.
17408 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17410 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17411 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17412 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17414 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17415 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17416 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17417 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17419 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17421 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
17422 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
17423 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
17425 \(fn)" nil nil)
17427 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17428 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17429 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17430 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
17432 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17434 (make-obsolete 'mail-complete 'mail-completion-at-point-function '"24.1")
17436 ;;;***
17438 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el" (21291 53104
17439 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
17440 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17442 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17443 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17444 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17445 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17447 \(fn)" nil nil)
17449 ;;;***
17451 ;;;### (autoloads nil "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (21291
17452 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
17453 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17455 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17456 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17458 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17459 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17460 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17461 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17462 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17463 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17465 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17466 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17467 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17468 dependency, despite the colon.
17470 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17472 In the browser, use the following keys:
17474 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17476 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17478 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17479 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17481 `makefile-target-colon':
17482 The string that gets appended to all target names
17483 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17484 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17486 `makefile-macro-assign':
17487 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17488 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17489 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17490 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17491 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17492 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17494 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17495 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17496 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17498 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17499 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17501 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17502 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17503 up or down in the browser.
17505 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17506 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17508 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17509 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17511 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17512 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17513 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17514 has been selected in the browser.
17516 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17517 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17518 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17519 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17520 filenames are omitted.
17522 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17523 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17524 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17525 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17526 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17527 the backslash itself intact.
17528 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17529 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17531 `makefile-browser-hook':
17532 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17533 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17535 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17536 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17537 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17538 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17540 \(fn)" t nil)
17542 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17543 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17545 \(fn)" t nil)
17547 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17548 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17550 \(fn)" t nil)
17552 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17553 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17555 \(fn)" t nil)
17557 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17558 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17560 \(fn)" t nil)
17562 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17563 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17565 \(fn)" t nil)
17567 ;;;***
17569 ;;;### (autoloads nil "makesum" "makesum.el" (21291 53104 431149
17570 ;;;;;; 0))
17571 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17573 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17574 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17575 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17577 \(fn)" t nil)
17579 ;;;***
17581 ;;;### (autoloads nil "man" "man.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
17582 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17584 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17586 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17587 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17588 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It
17589 runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
17590 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
17591 buffer. See variable `Man-notify-method' for what happens when
17592 the buffer is ready. If a buffer already exists for this man
17593 page, it will display immediately.
17595 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
17596 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
17597 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
17599 cat(1)
17600 1 cat
17602 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
17603 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
17604 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
17605 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
17607 -a chmod
17609 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
17610 otherwise look like a page name.
17612 /my/file/name.1.gz
17613 -l somefile.1
17615 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
17616 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
17617 \"egrep\" style regexp.
17619 -k pattern
17621 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17623 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17624 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17626 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17628 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
17629 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
17631 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
17633 ;;;***
17635 ;;;### (autoloads nil "master" "master.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
17636 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17637 (push (purecopy '(master 1 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
17639 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17640 Toggle Master mode.
17641 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Master mode if ARG is
17642 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17643 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17645 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer
17646 using the following commands:
17648 \\{master-mode-map}
17650 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17651 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17652 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17654 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17656 ;;;***
17658 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el" (21291 53104 431149
17659 ;;;;;; 0))
17660 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17662 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17663 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17664 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17665 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17666 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17667 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17669 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17671 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
17672 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
17673 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Depth Indication
17674 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
17675 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17677 Minibuffer Depth Indication mode is a global minor mode. When
17678 enabled, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show the
17679 recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only useful if
17680 `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17682 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17684 ;;;***
17686 ;;;### (autoloads nil "md4" "md4.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
17687 ;;; Generated autoloads from md4.el
17688 (push (purecopy '(md4 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17690 ;;;***
17692 ;;;### (autoloads nil "message" "gnus/message.el" (21291 53104 431149
17693 ;;;;;; 0))
17694 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17696 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17698 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17699 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17700 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17701 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17702 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17703 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17704 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17705 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17706 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17707 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17708 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17709 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17710 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17711 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17712 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
17713 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17714 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17715 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17716 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17717 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17718 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17719 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17720 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17721 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17722 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17723 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17724 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17725 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17726 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17727 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17728 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17729 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17730 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17731 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17732 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17733 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17734 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17735 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17737 \(fn)" t nil)
17739 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17740 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17741 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17742 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17743 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17745 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
17747 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17748 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17750 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17752 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
17753 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17755 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
17757 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
17758 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17760 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17762 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
17763 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17764 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17766 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17768 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
17769 Cancel an article you posted.
17770 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17772 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17774 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
17775 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17776 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17777 header line with the old Message-ID.
17779 \(fn)" t nil)
17781 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
17782 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17784 \(fn)" t nil)
17786 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
17787 Forward the current message via mail.
17788 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17789 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17791 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17793 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
17796 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17798 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
17801 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17803 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
17804 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17806 \(fn)" t nil)
17808 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
17809 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17811 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17813 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
17814 Re-mail the current message.
17815 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17816 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17817 you.
17819 \(fn)" t nil)
17821 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
17822 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17824 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17826 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
17827 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17829 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17831 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
17832 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17834 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17836 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
17837 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17839 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17841 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
17842 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17843 Works by overstriking characters.
17844 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17845 which specify the range to operate on.
17847 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17849 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
17850 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17851 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17852 which specify the range to operate on.
17854 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17856 ;;;***
17858 ;;;### (autoloads nil "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el" (21291
17859 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
17860 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17861 (push (purecopy '(meta-mode 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17863 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
17864 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17866 \(fn)" t nil)
17868 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
17869 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17871 \(fn)" t nil)
17873 ;;;***
17875 ;;;### (autoloads nil "metamail" "mail/metamail.el" (21291 53104
17876 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
17877 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17879 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
17880 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17881 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17883 \(fn)" t nil)
17885 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
17886 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17887 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17888 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17889 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17890 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17891 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17893 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17895 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
17896 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17897 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17898 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17899 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17900 means current).
17901 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17902 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17904 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17906 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
17907 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17908 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17909 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17910 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17911 means current).
17912 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17913 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17915 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17917 ;;;***
17919 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (21291 53104 431149
17920 ;;;;;; 0))
17921 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17923 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
17924 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17925 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17927 \(fn)" t nil)
17929 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
17930 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17931 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17933 \(fn)" t nil)
17935 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
17936 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17938 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17939 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17940 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17942 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17943 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17945 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17946 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17948 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17950 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
17952 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
17953 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17954 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17955 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17956 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17957 as `compose-mail'.
17959 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17960 initial Subject field, respectively.
17962 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
17963 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
17964 are strings.
17966 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
17967 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
17969 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17971 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
17972 Save draft and send message.
17974 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
17975 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
17976 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
17977 Mail Delivery*\".
17979 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
17980 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
17981 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
17983 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
17984 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
17985 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
17986 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
17987 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
17988 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
17990 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
17991 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
17993 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
17994 message and scan line.
17996 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17998 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
17999 Quit editing and delete draft message.
18001 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
18002 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
18003 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
18004 delete the draft message.
18006 \(fn)" t nil)
18008 ;;;***
18010 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
18011 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
18012 (push (purecopy '(mh-e 8 5 -4)) package--builtin-versions)
18014 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18016 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
18018 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18020 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
18021 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
18023 \(fn)" t nil)
18025 ;;;***
18027 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-folder" "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (21291 53104
18028 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
18029 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18031 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
18032 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18033 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18035 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18036 the MH mail system.
18038 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18040 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
18041 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18042 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18044 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18045 the MH mail system.
18047 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18049 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
18050 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18052 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18053 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18054 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18055 separate command.
18057 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18058 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18059 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18060 format.
18062 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18064 Ranges
18065 ======
18066 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18067 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18068 can be used in several ways.
18070 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18071 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18072 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18073 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18074 page):
18076 <num1>-<num2>
18077 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18078 The range must be nonempty.
18080 <num>:N
18081 <num>:+N
18082 <num>:-N
18083 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18084 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18085 last.
18087 first:N
18088 prev:N
18089 next:N
18090 last:N
18091 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18094 All of the messages.
18096 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18097 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18099 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18100 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18101 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18103 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18105 \(fn)" t nil)
18107 ;;;***
18109 ;;;### (autoloads nil "midnight" "midnight.el" (21291 53104 431149
18110 ;;;;;; 0))
18111 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18113 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
18114 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18115 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18116 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18117 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18118 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18119 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18120 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18121 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18122 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18123 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18125 \(fn)" t nil)
18127 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18128 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18129 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18130 to its second argument TM.
18132 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18134 ;;;***
18136 ;;;### (autoloads nil "minibuf-eldef" "minibuf-eldef.el" (21291 53104
18137 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
18138 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18140 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18141 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18142 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18143 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18144 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18145 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18147 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18149 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18150 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18151 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Electric Default
18152 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
18153 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18155 Minibuffer Electric Default mode is a global minor mode. When
18156 enabled, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show
18157 the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET
18158 would yield the default value. If the user modifies the input
18159 such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt
18160 is modified to remove the default indication.
18162 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18164 ;;;***
18166 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misc" "misc.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
18167 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
18169 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
18170 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
18171 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
18172 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
18173 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
18174 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
18175 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
18176 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
18177 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
18179 \(fn)" t nil)
18181 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
18182 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
18183 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
18184 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
18185 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
18186 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
18187 \"*Dynamic Libraries*\".
18188 The return value is always nil.
18190 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
18192 ;;;***
18194 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misearch" "misearch.el" (21291 53104 431149
18195 ;;;;;; 0))
18196 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
18197 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
18199 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
18200 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
18202 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
18203 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
18204 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
18205 next occurrence.
18207 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
18208 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
18209 end of the search space).
18211 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
18212 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
18213 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
18214 direction is backward (when option `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
18215 should return the previous buffer to search.
18217 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
18218 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
18219 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
18221 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
18222 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
18223 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
18224 Isearch starts.")
18226 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
18227 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
18228 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
18230 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
18231 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
18232 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
18234 \(fn)" nil nil)
18236 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
18237 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18238 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18239 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18240 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18241 whose names match the specified regexp.
18243 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18245 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
18246 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18247 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18248 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18249 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18250 whose names match the specified regexp.
18252 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18254 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
18255 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
18256 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18257 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18258 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18259 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18260 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18262 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18264 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
18265 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
18266 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18267 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18268 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18269 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18270 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18272 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18274 ;;;***
18276 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el" (21291
18277 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
18278 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18279 (push (purecopy '(mixal-mode 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
18281 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18282 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18284 \(fn)" t nil)
18286 ;;;***
18288 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el" (21291 53104
18289 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
18290 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
18292 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
18293 Return a default encoding for FILE.
18295 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
18297 ;;;***
18299 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (21291 53104
18300 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
18301 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18303 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18304 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18306 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18308 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18309 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18310 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18311 the entire message.
18312 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18314 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18316 ;;;***
18318 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el" (21291 53104
18319 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
18320 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18322 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18323 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18324 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18325 the entire message.
18326 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18328 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18330 ;;;***
18332 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (21291 53104 431149
18333 ;;;;;; 0))
18334 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18336 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18337 Insert file contents of URL.
18338 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18340 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18342 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18343 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18345 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18347 ;;;***
18349 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el" (21291 53104 431149
18350 ;;;;;; 0))
18351 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18353 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18354 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18355 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18356 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18357 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18359 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18361 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18362 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18363 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18365 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18367 ;;;***
18369 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml" "gnus/mml.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
18370 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
18372 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
18373 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
18375 \(fn)" nil nil)
18377 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
18378 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
18379 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
18380 `\\[message-send-and-exit]' or `\\[message-send]' in Message mode,
18381 or `\\[mail-send-and-exit]' or `\\[mail-send]' in Mail mode.
18383 FILE is the name of the file to attach. TYPE is its
18384 content-type, a string of the form \"type/subtype\". DESCRIPTION
18385 is a one-line description of the attachment. The DISPOSITION
18386 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed. It can
18387 be either \"inline\" (displayed automatically within the message
18388 body) or \"attachment\" (separate from the body).
18390 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
18392 ;;;***
18394 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el" (21291 53104 431149
18395 ;;;;;; 0))
18396 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18398 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18401 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18403 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18406 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18408 ;;;***
18410 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (21291 53104 431149
18411 ;;;;;; 0))
18412 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18414 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18417 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18419 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18422 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18424 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18427 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18429 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18432 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18434 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18437 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18439 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18442 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18444 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18447 \(fn)" nil nil)
18449 ;;;***
18451 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mode-local" "cedet/mode-local.el" (21291 53104
18452 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
18453 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/mode-local.el
18455 (put 'define-overloadable-function 'doc-string-elt 3)
18457 ;;;***
18459 ;;;### (autoloads nil "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (21291 53104
18460 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
18461 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18463 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
18465 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
18466 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18467 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18468 followed by the first character of the construct.
18469 \\<m2-mode-map>
18470 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18471 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18472 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18473 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18474 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18475 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18476 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18477 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18478 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18479 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18480 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18481 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18482 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18483 \\[m2-link] link
18485 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18486 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18487 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18489 \(fn)" t nil)
18491 ;;;***
18493 ;;;### (autoloads nil "morse" "play/morse.el" (21291 53104 431149
18494 ;;;;;; 0))
18495 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18497 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18498 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18500 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18502 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18503 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18505 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18507 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
18508 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
18510 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18512 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
18513 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18515 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18517 ;;;***
18519 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mouse-drag" "mouse-drag.el" (21291 53104 431149
18520 ;;;;;; 0))
18521 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
18523 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
18524 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18526 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
18527 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
18528 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
18530 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18531 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18532 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18534 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
18535 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
18537 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
18538 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
18539 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
18540 hemisphere you're in.)
18542 To test this function, evaluate:
18543 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
18545 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18547 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
18548 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18550 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
18551 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
18553 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18554 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18555 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18557 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
18558 middle button in Tk text widgets.
18560 To test this function, evaluate:
18561 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
18563 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18565 ;;;***
18567 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpc" "mpc.el" (21346 62196 327729 0))
18568 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
18570 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
18571 Main entry point for MPC.
18573 \(fn)" t nil)
18575 ;;;***
18577 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
18578 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18580 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18581 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18583 \(fn)" t nil)
18585 ;;;***
18587 ;;;### (autoloads nil "msb" "msb.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
18588 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18590 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18591 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18592 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18593 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18594 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18595 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18597 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18599 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18600 Toggle Msb mode.
18601 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Msb mode if ARG is positive,
18602 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
18603 if ARG is omitted or nil.
18605 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18606 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18608 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18610 ;;;***
18612 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el" (21291
18613 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
18614 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18616 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18617 Display a list of all character sets.
18619 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18620 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18621 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
18622 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
18623 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18625 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18626 but still shows the full information.
18628 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18630 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18631 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18632 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18634 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18635 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18636 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18637 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
18638 meanings of these arguments.
18640 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18642 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18643 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18645 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18647 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18648 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18650 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18652 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18653 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18655 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18657 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18658 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18660 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18661 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18662 in place of `..':
18663 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18664 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18665 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18666 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18667 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18668 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18669 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18670 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18671 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18672 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18673 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18674 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18675 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18676 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18677 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18678 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18680 \(fn)" t nil)
18682 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18683 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18685 \(fn)" t nil)
18687 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18688 Display a list of all coding systems.
18689 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18691 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18692 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18694 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18696 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18697 Display a list of all coding categories.
18699 \(fn)" nil nil)
18701 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18702 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18703 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18705 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18707 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18708 Display information about FONTSET.
18709 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18711 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18713 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18714 Display a list of all fontsets.
18715 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18716 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18717 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18719 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18721 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18722 Display information about all input methods.
18724 \(fn)" t nil)
18726 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18727 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18729 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18730 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18731 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18732 system which uses fontsets).
18734 \(fn)" t nil)
18736 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
18737 Show log of font listing and opening.
18738 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
18739 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
18741 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
18743 ;;;***
18745 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (21291
18746 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
18747 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18749 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18750 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18752 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18753 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18755 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
18756 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18758 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18760 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
18761 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18762 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18763 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18764 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18765 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18766 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18768 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18769 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18770 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18771 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18772 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18773 middle of a character in STR.
18775 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18776 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18778 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18779 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18780 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18781 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18782 defaults to \"...\".
18784 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18786 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18787 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18789 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18790 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18791 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18793 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18794 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18795 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18797 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18798 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18799 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18800 are considered.
18801 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18802 longer than KEYSEQ.
18803 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18805 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18807 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18808 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18809 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18810 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18811 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18812 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18813 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18814 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18815 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18816 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18817 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18819 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18821 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
18822 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18824 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18826 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
18827 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18829 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18831 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
18832 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
18834 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18836 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
18837 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
18839 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18841 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
18842 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
18843 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-system-priority'.
18844 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding systems returned by
18845 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
18847 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil t)
18848 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
18850 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
18851 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18852 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18853 coding systems ordered by priority.
18855 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil t)
18857 (make-obsolete 'detect-coding-with-priority 'with-coding-priority '"23.1")
18859 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
18860 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18861 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18862 language environment LANG-ENV.
18864 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18866 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
18867 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18868 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18869 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
18870 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
18871 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
18873 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18875 ;;;***
18877 ;;;### (autoloads nil "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (21291 53104
18878 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
18879 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18881 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
18882 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
18884 \(fn)" t nil)
18886 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
18887 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
18889 \(fn)" t nil)
18891 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
18892 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
18894 \(fn)" t nil)
18896 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
18897 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
18899 \(fn)" t nil)
18901 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
18902 Run route and display diagnostic output.
18904 \(fn)" t nil)
18906 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
18907 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18909 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18911 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
18912 Ping HOST.
18913 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18914 `ping-program-options'.
18916 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18918 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
18919 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18921 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18923 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
18924 Run nslookup program.
18926 \(fn)" t nil)
18928 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
18929 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18931 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18933 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
18934 Run dig program.
18936 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18938 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
18939 Run ftp program.
18941 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18943 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
18944 Finger USER on HOST.
18946 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18948 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
18949 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18950 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18951 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18953 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18955 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
18958 \(fn)" t nil)
18960 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
18961 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18963 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18965 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
18966 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
18968 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
18970 ;;;***
18972 ;;;### (autoloads nil "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (21291 53104 431149
18973 ;;;;;; 0))
18974 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
18976 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
18977 Return a user name/password pair.
18978 Port specifications will be prioritized in the order they are
18979 listed in the PORTS list.
18981 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
18983 ;;;***
18985 ;;;### (autoloads nil "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el" (21291
18986 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
18987 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
18989 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
18990 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
18991 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
18992 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
18993 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
18994 closes it.
18996 NAME is the name for the process. It is modified if necessary to
18997 make it unique.
18998 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
18999 Process output goes at end of that buffer. BUFFER may be nil,
19000 meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
19001 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
19002 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer specifying
19003 a port number to connect to.
19005 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
19006 values:
19008 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
19009 nil or `network'
19010 -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
19011 the parameters :success and :capability-command
19012 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
19013 connection via STARTTLS. Even if that
19014 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
19015 an unencrypted connection.
19016 `plain' -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
19017 `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
19018 upgrading via STARTTLS. If that fails for any
19019 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
19020 returned object is a killed process.
19021 `tls' -- A TLS connection.
19022 `ssl' -- Equivalent to `tls'.
19023 `shell' -- A shell connection.
19025 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
19026 If omitted or nil, return a process object. A non-nil means to
19027 return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
19028 is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
19029 :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
19030 :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
19031 or nil if none could be found.
19032 :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
19033 or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
19035 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
19037 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
19038 response to the command specified for :capability-command.
19039 It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
19041 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
19042 successful STARTTLS negotiation. For instance, the default
19043 should be \"^3\" for an NNTP connection.
19045 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
19046 for its capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this should be
19047 \"1 CAPABILITY\\r\\n\".
19049 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
19050 This function should take one parameter, the response to the
19051 capability command, and should return the command to switch on
19052 STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
19054 :always-query-capabilities says whether to query the server for
19055 capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
19057 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
19058 element is the certificate key file name, and the second
19059 element is the certificate file name itself, or `t', which
19060 means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
19061 certificate. This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
19062 or STARTTLS connections.
19064 :use-starttls-if-possible is a boolean that says to do opportunistic
19065 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS functionality.
19067 :nogreeting is a boolean that can be used to inhibit waiting for
19068 a greeting from the server.
19070 :nowait is a boolean that says the connection should be made
19071 asynchronously, if possible.
19073 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
19075 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
19077 ;;;***
19079 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-backend" "net/newst-backend.el" (21291
19080 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
19081 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
19083 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
19084 Check whether newsticker is running.
19085 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19086 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19088 \(fn)" nil nil)
19090 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
19091 Start the newsticker.
19092 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19093 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19094 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19095 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19097 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19099 ;;;***
19101 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
19102 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 431149 0))
19103 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
19105 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
19106 Start newsticker plainview.
19108 \(fn)" t nil)
19110 ;;;***
19112 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el" (21291
19113 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
19114 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
19116 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
19117 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
19119 \(fn)" t nil)
19121 ;;;***
19123 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (21291
19124 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
19125 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
19127 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
19128 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19129 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19130 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19131 empty.
19133 \(fn)" nil nil)
19135 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
19136 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19137 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19138 running already.
19140 \(fn)" t nil)
19142 ;;;***
19144 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el" (21291
19145 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
19146 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
19148 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
19149 Start newsticker treeview.
19151 \(fn)" t nil)
19153 ;;;***
19155 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newsticker" "net/newsticker.el" (21291 53104
19156 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
19157 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newsticker.el
19158 (push (purecopy '(newsticker 1 99)) package--builtin-versions)
19160 ;;;***
19162 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el" (21291 53104 431149
19163 ;;;;;; 0))
19164 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19166 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19167 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19169 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19171 ;;;***
19173 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (21291 53104 431149
19174 ;;;;;; 0))
19175 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19177 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19178 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19179 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19180 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19181 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19182 symbol in the alist.
19184 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19186 ;;;***
19188 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el" (21291 53104
19189 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
19190 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19192 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19193 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19194 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19196 \(fn)" t nil)
19198 ;;;***
19200 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
19201 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19203 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19204 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19206 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19208 ;;;***
19210 ;;;### (autoloads nil "novice" "novice.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
19211 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19213 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19215 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19216 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19217 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19219 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19222 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
19224 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19225 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19226 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19227 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19228 to future sessions.
19230 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19232 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19233 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19234 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19235 This command alters your init file so that this choice applies to
19236 future sessions.
19238 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19240 ;;;***
19242 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el" (21291
19243 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
19244 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19246 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19247 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19248 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19249 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19250 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19251 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19253 \(fn)" t nil)
19255 ;;;***
19257 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ntlm" "net/ntlm.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
19258 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ntlm.el
19259 (push (purecopy '(ntlm 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
19261 ;;;***
19263 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el" (21291 57968
19264 ;;;;;; 313602 751000))
19265 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19267 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19268 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19269 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19270 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19272 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19274 ;;;***
19276 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (21373 39620
19277 ;;;;;; 652244 0))
19278 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19280 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19281 Major mode for editing XML.
19283 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19284 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19285 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19286 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19287 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19288 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19289 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19291 \\[completion-at-point] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19293 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19294 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19296 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19297 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19298 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19299 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19300 instead of C-c.
19302 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19303 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19304 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19305 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
19306 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19307 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19309 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19310 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19311 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19313 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19314 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
19315 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
19317 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19318 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19319 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19320 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19321 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
19322 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19323 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19324 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19325 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19327 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19329 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19330 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19332 \(fn)" t nil)
19333 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
19335 ;;;***
19337 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-uchnm" "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (21291 57968
19338 ;;;;;; 313602 751000))
19339 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19341 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19342 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19343 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19344 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19346 \(fn)" t nil)
19348 ;;;***
19350 ;;;### (autoloads nil "octave" "progmodes/octave.el" (21430 7105
19351 ;;;;;; 839163 0))
19352 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave.el
19354 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave" "\
19355 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19357 Octave is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19358 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface
19359 for solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function
19360 definitions can also be stored in files and used in batch mode.
19362 See Info node `(octave-mode) Using Octave Mode' for more details.
19364 Key bindings:
19365 \\{octave-mode-map}
19367 \(fn)" t nil)
19369 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave" "\
19370 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19371 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19373 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19375 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19376 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19378 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19379 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19380 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19382 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19384 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19386 ;;;***
19388 ;;;### (autoloads nil "opascal" "progmodes/opascal.el" (21291 53104
19389 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
19390 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/opascal.el
19392 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'delphi-mode 'opascal-mode "24.4")
19394 (autoload 'opascal-mode "opascal" "\
19395 Major mode for editing OPascal code.\\<opascal-mode-map>
19396 \\[opascal-find-unit] - Search for a OPascal source file.
19397 \\[opascal-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
19398 \\[opascal-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
19400 \\[indent-region] also works for indenting a whole region.
19402 Customization:
19404 `opascal-indent-level' (default 3)
19405 Indentation of OPascal statements with respect to containing block.
19406 `opascal-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
19407 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
19408 `opascal-case-label-indent' (default 0)
19409 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
19410 `opascal-search-path' (default .)
19411 Directories to search when finding external units.
19412 `opascal-verbose' (default nil)
19413 If true then OPascal token processing progress is reported to the user.
19415 Coloring:
19417 `opascal-keyword-face' (default `font-lock-keyword-face')
19418 Face used to color OPascal keywords.
19420 \(fn)" t nil)
19422 ;;;***
19424 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org" "org/org.el" (21341 23900 988149 0))
19425 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19427 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
19428 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
19430 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
19432 (autoload 'org-babel-load-file "org" "\
19433 Load Emacs Lisp source code blocks in the Org-mode FILE.
19434 This function exports the source code using `org-babel-tangle'
19435 and then loads the resulting file using `load-file'. With prefix
19436 arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg) COMPILE the tangled Emacs Lisp
19437 file to byte-code before it is loaded.
19439 \(fn FILE &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
19441 (autoload 'org-version "org" "\
19442 Show the org-mode version in the echo area.
19443 With prefix argument HERE, insert it at point.
19444 When FULL is non-nil, use a verbose version string.
19445 When MESSAGE is non-nil, display a message with the version.
19447 \(fn &optional HERE FULL MESSAGE)" t nil)
19449 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org" "\
19450 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19452 \(fn)" nil nil)
19454 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org" "\
19455 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
19457 \(fn)" nil nil)
19459 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19460 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19461 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19463 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19464 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19465 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19466 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19467 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19468 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19469 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19470 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19471 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19472 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19474 The following commands are available:
19476 \\{org-mode-map}
19478 \(fn)" t nil)
19480 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
19481 TAB-action and visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19483 This is the command invoked in Org-mode by the TAB key. Its main purpose
19484 is outline visibility cycling, but it also invokes other actions
19485 in special contexts.
19487 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19488 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19489 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19490 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19491 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19492 When called with two `C-u C-u' prefixes, switch to the startup visibility,
19493 determined by the variable `org-startup-folded', and by any VISIBILITY
19494 properties in the buffer.
19495 When called with three `C-u C-u C-u' prefixed, show the entire buffer,
19496 including any drawers.
19498 - When inside a table, re-align the table and move to the next field.
19500 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19501 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19502 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19503 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19504 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19505 and zoom in further.
19506 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19507 If there is no subtree, switch directly from CHILDREN to FOLDED.
19509 - When point is at the beginning of an empty headline and the variable
19510 `org-cycle-level-after-item/entry-creation' is set, cycle the level
19511 of the headline by demoting and promoting it to likely levels. This
19512 speeds up creation document structure by pressing TAB once or several
19513 times right after creating a new headline.
19515 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19516 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19517 is negative, go up that many levels.
19519 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute the global
19520 binding for TAB, which is re-indenting the line. See the option
19521 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19523 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
19524 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg
19525 (C-u TAB, same as S-TAB) also when called without prefix arg.
19526 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
19528 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19530 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19531 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19532 With \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19533 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19535 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19536 (put 'orgstruct-heading-prefix-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19538 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19539 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
19540 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
19541 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
19542 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
19543 defined by Org-mode).
19545 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19547 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19548 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19550 \(fn)" nil nil)
19552 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19553 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
19555 \(fn)" nil nil)
19557 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19558 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
19559 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
19560 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
19561 call CMD.
19563 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19565 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19566 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19567 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19568 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19570 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted.
19571 For links to Usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19572 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19574 A double prefix arg force skipping storing functions that are not
19575 part of Org's core.
19577 A triple prefix arg force storing a link for each line in the
19578 active region.
19580 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19582 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19583 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19584 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19586 \(fn)" t nil)
19588 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19589 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19590 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19591 Org-mode syntax.
19593 \(fn)" t nil)
19595 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19596 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19598 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
19600 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
19601 Switch between Org buffers.
19602 With one prefix argument, restrict available buffers to files.
19603 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19605 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
19606 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
19608 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19610 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
19612 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
19614 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19615 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19616 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19617 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19619 \(fn)" t nil)
19621 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
19622 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
19624 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
19626 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
19627 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
19628 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
19630 \(fn)" t nil)
19632 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
19633 Reload all org lisp files.
19634 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
19636 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
19638 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
19639 Call the customize function with org as argument.
19641 \(fn)" t nil)
19643 ;;;***
19645 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (21341 23900
19646 ;;;;;; 988149 0))
19647 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
19649 (autoload 'org-toggle-sticky-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19650 Toggle `org-agenda-sticky'.
19652 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19654 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19655 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19656 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
19657 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19659 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19660 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19661 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19662 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19663 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19664 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19665 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19666 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19667 e Export views to associated files.
19668 s Search entries for keywords.
19669 S Search entries for keywords, only with TODO keywords.
19670 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
19671 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19672 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
19673 Press several times to get the desired effect.
19674 > Remove a previous restriction.
19675 # List \"stuck\" projects.
19676 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
19677 C Configure custom agenda commands.
19679 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19680 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19681 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19683 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19684 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
19685 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19686 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
19687 \(if active).
19689 \(fn &optional ARG ORG-KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
19691 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19692 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19693 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19694 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19695 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19696 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19697 before running the agenda command.
19699 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19701 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
19702 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19703 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19704 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19705 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19706 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19707 before running the agenda command.
19709 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
19710 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
19712 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
19714 category The category of the item
19715 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
19716 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
19717 todo selected in TODO match
19718 tagsmatch selected in tags match
19719 diary imported from diary
19720 deadline a deadline on given date
19721 scheduled scheduled on given date
19722 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
19723 closed entry was closed on given date
19724 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
19725 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
19726 block entry has date block including g. date
19727 todo The todo keyword, if any
19728 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
19729 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
19730 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
19731 extra Sting with extra planning info
19732 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
19733 priority-n The computed numerical priority
19734 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
19736 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19738 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19739 Store agenda views.
19741 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
19743 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19744 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
19746 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19748 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
19749 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19750 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
19751 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
19753 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
19754 span ARG days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
19755 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
19757 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19758 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19760 When WITH-HOUR is non-nil, only include scheduled and deadline
19761 items if they have an hour specification like [h]h:mm.
19763 \(fn &optional ARG START-DAY SPAN WITH-HOUR)" t nil)
19765 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
19766 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
19768 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
19769 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
19770 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
19771 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
19772 EDIT-AT.
19774 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
19775 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
19776 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
19777 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
19778 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
19779 Boolean search dynamically by preceding the first word with \"+\" or \"-\".
19781 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
19782 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
19783 including newlines.
19785 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
19786 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
19787 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
19788 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
19789 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
19790 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
19791 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
19793 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
19794 regular expressions that must or (when preceded with \"-\") must not
19795 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
19796 as a whole, to include whitespace.
19798 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
19799 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
19800 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
19801 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
19802 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
19803 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
19804 Boolean search must match as full words.
19806 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
19807 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19809 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
19811 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
19812 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19813 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19814 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19815 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19816 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
19818 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19820 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
19821 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19822 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19824 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19826 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
19827 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
19828 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
19829 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
19830 `org-stuck-projects'.
19832 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19834 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
19835 Return diary information from org files.
19836 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19837 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19838 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19839 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
19840 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
19842 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19844 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19846 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19847 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19849 &%%(org-diary)
19851 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default value
19852 of `org-agenda-entry-types' is used: (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp).
19853 So the example above may also be written as
19855 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
19857 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19858 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19859 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19861 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19863 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
19864 Do we have a reason to ignore this TODO entry because it has a time stamp?
19866 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
19868 (autoload 'org-agenda-set-restriction-lock "org-agenda" "\
19869 Set restriction lock for agenda, to current subtree or file.
19870 Restriction will be the file if TYPE is `file', or if type is the
19871 universal prefix '(4), or if the cursor is before the first headline
19872 in the file. Otherwise, restriction will be to the current subtree.
19874 \(fn &optional TYPE)" t nil)
19876 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19877 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
19878 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
19880 \(fn)" t nil)
19882 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
19883 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
19884 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
19885 appointments.
19887 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
19888 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
19890 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
19891 for filtering entries out.
19893 If FILTER is a function, filter out entries against which
19894 calling the function returns nil. This function takes one
19895 argument: an entry from `org-agenda-get-day-entries'.
19897 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
19898 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
19900 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
19901 (category \"Work\"))
19903 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
19904 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
19906 ARGS are symbols indicating what kind of entries to consider.
19907 By default `org-agenda-to-appt' will use :deadline*, :scheduled*
19908 \(i.e., deadlines and scheduled items with a hh:mm specification)
19909 and :timestamp entries. See the docstring of `org-diary' for
19910 details and examples.
19912 If an entry has a APPT_WARNTIME property, its value will be used
19913 to override `appt-message-warning-time'.
19915 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER &rest ARGS)" t nil)
19917 ;;;***
19919 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (21341 23900
19920 ;;;;;; 988149 0))
19921 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
19923 (autoload 'org-capture-string "org-capture" "\
19924 Capture STRING with the template selected by KEYS.
19926 \(fn STRING &optional KEYS)" t nil)
19928 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
19929 Capture something.
19930 \\<org-capture-mode-map>
19931 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
19932 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
19933 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
19934 edit it. Pressing \\[org-capture-finalize] brings you back to the previous state
19935 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
19937 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't capture
19938 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
19939 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
19940 stored.
19942 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
19944 ELisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template
19945 in `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection
19946 will be bypassed.
19948 If `org-capture-use-agenda-date' is non-nil, capturing from the
19949 agenda will use the date at point as the default date. Then, a
19950 `C-1' prefix will tell the capture process to use the HH:MM time
19951 of the day at point (if any) or the current HH:MM time.
19953 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
19955 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
19956 Set `org-capture-templates' to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
19958 \(fn)" t nil)
19960 ;;;***
19962 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-colview" "org/org-colview.el" (21341 23900
19963 ;;;;;; 988149 0))
19964 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-colview.el
19966 (autoload 'org-columns-remove-overlays "org-colview" "\
19967 Remove all currently active column overlays.
19969 \(fn)" t nil)
19971 (autoload 'org-columns-get-format-and-top-level "org-colview" "\
19974 \(fn)" nil nil)
19976 (autoload 'org-columns "org-colview" "\
19977 Turn on column view on an org-mode file.
19978 When COLUMNS-FMT-STRING is non-nil, use it as the column format.
19980 \(fn &optional COLUMNS-FMT-STRING)" t nil)
19982 (autoload 'org-columns-compute "org-colview" "\
19983 Sum the values of property PROPERTY hierarchically, for the entire buffer.
19985 \(fn PROPERTY)" t nil)
19987 (autoload 'org-columns-number-to-string "org-colview" "\
19988 Convert a computed column number to a string value, according to FMT.
19990 \(fn N FMT &optional PRINTF)" nil nil)
19992 (autoload 'org-dblock-write:columnview "org-colview" "\
19993 Write the column view table.
19994 PARAMS is a property list of parameters:
19996 :width enforce same column widths with <N> specifiers.
19997 :id the :ID: property of the entry where the columns view
19998 should be built. When the symbol `local', call locally.
19999 When `global' call column view with the cursor at the beginning
20000 of the buffer (usually this means that the whole buffer switches
20001 to column view). When \"file:path/to/file.org\", invoke column
20002 view at the start of that file. Otherwise, the ID is located
20003 using `org-id-find'.
20004 :hlines When t, insert a hline before each item. When a number, insert
20005 a hline before each level <= that number.
20006 :vlines When t, make each column a colgroup to enforce vertical lines.
20007 :maxlevel When set to a number, don't capture headlines below this level.
20008 :skip-empty-rows
20009 When t, skip rows where all specifiers other than ITEM are empty.
20010 :format When non-nil, specify the column view format to use.
20012 \(fn PARAMS)" nil nil)
20014 (autoload 'org-insert-columns-dblock "org-colview" "\
20015 Create a dynamic block capturing a column view table.
20017 \(fn)" t nil)
20019 (autoload 'org-agenda-columns "org-colview" "\
20020 Turn on or update column view in the agenda.
20022 \(fn)" t nil)
20024 ;;;***
20026 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-compat" "org/org-compat.el" (21341 23900
20027 ;;;;;; 988149 0))
20028 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-compat.el
20030 (autoload 'org-check-version "org-compat" "\
20031 Try very hard to provide sensible version strings.
20033 \(fn)" nil t)
20035 ;;;***
20037 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-macs" "org/org-macs.el" (21291 53104 431149
20038 ;;;;;; 0))
20039 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-macs.el
20041 (autoload 'org-load-noerror-mustsuffix "org-macs" "\
20042 Load FILE with optional arguments NOERROR and MUSTSUFFIX. Drop the MUSTSUFFIX argument for XEmacs, which doesn't recognize it.
20044 \(fn FILE)" nil t)
20046 ;;;***
20048 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-version" "org/org-version.el" (21341 23900
20049 ;;;;;; 988149 0))
20050 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-version.el
20052 (autoload 'org-release "org-version" "\
20053 The release version of org-mode.
20054 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20056 \(fn)" nil nil)
20058 (autoload 'org-git-version "org-version" "\
20059 The Git version of org-mode.
20060 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20062 \(fn)" nil nil)
20064 ;;;***
20066 ;;;### (autoloads nil "outline" "outline.el" (21291 53104 431149
20067 ;;;;;; 0))
20068 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20069 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20070 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20072 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20073 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20074 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20075 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20077 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20078 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20079 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20080 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20082 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
20083 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
20084 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
20085 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
20086 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
20087 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
20089 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
20090 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
20091 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
20093 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
20094 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
20095 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
20096 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
20097 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
20098 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
20099 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
20100 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
20101 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
20102 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
20103 The subheadings remain visible.
20104 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
20106 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20107 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20108 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20110 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20111 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20113 \(fn)" t nil)
20115 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20116 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20117 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Outline minor mode if ARG is
20118 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20119 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20121 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20123 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20124 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
20126 ;;;***
20128 ;;;### (autoloads nil "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el" (21420 54160
20129 ;;;;;; 358217 0))
20130 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
20131 (push (purecopy '(package 1 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
20133 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
20134 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
20135 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
20136 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
20137 `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started with \"-q\").
20139 Even if the value is nil, you can type \\[package-initialize] to
20140 activate the package system at any time.")
20142 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
20144 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
20145 Install the package PKG.
20146 PKG can be a package-desc or the package name of one the available packages
20147 in an archive in `package-archives'. Interactively, prompt for its name.
20149 \(fn PKG)" t nil)
20151 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
20152 Install a package from the current buffer.
20153 The current buffer is assumed to be a single .el or .tar file that follows the
20154 packaging guidelines; see info node `(elisp)Packaging'.
20155 Downloads and installs required packages as needed.
20157 \(fn)" t nil)
20159 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
20160 Install a package from a file.
20161 The file can either be a tar file or an Emacs Lisp file.
20163 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
20165 (autoload 'package-import-keyring "package" "\
20166 Import keys from FILE.
20168 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
20170 (autoload 'package-refresh-contents "package" "\
20171 Download the ELPA archive description if needed.
20172 This informs Emacs about the latest versions of all packages, and
20173 makes them available for download.
20175 \(fn)" t nil)
20177 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
20178 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
20179 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
20180 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
20182 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
20184 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
20185 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
20187 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
20189 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
20190 Display a list of packages.
20191 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
20192 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
20193 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
20195 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
20197 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
20199 ;;;***
20201 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paren" "paren.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
20202 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20204 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20205 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20206 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20207 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20208 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20209 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20211 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20213 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20214 Toggle visualization of matching parens (Show Paren mode).
20215 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Show Paren mode if ARG is
20216 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20217 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20219 Show Paren mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, any
20220 matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after
20221 `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20223 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20225 ;;;***
20227 ;;;### (autoloads nil "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el" (21291
20228 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
20229 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20230 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
20232 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20233 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20234 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20235 unknown are returned as nil.
20237 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20239 ;;;***
20241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (21423 29528
20242 ;;;;;; 125035 469000))
20243 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20245 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20246 Major mode for editing Pascal code.\\<pascal-mode-map>
20247 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20249 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20250 \\[completion-help-at-point] shows all possible completions at this point.
20252 Other useful functions are:
20254 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20255 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20256 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20257 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20258 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20259 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20260 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20261 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20262 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20264 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20266 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
20267 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20268 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
20269 Indentation for case statements.
20270 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
20271 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20272 mark after an end.
20273 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
20274 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20275 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
20276 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20277 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20278 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
20279 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20280 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20281 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
20282 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20284 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
20285 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
20287 \(fn)" t nil)
20289 ;;;***
20291 ;;;### (autoloads nil "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (21291
20292 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
20293 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
20295 (defvar password-cache t "\
20296 Whether to cache passwords.")
20298 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
20300 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
20301 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
20302 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
20304 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
20306 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
20307 Check if KEY is in the cache.
20309 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
20311 ;;;***
20313 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el" (21291 53104
20314 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
20315 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
20317 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
20318 Perform ML-style pattern matching on EXP.
20319 CASES is a list of elements of the form (UPATTERN CODE...).
20321 UPatterns can take the following forms:
20322 _ matches anything.
20323 SELFQUOTING matches itself. This includes keywords, numbers, and strings.
20324 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
20325 (or UPAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
20326 (and UPAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
20327 `QPAT matches if the QPattern QPAT matches.
20328 (pred PRED) matches if PRED applied to the object returns non-nil.
20329 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
20330 (let UPAT EXP) matches if EXP matches UPAT.
20331 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern (i.e. the pattern is
20332 \"non-linear\"), then the second occurrence is turned into an `eq'uality test.
20334 QPatterns can take the following forms:
20335 (QPAT1 . QPAT2) matches if QPAT1 matches the car and QPAT2 the cdr.
20336 ,UPAT matches if the UPattern UPAT matches.
20337 STRING matches if the object is `equal' to STRING.
20338 ATOM matches if the object is `eq' to ATOM.
20339 QPatterns for vectors are not implemented yet.
20341 PRED can take the form
20342 FUNCTION in which case it gets called with one argument.
20343 (FUN ARG1 .. ARGN) in which case it gets called with an N+1'th argument
20344 which is the value being matched.
20345 A PRED of the form FUNCTION is equivalent to one of the form (FUNCTION).
20346 PRED patterns can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
20347 E.g. you can match pairs where the cdr is larger than the car with a pattern
20348 like `(,a . ,(pred (< a))) or, with more checks:
20349 `(,(and a (pred numberp)) . ,(and (pred numberp) (pred (< a))))
20351 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20353 (put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20355 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
20356 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20357 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20358 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20360 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20362 (put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20364 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
20365 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20366 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20367 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20369 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20371 (put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20373 ;;;***
20375 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (21291 53104 431149
20376 ;;;;;; 0))
20377 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20379 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20380 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20382 \(fn)" nil nil)
20384 ;;;***
20386 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (21291 53104 431149
20387 ;;;;;; 0))
20388 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20390 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20391 Completion for `gzip'.
20393 \(fn)" nil nil)
20395 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20396 Completion for `bzip2'.
20398 \(fn)" nil nil)
20400 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20401 Completion for GNU `make'.
20403 \(fn)" nil nil)
20405 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20406 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20408 \(fn)" nil nil)
20410 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20412 ;;;***
20414 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (21291 53104
20415 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
20416 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20418 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20419 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20421 \(fn)" nil nil)
20423 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20424 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20426 \(fn)" nil nil)
20428 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20429 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20431 \(fn)" nil nil)
20433 ;;;***
20435 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (21291 53104 431149
20436 ;;;;;; 0))
20437 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20439 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20440 Completion for the `rpm' command.
20442 \(fn)" nil nil)
20444 ;;;***
20446 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (21291 53104 431149
20447 ;;;;;; 0))
20448 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20450 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20451 Completion for `cd'.
20453 \(fn)" nil nil)
20455 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20457 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20458 Completion for `rmdir'.
20460 \(fn)" nil nil)
20462 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20463 Completion for `rm'.
20465 \(fn)" nil nil)
20467 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20468 Completion for `xargs'.
20470 \(fn)" nil nil)
20472 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20474 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20475 Completion for `which'.
20477 \(fn)" nil nil)
20479 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20480 Completion for the `chown' command.
20482 \(fn)" nil nil)
20484 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20485 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20487 \(fn)" nil nil)
20489 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20490 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20492 \(fn)" nil nil)
20494 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20495 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20496 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20498 \(fn)" nil nil)
20500 ;;;***
20502 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-x" "pcmpl-x.el" (21291 53104 431149
20503 ;;;;;; 0))
20504 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-x.el
20506 (autoload 'pcomplete/tlmgr "pcmpl-x" "\
20507 Completion for the `tlmgr' command.
20509 \(fn)" nil nil)
20511 (autoload 'pcomplete/ack "pcmpl-x" "\
20512 Completion for the `ack' command.
20513 Start an argument with '-' to complete short options and '--' for
20514 long options.
20516 \(fn)" nil nil)
20518 (defalias 'pcomplete/ack-grep 'pcomplete/ack)
20520 (autoload 'pcomplete/ag "pcmpl-x" "\
20521 Completion for the `ag' command.
20523 \(fn)" nil nil)
20525 ;;;***
20527 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (21291 53104 431149
20528 ;;;;;; 0))
20529 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20531 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20532 Support extensible programmable completion.
20533 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20534 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20536 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20538 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20539 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20541 \(fn)" t nil)
20543 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20544 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20545 This will modify the current buffer.
20547 \(fn)" t nil)
20549 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20550 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20552 \(fn)" t nil)
20554 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20555 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20556 This will modify the current buffer.
20558 \(fn)" t nil)
20560 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20561 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20563 \(fn)" t nil)
20565 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20566 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20568 \(fn)" t nil)
20570 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20571 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20572 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20573 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20574 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20576 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20578 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
20579 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
20581 \(fn)" nil nil)
20583 ;;;***
20585 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs" "vc/pcvs.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
20586 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
20588 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
20589 Run a `cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20590 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20591 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20593 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20595 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20597 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
20598 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20599 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20600 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20601 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20602 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20603 FLAGS is ignored.
20605 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20607 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
20608 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20609 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20610 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20611 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20612 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20613 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20614 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20616 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20618 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
20619 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20620 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20621 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20622 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20623 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20624 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20625 passed to cvs.
20627 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20629 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
20630 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20631 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20632 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20633 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20634 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20635 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20637 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20639 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
20640 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20641 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20643 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
20645 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
20646 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20647 A value of nil means never do it.
20648 `always' means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20649 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20650 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20652 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
20654 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20655 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20656 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20658 ;;;***
20660 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (21291 53104
20661 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
20662 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
20664 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)) "\
20665 Global menu used by PCL-CVS.")
20667 ;;;***
20669 ;;;### (autoloads nil "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el" (21341
20670 ;;;;;; 23900 988149 0))
20671 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20672 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20673 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20674 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20675 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20676 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20677 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20679 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
20680 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20681 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20682 Tab indents for Perl code.
20683 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20684 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20685 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20686 \\{perl-mode-map}
20687 Variables controlling indentation style:
20688 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20689 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20690 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20691 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20692 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20693 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20694 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20695 `perl-nochange'
20696 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20697 `perl-indent-level'
20698 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20699 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20700 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20701 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20702 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20703 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20704 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20705 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20706 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20707 `perl-brace-offset'
20708 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20709 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20710 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20711 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20712 `perl-label-offset'
20713 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20714 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20715 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20717 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20718 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20719 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20720 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20721 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20722 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20723 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20725 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20727 \(fn)" t nil)
20729 ;;;***
20731 ;;;### (autoloads nil "picture" "textmodes/picture.el" (21419 46255
20732 ;;;;;; 468379 0))
20733 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20735 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
20736 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20737 \\<picture-mode-map>
20738 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20739 afterwards settable by these commands:
20741 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20742 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20743 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20744 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20746 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20747 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20748 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20749 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20751 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20752 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20753 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20754 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20756 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20757 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20758 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20759 with these commands:
20761 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20762 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20763 Move to column following last
20764 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20765 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20766 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20767 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20768 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20769 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20771 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20773 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20774 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20775 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20776 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20777 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20778 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20780 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20781 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20782 Delete char at point: \\[picture-delete-char]
20783 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20784 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20785 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20786 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20788 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20789 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20790 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20791 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20792 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20793 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20794 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20795 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
20797 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20798 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20799 by supplying an argument.
20801 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20803 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20804 they are not by default assigned to keys.
20806 \(fn)" t nil)
20808 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
20810 ;;;***
20812 ;;;### (autoloads nil "plstore" "gnus/plstore.el" (21291 53104 431149
20813 ;;;;;; 0))
20814 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/plstore.el
20816 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
20817 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
20819 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20821 (autoload 'plstore-mode "plstore" "\
20822 Major mode for editing PLSTORE files.
20824 \(fn)" t nil)
20826 ;;;***
20828 ;;;### (autoloads nil "po" "textmodes/po.el" (21291 53104 431149
20829 ;;;;;; 0))
20830 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20832 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
20833 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20834 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20836 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20838 ;;;***
20840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pong" "play/pong.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
20841 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20843 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
20844 Play pong and waste time.
20845 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20846 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20848 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20850 \\{pong-mode-map}
20852 \(fn)" t nil)
20854 ;;;***
20856 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pop3" "gnus/pop3.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
20857 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pop3.el
20859 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
20860 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
20861 Use streaming commands.
20863 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20865 ;;;***
20867 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (21428 61556 603934
20868 ;;;;;; 0))
20869 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20871 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
20872 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20873 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20874 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20876 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20878 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
20879 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20881 \(fn)" nil nil)
20883 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
20884 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20885 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20886 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20887 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20889 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20891 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
20892 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20893 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
20895 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20897 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
20898 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20900 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20902 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
20903 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
20904 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20905 Ignores leading comment characters.
20907 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20909 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
20910 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
20911 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20912 Ignores leading comment characters.
20914 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20916 ;;;***
20918 ;;;### (autoloads nil "printing" "printing.el" (21358 40001 706245
20919 ;;;;;; 561000))
20920 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
20921 (push (purecopy '(printing 6 9 3)) package--builtin-versions)
20923 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
20924 Activate the printing interface buffer.
20926 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
20928 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
20930 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20932 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
20933 Preview directory using ghostview.
20935 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20936 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20937 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20938 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20940 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20941 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20942 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20943 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20944 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20945 file name.
20947 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20949 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20951 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
20952 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
20954 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20955 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20956 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20957 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20959 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20960 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20961 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20962 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20963 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20964 file name.
20966 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20968 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20970 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
20971 Print directory using PostScript printer.
20973 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20974 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20975 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20976 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20978 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20979 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20980 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20981 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20982 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20983 file name.
20985 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20987 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20989 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
20990 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20992 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20994 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20995 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20996 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20997 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20999 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21000 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21001 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21002 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21003 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21004 file name.
21006 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21008 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21010 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
21011 Preview buffer using ghostview.
21013 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21014 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21015 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21017 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21018 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
21019 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
21020 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21022 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21024 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21025 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
21027 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21028 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21029 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21031 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21032 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21033 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21034 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21036 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21038 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21039 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21041 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21042 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21043 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21045 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21046 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21047 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21048 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21050 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21052 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21053 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21055 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21057 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21058 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21059 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21061 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21062 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21063 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21064 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21066 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21068 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21069 Preview region using ghostview.
21071 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21073 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21075 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21076 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21078 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21080 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21082 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21083 Print region using PostScript printer.
21085 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21087 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21089 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21090 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21092 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21094 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21096 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21097 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21099 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21101 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21103 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21104 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21106 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21108 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21110 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21111 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21113 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21115 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21117 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21118 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21120 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21122 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21124 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21125 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21126 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21127 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21129 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21130 matching.
21132 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21133 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21135 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21137 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21139 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21140 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21141 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21142 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21144 \(fn)" t nil)
21146 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21147 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21148 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21149 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21151 \(fn)" t nil)
21153 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21154 Print directory using text printer.
21156 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21157 matching.
21159 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21160 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21162 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21164 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21166 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21167 Print buffer using text printer.
21169 \(fn)" t nil)
21171 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21172 Print region using text printer.
21174 \(fn)" t nil)
21176 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21177 Print major mode using text printer.
21179 \(fn)" t nil)
21181 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21182 Preview spooled PostScript.
21184 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21185 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21186 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21188 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21189 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21190 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21192 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21194 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21195 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21197 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21198 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21199 instead of sending it to the printer.
21201 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21202 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21203 image in a file with that name.
21205 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21207 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21208 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21210 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21211 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21212 instead of sending it to the printer.
21214 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21215 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21216 image in a file with that name.
21218 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21220 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21221 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21223 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21224 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21225 instead of sending it to the printer.
21227 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21228 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21229 image in a file with that name.
21231 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21233 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21234 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21236 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21238 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21239 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21241 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21243 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21244 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21246 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21248 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21249 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21251 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21253 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21254 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21256 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21258 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21259 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21261 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21262 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21263 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21264 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21266 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21267 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21268 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21269 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21270 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21271 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21272 file name.
21274 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21276 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21277 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21279 \(fn)" t nil)
21281 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21282 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21284 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21285 right.
21286 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21287 bottom.
21289 \(fn)" t nil)
21291 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21292 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21294 \(fn)" t nil)
21296 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21297 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21299 \(fn)" t nil)
21301 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21302 Toggle printing with faces.
21304 \(fn)" t nil)
21306 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21307 Toggle spooling.
21309 \(fn)" t nil)
21311 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21312 Toggle duplex.
21314 \(fn)" t nil)
21316 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21317 Toggle tumble.
21319 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21320 right.
21321 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21322 bottom.
21324 \(fn)" t nil)
21326 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21327 Toggle landscape.
21329 \(fn)" t nil)
21331 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21332 Toggle upside-down.
21334 \(fn)" t nil)
21336 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21337 Toggle line number.
21339 \(fn)" t nil)
21341 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21342 Toggle zebra stripes.
21344 \(fn)" t nil)
21346 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21347 Toggle printing header.
21349 \(fn)" t nil)
21351 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21352 Toggle printing header frame.
21354 \(fn)" t nil)
21356 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21357 Toggle menu lock.
21359 \(fn)" t nil)
21361 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21362 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
21364 \(fn)" t nil)
21366 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21367 Toggle auto mode.
21369 \(fn)" t nil)
21371 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21372 Customization of the `printing' group.
21374 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21376 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21377 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21379 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21381 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21382 Help for the printing package.
21384 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21386 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21387 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21389 \(fn)" t nil)
21391 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21392 Interactively select a text printer.
21394 \(fn)" t nil)
21396 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21397 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21399 \(fn)" t nil)
21401 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21402 Show current ps-print settings.
21404 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21406 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21407 Show current printing settings.
21409 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21411 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21412 Show current lpr settings.
21414 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21416 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21417 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21419 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21420 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21421 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21422 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21425 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21427 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21428 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21429 immediately be done using the current active printer.
21431 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21432 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21433 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21434 PostScript printer, then printing will immediately be done using the new
21435 current active printer.
21437 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21438 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21439 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21440 printer.
21442 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21443 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21444 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21445 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21446 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21449 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21450 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21452 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21454 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21455 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediately
21456 be done using the new current active printer.
21458 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21459 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21460 printer.
21462 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21463 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21464 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21465 instead of sending it to the printer.
21467 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21468 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21469 printer.
21471 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21474 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21475 are both set to t.
21477 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21479 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21480 Fast fire function for text printing.
21482 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21483 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21484 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21485 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21487 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21488 user for a new active text printer.
21490 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21492 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21494 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21495 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21496 printer.
21498 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21500 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21501 are both set to t.
21503 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21505 ;;;***
21507 ;;;### (autoloads nil "proced" "proced.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
21508 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
21510 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
21511 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
21512 \\<proced-mode-map>
21513 If invoked with optional ARG, do not select the window displaying
21514 the process information.
21516 This function runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
21518 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in
21519 Proced buffers.
21521 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21523 ;;;***
21525 ;;;### (autoloads nil "profiler" "profiler.el" (21291 53104 431149
21526 ;;;;;; 0))
21527 ;;; Generated autoloads from profiler.el
21529 (autoload 'profiler-start "profiler" "\
21530 Start/restart profilers.
21531 MODE can be one of `cpu', `mem', or `cpu+mem'.
21532 If MODE is `cpu' or `cpu+mem', time-based profiler will be started.
21533 Also, if MODE is `mem' or `cpu+mem', then memory profiler will be started.
21535 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
21537 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile "profiler" "\
21538 Open profile FILENAME.
21540 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21542 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-window "profiler" "\
21543 Open profile FILENAME.
21545 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21547 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-frame "profiler" "\
21548 Open profile FILENAME.
21550 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21552 ;;;***
21554 ;;;### (autoloads nil "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el" (21458 5037
21555 ;;;;;; 542417 679000))
21556 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21558 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
21559 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
21561 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
21562 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
21564 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
21566 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
21567 `\\[prolog-mode-version]'.
21569 Commands:
21570 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21572 \(fn)" t nil)
21574 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
21575 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
21576 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
21578 \(fn)" t nil)
21580 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
21581 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21582 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
21584 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21586 ;;;***
21588 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
21589 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21591 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
21592 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21593 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21595 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
21597 ;;;***
21599 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (21291 53104
21600 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
21601 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21602 (push (purecopy '(ps-mode 1 1 9)) package--builtin-versions)
21604 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
21605 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21607 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21609 The following variables hold user options, and can
21610 be set through the `customize' command:
21612 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
21613 `ps-mode-tab'
21614 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21615 `ps-mode-print-function'
21616 `ps-run-prompt'
21617 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21618 `ps-run-x'
21619 `ps-run-dumb'
21620 `ps-run-init'
21621 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21622 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
21624 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21627 \\{ps-mode-map}
21630 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21631 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21632 The keymap for this second window is:
21634 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21637 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21638 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21639 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21640 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21641 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21643 \(fn)" t nil)
21645 ;;;***
21647 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (21358 40055 584873
21648 ;;;;;; 719000))
21649 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21650 (push (purecopy '(ps-print 7 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
21652 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
21653 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21654 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21656 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
21658 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
21659 Specify the size of paper to format for.
21660 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21661 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21663 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
21665 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
21666 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21668 Valid values are:
21670 nil Do not print colors.
21672 t Print colors.
21674 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21675 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21677 Any other value is treated as t.")
21679 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
21681 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
21682 Customization of ps-print group.
21684 \(fn)" t nil)
21686 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
21687 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21689 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21690 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21691 sending it to the printer.
21693 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21694 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21695 image in a file with that name.
21697 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21699 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21700 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21701 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21702 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21703 so it has a way to determine color values.
21705 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21707 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
21708 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21709 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21711 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21713 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21714 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21715 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21716 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21717 so it has a way to determine color values.
21719 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21721 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
21722 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21723 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21724 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21726 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21728 \(fn)" t nil)
21730 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21731 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21732 Like the command `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
21733 information in the generated image. This command works only if you are using
21734 a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
21736 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21738 \(fn)" t nil)
21740 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
21741 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21742 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21744 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21746 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21748 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21749 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21750 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21751 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21752 so it has a way to determine color values.
21754 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21756 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21758 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
21759 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21761 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21762 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21763 instead of sending it to the printer.
21765 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21766 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21767 image in a file with that name.
21769 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21771 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
21772 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21773 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21774 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21775 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21777 \(fn)" t nil)
21779 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
21780 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21781 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21783 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21785 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
21786 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21787 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21789 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21791 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
21792 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21794 \(fn)" nil nil)
21796 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
21797 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21799 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21800 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21802 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21803 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21805 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21807 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21809 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21811 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
21812 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21814 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21815 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21817 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21818 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21820 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21822 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21824 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21826 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21827 foreground and background colors respectively.
21829 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21830 bold - use bold font.
21831 italic - use italic font.
21832 underline - put a line under text.
21833 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21834 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21835 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21836 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21837 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21839 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21841 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21843 ;;;***
21845 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pulse" "cedet/pulse.el" (21291 53104 431149
21846 ;;;;;; 0))
21847 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/pulse.el
21848 (push (purecopy '(pulse 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
21850 ;;;***
21852 ;;;### (autoloads nil "python" "progmodes/python.el" (21461 43491
21853 ;;;;;; 589246 0))
21854 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21855 (push (purecopy '(python 0 24 4)) package--builtin-versions)
21857 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.py\\'") 'python-mode))
21859 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python[0-9.]*") 'python-mode))
21861 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
21862 Run an inferior Python process.
21863 Input and output via buffer named after
21864 `python-shell-buffer-name'. If there is a process already
21865 running in that buffer, just switch to it.
21867 With argument, allows you to define CMD so you can edit the
21868 command used to call the interpreter and define DEDICATED, so a
21869 dedicated process for the current buffer is open. When numeric
21870 prefix arg is other than 0 or 4 do not SHOW.
21872 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' after
21873 `comint-mode-hook' is run. (Type \\[describe-mode] in the
21874 process buffer for a list of commands.)
21876 \(fn CMD &optional DEDICATED SHOW)" t nil)
21878 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
21879 Major mode for editing Python files.
21881 \\{python-mode-map}
21883 \(fn)" t nil)
21885 ;;;***
21887 ;;;### (autoloads nil "qp" "gnus/qp.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
21888 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21890 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
21891 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21892 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21893 coding-system.
21895 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
21896 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
21898 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
21899 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
21900 them into characters should be done separately.
21902 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21904 ;;;***
21906 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail" "international/quail.el" (21291 53104
21907 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
21908 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
21910 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
21911 Return the title of the current Quail package.
21913 \(fn)" nil nil)
21915 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
21916 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
21917 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
21919 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
21920 `quail-activate', which see.
21922 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
21924 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
21925 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
21926 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
21927 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
21928 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
21929 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
21930 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
21932 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
21933 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
21934 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
21935 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
21936 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
21937 shown.
21938 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
21940 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
21941 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
21942 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
21943 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
21944 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
21945 list of candidates.
21947 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
21948 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
21949 command to be called.
21951 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
21952 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
21953 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
21954 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
21956 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
21957 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
21958 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
21959 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
21960 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
21961 to t.
21963 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
21964 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
21965 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
21966 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
21968 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the function `quail-help' (as used by
21969 the command `describe-input-method') should show the user's keyboard
21970 layout visually with translated characters. If KBD-TRANSLATE is
21971 set, it is desirable to also set this flag, unless this package
21972 defines no translations for single character keys.
21974 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
21975 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
21976 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
21977 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
21978 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
21979 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
21981 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
21982 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
21983 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
21984 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
21985 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
21986 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
21988 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
21989 covers Quail translation region.
21991 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
21992 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
21993 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
21994 for it) is inserted.
21996 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
21997 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
21998 vs. corresponding command to be called.
22000 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
22001 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22002 non-Quail commands.
22004 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22006 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22007 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22009 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22010 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22011 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
22012 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22013 you type is correctly handled.
22015 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22017 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22018 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22020 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22021 keyboard type.
22023 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22025 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
22026 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22027 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22028 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22029 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22030 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22031 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22032 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22033 for the translation.
22034 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22036 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22037 it is used to handle KEY.
22039 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22040 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22041 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22042 the following annotation types are supported.
22044 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22045 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22047 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22048 candidate list.
22050 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22051 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22052 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22053 inserted.
22055 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22056 generated for the following translations.
22058 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil t)
22060 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22061 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22063 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22064 which to install MAP.
22066 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22068 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22070 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22071 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22073 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22074 which to install MAP.
22076 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22078 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22080 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22081 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22082 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22083 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22084 a function, or a cons.
22085 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22086 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22087 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22088 for the translation.
22089 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22090 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22091 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22092 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22093 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22095 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22096 it is used to handle KEY.
22098 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22099 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22100 current Quail package.
22102 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22103 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22105 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22107 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22108 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22110 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22111 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22113 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22115 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22116 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22118 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22120 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22121 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22122 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22123 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22124 of the Emacs source tree.
22126 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22127 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22129 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22130 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22131 of each directory.
22133 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22135 ;;;***
22137 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/hangul" "leim/quail/hangul.el" (21291
22138 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
22139 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/hangul.el
22141 (autoload 'hangul-input-method-activate "quail/hangul" "\
22142 Activate Hangul input method INPUT-METHOD.
22143 FUNC is a function to handle input key.
22144 HELP-TEXT is a text set in `hangul-input-method-help-text'.
22146 \(fn INPUT-METHOD FUNC HELP-TEXT &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
22148 ;;;***
22150 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/uni-input" "leim/quail/uni-input.el"
22151 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 431149 0))
22152 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/uni-input.el
22154 (autoload 'ucs-input-activate "quail/uni-input" "\
22155 Activate UCS input method.
22156 With ARG, activate UCS input method if and only if ARG is positive.
22158 While this input method is active, the variable
22159 `input-method-function' is bound to the function `ucs-input-method'.
22161 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
22163 ;;;***
22165 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (21291 53104 431149
22166 ;;;;;; 0))
22167 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22169 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22170 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22171 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22172 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22174 To make use of this do something like:
22176 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22178 in your init file (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22180 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22181 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
22183 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22184 buffer, this default action can be modified via
22185 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22187 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22189 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22190 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22192 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22194 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22195 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22197 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
22198 is decided.
22200 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22202 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22203 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22205 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22206 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
22207 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22209 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22211 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22212 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22214 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22216 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22217 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22219 \(fn)" t nil)
22221 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22222 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22224 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22226 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22228 \(fn)" t nil)
22230 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22231 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22233 \(fn)" t nil)
22235 ;;;***
22237 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rcirc" "net/rcirc.el" (21291 53104 431149
22238 ;;;;;; 0))
22239 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22241 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22242 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22244 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22246 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22248 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22250 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22252 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22255 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION)" nil nil)
22257 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22258 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22259 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22260 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22261 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22262 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22264 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22266 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22267 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22268 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
22269 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
22270 if ARG is omitted or nil.
22272 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22274 ;;;***
22276 ;;;### (autoloads nil "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el" (21291
22277 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
22278 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22280 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22282 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22283 Construct a regexp interactively.
22284 This command makes the current buffer the \"target\" buffer of
22285 the regexp builder. It displays a buffer named \"*RE-Builder*\"
22286 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
22288 As you edit the regexp in the \"*RE-Builder*\" buffer, the
22289 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
22291 \(fn)" t nil)
22293 ;;;***
22295 ;;;### (autoloads nil "recentf" "recentf.el" (21291 53104 431149
22296 ;;;;;; 0))
22297 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22299 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22300 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22301 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22302 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22303 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22304 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22306 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22308 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22309 Toggle \"Open Recent\" menu (Recentf mode).
22310 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Recentf mode if ARG is
22311 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22312 Recentf mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22314 When Recentf mode is enabled, a \"Open Recent\" submenu is
22315 displayed in the \"File\" menu, containing a list of files that
22316 were operated on recently.
22318 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22320 ;;;***
22322 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rect" "rect.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
22323 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22325 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22326 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22327 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22328 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22329 ends.
22331 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22332 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22333 to be deleted.
22335 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22337 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22338 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22339 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22341 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22342 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22343 deleted.
22345 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22347 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22348 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22349 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22351 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22353 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22354 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22356 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22357 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22359 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22360 deleted.
22362 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22363 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22364 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22365 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22366 even beep.)
22368 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22370 (autoload 'copy-rectangle-as-kill "rect" "\
22371 Copy the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22373 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22375 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22376 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22378 \(fn)" t nil)
22380 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22381 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22382 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22383 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22384 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22385 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22386 and point is at the lower right corner.
22388 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22390 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22391 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22393 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22394 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22396 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22397 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
22398 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
22400 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22402 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22404 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22405 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22406 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22407 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22408 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22410 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22411 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22413 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22415 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22416 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22417 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22419 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22421 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22423 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22425 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22426 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22428 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22429 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22430 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22432 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22434 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22435 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22436 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22438 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22439 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22440 rectangle which were empty.
22442 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22444 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
22445 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
22447 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
22448 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
22449 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
22450 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
22452 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
22454 (autoload 'rectangle-mark-mode "rect" "\
22455 Toggle the region as rectangular.
22456 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
22458 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22460 ;;;***
22462 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (21291 53104
22463 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
22464 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22466 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
22467 Toggle automatic refilling (Refill mode).
22468 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Refill mode if ARG is
22469 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22470 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22472 Refill mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the
22473 current paragraph is refilled as you edit. Self-inserting
22474 characters only cause refilling if they would cause
22475 auto-filling.
22477 For true \"word wrap\" behavior, use `visual-line-mode' instead.
22479 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22481 ;;;***
22483 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (21291 53104
22484 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
22485 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22487 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
22488 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22490 \(fn)" nil nil)
22492 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
22493 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22495 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22496 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22498 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22499 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22500 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22501 \\ref macro.
22503 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22504 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22505 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22507 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22508 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22509 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22511 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22512 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22514 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22515 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22517 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22518 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22519 on the menu bar.
22521 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22523 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22525 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
22526 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22527 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22529 \(fn)" nil nil)
22531 ;;;***
22533 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el" (21291
22534 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
22535 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
22537 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" "\
22538 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
22539 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
22540 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
22541 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
22542 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
22544 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
22546 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
22548 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
22549 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
22550 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
22551 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
22552 `reftex-cite-format'.
22554 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
22555 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
22556 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
22557 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
22559 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
22561 ;;;***
22563 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
22564 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 431149 0))
22565 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
22567 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" "\
22568 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
22569 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
22570 the current TeX document.
22572 With no argument, this command toggles
22573 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
22574 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
22576 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22578 ;;;***
22580 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
22581 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 431149 0))
22582 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
22584 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" "\
22585 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
22586 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
22588 To insert new phrases, use
22589 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
22590 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
22592 To index phrases use one of:
22594 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
22595 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
22596 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
22597 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
22598 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
22600 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
22601 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
22603 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
22605 Here are all local bindings.
22607 \\{reftex-index-phrases-mode-map}
22609 \(fn)" t nil)
22611 ;;;***
22613 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
22614 ;;;;;; (21346 62196 327729 0))
22615 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
22617 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse" "\
22618 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
22619 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
22620 of master file.
22622 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
22624 ;;;***
22626 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (21291
22627 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
22628 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22629 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22630 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22631 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22632 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22634 ;;;***
22636 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el" (21291
22637 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
22638 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22640 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
22641 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22642 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22643 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22644 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22645 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22647 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22648 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22650 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22651 by \\=\\< and \\>.
22652 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22653 by \\=\\_< and \\_>.
22655 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22657 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
22658 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22659 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22660 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22662 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22664 ;;;***
22666 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regi" "emacs-lisp/regi.el" (21291 53104 431149
22667 ;;;;;; 0))
22668 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regi.el
22669 (push (purecopy '(regi 1 8)) package--builtin-versions)
22671 ;;;***
22673 ;;;### (autoloads nil "remember" "textmodes/remember.el" (21291 53104
22674 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
22675 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
22676 (push (purecopy '(remember 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
22678 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
22679 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
22680 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
22681 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
22683 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
22685 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22687 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
22688 Call `remember' in another frame.
22690 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22692 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
22693 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
22694 Most useful for remembering things from other applications.
22696 \(fn)" t nil)
22698 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
22699 Extract diary entries from the region.
22701 \(fn)" nil nil)
22703 (autoload 'remember-notes "remember" "\
22704 Return the notes buffer, creating it if needed, and maybe switch to it.
22705 This buffer is for notes that you want to preserve across Emacs sessions.
22706 The notes are saved in `remember-data-file'.
22708 If a buffer is already visiting that file, just return it.
22710 Otherwise, create the buffer, and rename it to `remember-notes-buffer-name',
22711 unless a buffer of that name already exists. Set the major mode according
22712 to `remember-notes-initial-major-mode', and enable `remember-notes-mode'
22713 minor mode.
22715 Use \\<remember-notes-mode-map>\\[remember-notes-save-and-bury-buffer] to save and bury the notes buffer.
22717 Interactively, or if SWITCH-TO is non-nil, switch to the buffer.
22718 Return the buffer.
22720 Set `initial-buffer-choice' to `remember-notes' to visit your notes buffer
22721 when Emacs starts. Set `remember-notes-buffer-name' to \"*scratch*\"
22722 to turn the *scratch* buffer into your notes buffer.
22724 \(fn &optional SWITCH-TO)" t nil)
22726 ;;;***
22728 ;;;### (autoloads nil "repeat" "repeat.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
22729 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22730 (push (purecopy '(repeat 0 51)) package--builtin-versions)
22732 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
22733 Repeat most recently executed command.
22734 If REPEAT-ARG is non-nil (interactively, with a prefix argument),
22735 supply a prefix argument to that command. Otherwise, give the
22736 command the same prefix argument it was given before, if any.
22738 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
22739 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
22740 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
22741 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22743 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
22744 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
22745 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
22747 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22749 ;;;***
22751 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reporter" "mail/reporter.el" (21291 53104
22752 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
22753 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22755 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
22756 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22758 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22759 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22760 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22761 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22762 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22763 and point is left after the salutation.
22765 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22766 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22767 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22768 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22769 left after that text.
22771 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22772 is non-nil.
22774 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22775 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22776 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22777 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22779 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22781 ;;;***
22783 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reposition" "reposition.el" (21291 53104 431149
22784 ;;;;;; 0))
22785 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22787 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
22788 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22789 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22790 visibility of comments that precede it.
22791 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22792 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22793 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22794 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22795 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22796 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22797 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22798 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22799 the comment lines.
22800 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22801 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22802 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22803 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22804 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22806 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22808 ;;;***
22810 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reveal" "reveal.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
22811 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22813 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22814 Toggle uncloaking of invisible text near point (Reveal mode).
22815 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Reveal mode if ARG is
22816 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22817 Reveal mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22819 Reveal mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
22820 reveals invisible text around point.
22822 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22824 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22825 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22826 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22827 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22828 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22829 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22831 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
22833 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22834 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers (Global Reveal mode).
22835 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22837 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Reveal mode if ARG is
22838 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22839 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22841 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22843 ;;;***
22845 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el" (21291 53104 431149
22846 ;;;;;; 0))
22847 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22849 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
22850 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22852 \(fn X)" nil nil)
22854 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
22855 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22857 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22859 ;;;***
22861 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (21291 53104 431149
22862 ;;;;;; 0))
22863 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22865 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
22866 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22867 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22868 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22870 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22872 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22873 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22874 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22875 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22877 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22878 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22880 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22881 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22883 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22884 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22885 INPUT-ARGS.
22887 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22888 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22889 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22890 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22891 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22893 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22894 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22895 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22896 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22898 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22899 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22900 variable.
22902 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22904 ;;;***
22906 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (21349 10841 977368
22907 ;;;;;; 0))
22908 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22910 (defvar rmail-file-name (purecopy "~/RMAIL") "\
22911 Name of user's primary mail file.")
22913 (custom-autoload 'rmail-file-name "rmail" t)
22915 (put 'rmail-spool-directory 'standard-value '((cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))))
22917 (defvar rmail-spool-directory (purecopy (cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))) "\
22918 Name of directory used by system mailer for delivering new mail.
22919 Its name should end with a slash.")
22921 (custom-autoload 'rmail-spool-directory "rmail" t)
22922 (custom-initialize-delay 'rmail-spool-directory nil)
22924 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
22925 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22926 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
22928 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22930 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
22931 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
22932 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
22933 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
22934 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
22935 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
22936 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
22938 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
22939 sent by you under different user names.
22940 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
22942 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
22944 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
22946 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
22948 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
22949 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
22950 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
22951 explicitly.")
22953 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
22955 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
22956 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
22957 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
22958 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
22959 which normally happens once for each message,
22960 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
22961 To make a change in this variable take effect
22962 for a message that you have already viewed,
22963 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
22965 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22967 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
22968 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
22969 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
22970 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
22972 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
22974 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
22975 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
22977 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22979 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
22980 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
22981 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
22983 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
22985 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
22986 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
22987 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
22988 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
22989 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
22990 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
22992 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
22994 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
22995 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
22997 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
22999 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
23000 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
23002 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
23004 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
23005 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
23007 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
23008 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
23010 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
23012 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
23013 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
23015 This is set to nil by default.")
23017 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
23018 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
23019 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' and
23020 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' are non-nil.
23021 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
23022 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
23023 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
23025 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
23026 Read and edit incoming mail.
23027 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
23028 file in RMAIL Mode.
23029 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
23031 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
23032 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
23033 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
23034 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
23036 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
23038 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
23040 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
23041 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
23042 All normal editing commands are turned off.
23043 Instead, these commands are available:
23045 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
23046 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
23047 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
23048 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
23049 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
23050 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
23051 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
23052 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
23053 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
23054 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23055 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23056 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
23057 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23058 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23059 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23060 till a deleted message is found.
23061 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23062 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
23063 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
23064 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23065 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23066 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23067 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23068 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23069 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23070 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23071 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23072 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
23073 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
23074 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23075 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23076 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23077 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23078 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23079 (label defaults to last one specified).
23080 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23081 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23082 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23083 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23084 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23085 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23086 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23087 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23088 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23090 \(fn)" t nil)
23092 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23093 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23095 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23097 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23098 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23100 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23102 ;;;***
23104 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (21291 53104
23105 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
23106 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23107 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
23109 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23110 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
23111 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
23112 case it writes Babyl.
23114 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23115 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
23116 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23117 `rmail-default-file'.
23119 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
23120 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
23121 buffer, updates it accordingly.
23123 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
23124 the header display is currently pruned.
23126 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
23127 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
23128 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
23129 messages after output.
23131 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
23132 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
23133 message (if writing a file directly).
23135 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
23136 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
23138 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23140 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
23141 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
23142 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
23143 i) the header is output as currently seen
23144 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
23145 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
23147 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
23148 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
23149 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
23151 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23153 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23154 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23155 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
23156 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
23157 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
23158 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23159 `rmail-default-body-file'.
23161 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
23162 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
23163 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
23165 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23167 ;;;***
23169 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el" (21319 19378
23170 ;;;;;; 69506 0))
23171 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23173 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23174 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23175 Return a pattern.
23177 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23179 ;;;***
23181 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el" (21291 57968
23182 ;;;;;; 317602 643000))
23183 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23185 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23186 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23187 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23188 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23190 \(fn)" t nil)
23192 ;;;***
23194 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el" (21291 57968
23195 ;;;;;; 317602 643000))
23196 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23198 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23199 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23201 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23202 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23203 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
23204 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23205 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
23206 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23207 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23208 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
23209 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23210 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
23212 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23213 document. A schema can be specified explicitly using
23214 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23215 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
23216 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23217 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
23218 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23219 to use for finding the schema.
23221 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23223 ;;;***
23225 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (21291 57968 317602
23226 ;;;;;; 643000))
23227 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23229 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
23231 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23232 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
23233 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
23234 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
23235 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
23236 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
23237 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
23238 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
23239 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
23240 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
23241 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
23242 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
23243 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
23244 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
23245 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
23246 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
23247 must be equal.
23249 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23251 ;;;***
23253 ;;;### (autoloads nil "robin" "international/robin.el" (20627 28607
23254 ;;;;;; 829638 0))
23255 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23257 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23258 Define a robin package.
23260 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23261 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23262 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23263 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
23265 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23266 one replaces the old one.
23268 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil t)
23270 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23271 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23273 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23274 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23275 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23277 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23279 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23280 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23282 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23284 ;;;***
23286 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rot13" "rot13.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
23287 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23289 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23290 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23292 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23294 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23295 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23297 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23299 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23300 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23302 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23304 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23305 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23306 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23308 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23309 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23310 in ROT13.
23312 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23314 \(fn)" t nil)
23316 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23317 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23319 \(fn)" t nil)
23321 ;;;***
23323 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rst" "textmodes/rst.el" (21343 47921 549108
23324 ;;;;;; 0))
23325 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
23326 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
23328 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
23329 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
23330 \\<rst-mode-map>
23332 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
23333 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
23334 highlighting.
23336 \\{rst-mode-map}
23338 \(fn)" t nil)
23340 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
23341 Toggle ReST minor mode.
23342 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ReST minor mode if ARG is
23343 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23344 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23346 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
23347 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
23348 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
23350 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23352 ;;;***
23354 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el" (21432
23355 ;;;;;; 23023 204760 0))
23356 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
23357 (push (purecopy '(ruby-mode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23359 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
23360 Major mode for editing Ruby code.
23362 \\{ruby-mode-map}
23364 \(fn)" t nil)
23366 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy (concat "\\(?:\\." "rb\\|ru\\|rake\\|thor" "\\|jbuilder\\|gemspec\\|podspec" "\\|/" "\\(?:Gem\\|Rake\\|Cap\\|Thor" "\\|Vagrant\\|Guard\\|Pod\\)file" "\\)\\'")) 'ruby-mode))
23368 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
23370 ;;;***
23372 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (21419 46255 468379
23373 ;;;;;; 0))
23374 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23375 (push (purecopy '(ruler-mode 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
23377 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
23378 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
23379 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
23381 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23382 Toggle display of ruler in header line (Ruler mode).
23383 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ruler mode if ARG is positive,
23384 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23385 if ARG is omitted or nil.
23387 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23389 ;;;***
23391 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (21291 53104 431149
23392 ;;;;;; 0))
23393 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23395 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23396 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23397 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23398 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23400 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23402 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23403 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23404 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23406 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
23407 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
23408 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23410 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23411 notation.
23413 STRING
23414 matches string STRING literally.
23416 CHAR
23417 matches character CHAR literally.
23419 `not-newline', `nonl'
23420 matches any character except a newline.
23422 `anything'
23423 matches any character
23425 `(any SET ...)'
23426 `(in SET ...)'
23427 `(char SET ...)'
23428 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23429 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23430 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23432 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23433 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23434 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23435 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23437 `(not (any SET ...))'
23438 matches any character not in SET ...
23440 `line-start', `bol'
23441 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23442 in the text being matched
23444 `line-end', `eol'
23445 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23447 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23448 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23449 string being matched against.
23451 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23452 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23453 string being matched against.
23455 `buffer-start'
23456 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23457 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23459 `buffer-end'
23460 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23461 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23463 `point'
23464 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23466 `word-start', `bow'
23467 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23469 `word-end', `eow'
23470 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23472 `word-boundary'
23473 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23474 word.
23476 `(not word-boundary)'
23477 `not-word-boundary'
23478 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23479 word.
23481 `symbol-start'
23482 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23484 `symbol-end'
23485 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23487 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23488 matches 0 through 9.
23490 `control', `cntrl'
23491 matches ASCII control characters.
23493 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23494 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23496 `blank'
23497 matches space and tab only.
23499 `graphic', `graph'
23500 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23501 space, and DEL.
23503 `printing', `print'
23504 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23505 and DEL.
23507 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23508 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23509 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23511 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23512 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23513 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23515 `ascii'
23516 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23518 `nonascii'
23519 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23521 `lower', `lower-case'
23522 matches anything lower-case.
23524 `upper', `upper-case'
23525 matches anything upper-case.
23527 `punctuation', `punct'
23528 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23529 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23531 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23532 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23534 `word', `wordchar'
23535 matches anything that has word syntax.
23537 `not-wordchar'
23538 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23540 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
23541 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23542 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23543 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23545 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23546 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23547 `word' (\\sw)
23548 `symbol' (\\s_)
23549 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23550 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23551 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23552 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23553 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23554 `escape' (\\s\\)
23555 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23556 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23557 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23558 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23559 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23561 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23562 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23564 `(category CATEGORY)'
23565 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23566 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23568 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23569 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23570 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23571 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23572 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
23573 `symbol' (\\c5)
23574 `digit' (\\c6)
23575 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23576 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23577 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23578 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23579 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23580 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23581 `chinese-two-byte' (\\cC)
23582 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23583 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23584 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23585 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23586 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23587 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23588 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23589 `ascii' (\\ca)
23590 `arabic' (\\cb)
23591 `chinese' (\\cc)
23592 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
23593 `greek' (\\cg)
23594 `korean' (\\ch)
23595 `indian' (\\ci)
23596 `japanese' (\\cj)
23597 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23598 `latin' (\\cl)
23599 `lao' (\\co)
23600 `tibetan' (\\cq)
23601 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23602 `thai' (\\ct)
23603 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23604 `hebrew' (\\cw)
23605 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
23606 `can-break' (\\c|)
23608 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23609 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23611 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23612 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23613 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23614 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23615 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23617 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23618 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23619 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23620 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23622 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23623 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23624 like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
23625 group number N.
23627 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23628 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23629 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23630 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23631 regular expression.
23633 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23634 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23635 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23636 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23637 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23639 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23640 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23642 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23643 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23645 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23646 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
23647 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23649 `(* SEXP ...)'
23650 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23651 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23653 `(*? SEXP ...)'
23654 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23655 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23657 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23658 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
23659 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23661 `(+ SEXP ...)'
23662 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23664 `(+? SEXP ...)'
23665 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23667 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23668 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23669 `(opt SEXP ...)'
23670 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23672 `(? SEXP ...)'
23673 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23675 `(?? SEXP ...)'
23676 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23678 `(repeat N SEXP)'
23679 `(= N SEXP ...)'
23680 matches N occurrences.
23682 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
23683 matches N or more occurrences.
23685 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23686 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23687 matches N to M occurrences.
23689 `(backref N)'
23690 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23692 `(eval FORM)'
23693 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23694 `regexp-quote' it.
23696 `(regexp REGEXP)'
23697 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23699 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil t)
23701 ;;;***
23703 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-ntlm" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" (21291 53104
23704 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
23705 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-ntlm.el
23706 (push (purecopy '(sasl 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
23708 ;;;***
23710 ;;;### (autoloads nil "savehist" "savehist.el" (21291 53104 431149
23711 ;;;;;; 0))
23712 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23713 (push (purecopy '(savehist 24)) package--builtin-versions)
23715 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23716 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
23717 See the command `savehist-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23718 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23719 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23720 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
23722 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
23724 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
23725 Toggle saving of minibuffer history (Savehist mode).
23726 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Savehist mode if ARG is
23727 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23728 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23730 When Savehist mode is enabled, minibuffer history is saved
23731 periodically and when exiting Emacs. When Savehist mode is
23732 enabled for the first time in an Emacs session, it loads the
23733 previous minibuffer history from `savehist-file'.
23735 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23736 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer
23737 histories, which is probably undesirable.
23739 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23741 ;;;***
23743 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el" (21372 5105
23744 ;;;;;; 739240 0))
23745 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23747 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
23748 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23749 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23751 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23752 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23753 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23754 mode line of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23755 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23756 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23757 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23758 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23760 Commands:
23761 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23762 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23763 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23765 \(fn)" t nil)
23767 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
23768 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23769 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23771 Commands:
23772 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23773 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23774 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23775 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23776 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23777 that variable's value is a string.
23779 \(fn)" t nil)
23781 ;;;***
23783 ;;;### (autoloads nil "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el" (21291 53104
23784 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
23785 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23787 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
23788 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23789 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23791 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23793 \(fn)" t nil)
23795 ;;;***
23797 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el" (21291 53104 431149
23798 ;;;;;; 0))
23799 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23801 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23802 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23803 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23804 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23805 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23806 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23808 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
23810 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
23811 Toggle shared scrolling in same-frame windows (Scroll-All mode).
23812 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Scroll-All mode if ARG is
23813 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23814 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23816 When Scroll-All mode is enabled, scrolling commands invoked in
23817 one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23819 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23821 ;;;***
23823 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el" (21291 53104
23824 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
23825 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23827 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
23828 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23829 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
23830 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23831 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, keys that normally move
23832 point by line or paragraph will scroll the buffer by the
23833 respective amount of lines instead and point will be kept
23834 vertically fixed relative to window boundaries during scrolling.
23836 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23838 ;;;***
23840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (21291 53104 431149
23841 ;;;;;; 0))
23842 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
23843 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
23844 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
23846 ;;;***
23848 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic" "cedet/semantic.el" (21291 53104
23849 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
23850 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
23851 (push (purecopy '(semantic 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23853 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
23854 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
23855 The possible elements of this list include the following:
23857 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
23858 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
23859 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
23860 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
23861 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
23862 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
23863 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
23864 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
23865 keybinding for tag names.
23866 `global-cedet-m3-minor-mode' - A mouse 3 context menu.
23867 `global-semantic-idle-local-symbol-highlight-mode' - Highlight references
23868 of the symbol under point.
23869 The following modes are more targeted at people who want to see
23870 some internal information of the semantic parser in action:
23871 `global-semantic-highlight-edits-mode' - Visualize incremental parser by
23872 highlighting not-yet parsed changes.
23873 `global-semantic-show-unmatched-syntax-mode' - Highlight unmatched lexical
23874 syntax tokens.
23875 `global-semantic-show-parser-state-mode' - Display the parser cache state.")
23877 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
23879 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
23880 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
23881 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23882 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23883 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23884 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
23886 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
23888 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
23889 Toggle parser features (Semantic mode).
23890 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Semantic mode if ARG is
23891 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23892 Semantic mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23894 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
23895 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
23896 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
23897 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
23898 Semantic mode.
23900 \\{semantic-mode-map}
23902 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23904 ;;;***
23906 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/bovine/grammar" "cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el"
23907 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 431149 0))
23908 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el
23910 (autoload 'bovine-grammar-mode "semantic/bovine/grammar" "\
23911 Major mode for editing Bovine grammars.
23913 \(fn)" t nil)
23915 ;;;***
23917 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/grammar" "cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el"
23918 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 431149 0))
23919 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el
23921 (autoload 'wisent-grammar-mode "semantic/wisent/grammar" "\
23922 Major mode for editing Wisent grammars.
23924 \(fn)" t nil)
23926 ;;;***
23928 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (21291 53104
23929 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
23930 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
23932 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
23933 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
23935 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
23936 king@grassland.com
23937 If `parens', they look like:
23938 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
23939 If `angles', they look like:
23940 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
23942 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
23943 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
23945 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
23947 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
23948 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
23949 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
23950 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
23952 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
23953 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
23954 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
23955 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
23957 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
23959 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
23960 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
23961 This is done when the message is initialized,
23962 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
23964 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
23966 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
23967 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
23968 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
23970 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
23972 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and (boundp 'smtpmail-smtp-server) smtpmail-smtp-server) 'smtpmail-send-it 'sendmail-query-once) "\
23973 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
23974 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
23975 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
23976 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
23977 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
23978 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
23980 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
23982 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
23983 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
23985 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
23987 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
23988 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
23989 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
23990 be a Babyl file.")
23992 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
23994 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
23995 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
23996 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
23997 when you first send mail.")
23999 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
24001 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
24002 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
24003 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
24004 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
24005 This file need not actually exist.")
24007 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24009 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
24010 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
24012 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
24014 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
24015 Alist of mail address aliases,
24016 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
24017 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
24018 can specify a different file name.)
24019 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
24020 alias ALIAS MEANING")
24022 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
24023 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
24024 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
24026 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
24028 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
24029 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
24030 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
24032 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
24034 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
24035 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
24036 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
24037 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
24038 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
24039 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
24040 in the cited portion of the message.
24042 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
24043 instead of no action.")
24045 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
24047 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
24048 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
24049 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
24050 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
24051 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
24053 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
24055 (defvar mail-signature t "\
24056 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
24057 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
24058 If a string, that string is inserted.
24059 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
24060 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
24061 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24062 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24064 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
24066 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
24067 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24069 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
24071 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
24072 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
24073 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
24075 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
24076 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
24078 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
24080 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24081 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24082 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
24083 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
24085 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24087 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
24088 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
24089 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
24091 \(fn)" nil nil)
24093 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
24095 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
24098 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
24100 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24101 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24102 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24104 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24105 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24107 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24108 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24109 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24110 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24111 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24112 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24113 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24114 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24115 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24116 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24117 \\[mail-insert-file] insert a text file into the message.
24118 \\[mail-add-attachment] attach to the message a file as binary attachment.
24119 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24120 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24122 \(fn)" t nil)
24124 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24125 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24126 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24127 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24129 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24131 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24132 Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24133 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
24134 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24135 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24136 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24138 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24139 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24140 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24142 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24143 User should not set this variable manually,
24144 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24145 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24146 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24148 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24149 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24150 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24151 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24153 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24154 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24156 \\<mail-mode-map>
24157 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24159 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24160 to move to message header fields:
24161 \\{mail-mode-map}
24163 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24164 when the message is initialized.
24166 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24167 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24169 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24170 is inserted.
24172 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24173 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24175 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24176 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24177 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24178 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24179 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24180 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24181 buffer without erasing the contents.
24183 The second through fifth arguments,
24184 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24185 the initial contents of those header fields.
24186 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24187 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24188 original message being replied to, or else an action
24189 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24190 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24191 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24192 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24193 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24194 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24196 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
24198 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24199 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24201 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24203 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24204 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24206 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24208 ;;;***
24210 ;;;### (autoloads nil "server" "server.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
24211 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24213 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
24215 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
24217 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
24219 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24220 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24221 This starts a server communications subprocess through which client
24222 \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
24223 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the Emacs
24224 distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24226 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24227 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24229 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
24230 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
24231 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
24233 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
24234 \\[server-start].
24236 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
24238 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
24239 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
24240 If server is running, it is first stopped.
24241 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
24243 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24245 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24246 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24247 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24248 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24249 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24250 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24252 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24254 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24255 Toggle Server mode.
24256 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Server mode if ARG is
24257 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24258 Server mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24260 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24261 `emacsclient' program. See Info node `Emacs server' and
24262 `server-start' for details.
24264 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24266 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24267 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
24268 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24270 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24271 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24273 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
24275 ;;;***
24277 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ses" "ses.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
24278 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24280 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24281 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24283 When you invoke SES in a new buffer, it is divided into cells
24284 that you can enter data into. You can navigate the cells with
24285 the arrow keys and add more cells with the tab key. The contents
24286 of these cells can be numbers, text, or Lisp expressions. (To
24287 enter text, enclose it in double quotes.)
24289 In an expression, you can use cell coordinates to refer to the
24290 contents of another cell. For example, you can sum a range of
24291 cells with `(+ A1 A2 A3)'. There are specialized functions like
24292 `ses+' (addition for ranges with empty cells), `ses-average' (for
24293 performing calculations on cells), and `ses-range' and `ses-select'
24294 \(for extracting ranges of cells).
24296 Each cell also has a print function that controls how it is
24297 displayed.
24299 Each SES buffer is divided into a print area and a data area.
24300 Normally, you can simply use SES to look at and manipulate the print
24301 area, and let SES manage the data area outside the visible region.
24303 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for an example
24304 spreadsheet, and the Info node `(ses)Top.'
24306 In the following, note the separate keymaps for cell editing mode
24307 and print mode specifications. Key definitions:
24309 \\{ses-mode-map}
24310 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible
24311 part):
24312 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24313 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a
24314 formula:
24315 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24317 \(fn)" t nil)
24319 ;;;***
24321 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el" (21291
24322 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
24323 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24325 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24326 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24327 Makes > match <.
24328 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24329 `sgml-quick-keys'.
24331 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24332 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24333 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24335 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24336 in your init file.
24338 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24340 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24341 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24342 \\{sgml-mode-map}
24344 \(fn)" t nil)
24346 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24347 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24348 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24349 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24350 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24351 which this is based.
24353 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24355 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24356 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24357 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24358 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24360 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24361 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24362 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24364 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24365 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24366 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24367 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24369 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24370 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24371 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24372 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24374 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24376 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24377 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
24378 To work around that, do:
24379 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24381 \\{html-mode-map}
24383 \(fn)" t nil)
24385 ;;;***
24387 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el" (21438
24388 ;;;;;; 47246 650067 0))
24389 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24390 (push (purecopy '(sh-script 2 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
24391 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24393 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24394 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24395 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24396 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24397 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24398 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24400 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24401 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24402 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24403 shell-specific features.
24405 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24406 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24407 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24408 \\<sh-mode-map>
24409 \\[sh-case] case statement
24410 \\[sh-for] for loop
24411 \\[sh-function] function definition
24412 \\[sh-if] if statement
24413 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24414 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24415 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24416 \\[sh-select] select loop
24417 \\[sh-until] until loop
24418 \\[sh-while] while loop
24420 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24421 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24422 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24423 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24424 would indent to the way it currently is.
24425 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24426 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24429 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24430 \\[newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
24431 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24432 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24433 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24434 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24436 `sh-electric-here-document-mode' controls whether insertion of two
24437 unquoted < insert a here document.
24439 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24440 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24441 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24443 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24444 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24446 \(fn)" t nil)
24448 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24450 ;;;***
24452 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el" (21291 53104
24453 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
24454 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24456 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24457 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24459 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
24460 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
24461 else prints messages listing any shadows.
24463 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24464 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24465 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24466 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24467 the earlier.
24469 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24471 \(\"/usr/share/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/share/emacs/24.3/lisp\")
24473 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24474 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24475 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24477 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24478 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24480 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24481 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24482 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24483 24.3. A system administrator downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24484 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24485 Unless the system administrator checks for this, the new version of XXX
24486 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24487 Emacs version).
24489 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24490 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24491 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24492 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24493 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24495 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
24496 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
24498 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
24500 ;;;***
24502 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (21291 53104 431149
24503 ;;;;;; 0))
24504 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24506 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
24507 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24508 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24509 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24510 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24511 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
24512 sites in the cluster.
24514 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
24516 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
24517 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24518 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24519 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24520 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24522 \(fn)" t nil)
24524 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
24525 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24526 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24527 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24528 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
24529 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24530 `shadow-define-cluster').
24532 \(fn)" t nil)
24534 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
24535 Set up file shadowing.
24537 \(fn)" t nil)
24539 ;;;***
24541 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shell" "shell.el" (21313 65162 603703 543000))
24542 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24544 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
24545 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24546 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24547 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24548 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24549 arguments.")
24551 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
24553 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
24554 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24555 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24556 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
24557 to change if called with a prefix arg.
24559 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24560 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24561 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24562 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24563 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24564 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24565 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24566 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24567 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24568 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24569 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24571 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24572 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24573 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24574 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24575 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24576 `default-process-coding-system'.
24578 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24579 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24580 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24581 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24583 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24585 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24587 ;;;***
24589 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shr" "net/shr.el" (21341 23900 988149 0))
24590 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/shr.el
24592 (autoload 'shr-render-region "shr" "\
24593 Display the HTML rendering of the region between BEGIN and END.
24595 \(fn BEGIN END &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24597 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
24598 Render the parsed document DOM into the current buffer.
24599 DOM should be a parse tree as generated by
24600 `libxml-parse-html-region' or similar.
24602 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
24604 ;;;***
24606 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (21291 53104 431149
24607 ;;;;;; 0))
24608 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24610 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
24613 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24615 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
24618 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24620 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
24623 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24625 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-kill "sieve" "\
24628 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24630 ;;;***
24632 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el" (21291 53104
24633 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
24634 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24636 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
24637 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24638 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24639 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24640 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24642 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24644 \(fn)" t nil)
24646 ;;;***
24648 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (21291 53104
24649 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
24650 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24652 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
24653 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24654 \\{simula-mode-map}
24655 Variables controlling indentation style:
24656 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24657 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24658 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24659 `simula-indent-level'
24660 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24661 `simula-substatement-offset'
24662 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24663 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24664 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24665 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24666 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24667 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24668 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24669 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24670 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24671 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24672 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24673 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24674 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24675 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24676 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24677 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24678 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24679 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24680 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24681 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24682 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24683 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24684 or nil if they should not be changed.
24685 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24686 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24687 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24688 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24690 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24691 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24693 \(fn)" t nil)
24695 ;;;***
24697 ;;;### (autoloads nil "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (21415 30982 815536
24698 ;;;;;; 0))
24699 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24701 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
24702 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24704 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
24705 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24706 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24707 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24709 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil t)
24711 (put 'define-skeleton 'doc-string-elt '2)
24713 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
24714 Insert SKELETON.
24715 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24716 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24717 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24718 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24719 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24721 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24722 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24724 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24726 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
24727 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24729 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24730 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24731 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24732 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24734 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24735 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24736 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24737 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24739 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24740 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24741 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24743 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24744 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24746 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24747 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24749 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode, unless
24750 this is the first/last element of a skeleton and point
24751 is at bol/eol
24752 _ interesting point, interregion here
24753 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24754 interesting point set by _
24755 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24756 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24757 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
24758 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
24759 -NUM delete NUM preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24760 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24761 nil skipped
24763 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24764 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24766 Note that \\n as the last element of the skeleton only inserts a
24767 newline if not at eol. If you want to unconditionally insert a newline
24768 at the end of the skeleton, use \"\\n\" instead. Likewise with \\n
24769 as the first element when at bol.
24771 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'.
24772 ELEMENT may itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted
24773 repeatedly for different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as
24774 the user enters a non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24775 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in
24776 such a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24777 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list
24778 of strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24780 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24781 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24782 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24783 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24784 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24785 available:
24787 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24788 then: insert previously read string once more
24789 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24790 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24791 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24793 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24794 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24796 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24798 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
24799 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24801 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24802 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24803 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24804 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24805 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24806 such as backslash.
24808 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24809 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24810 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24812 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24814 ;;;***
24816 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (21291 53104
24817 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
24818 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
24820 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
24821 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24822 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24823 buffer names.
24825 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24827 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
24828 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24829 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
24830 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
24831 if ARG is omitted or nil.
24832 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24834 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24836 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
24837 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
24838 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
24840 \(fn)" t nil)
24842 ;;;***
24844 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el" (21291 53104 431149
24845 ;;;;;; 0))
24846 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24848 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
24849 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24850 A list of images is returned.
24852 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24854 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
24855 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
24856 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
24858 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24860 ;;;***
24862 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el" (21291 53104
24863 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
24864 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24866 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
24869 \(fn)" nil nil)
24871 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
24872 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24874 \(fn)" t nil)
24876 ;;;***
24878 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snake" "play/snake.el" (21291 53104 431149
24879 ;;;;;; 0))
24880 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24882 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
24883 Play the Snake game.
24884 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24886 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24888 Snake mode keybindings:
24889 \\<snake-mode-map>
24890 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24891 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24892 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24893 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24894 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24895 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24896 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24898 \(fn)" t nil)
24900 ;;;***
24902 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el" (21291 53104
24903 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
24904 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24906 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24907 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24908 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24909 Tab indents for C code.
24910 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24911 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24912 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24913 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24914 `snmp-mode-hook'.
24916 \(fn)" t nil)
24918 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24919 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24920 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24921 Tab indents for C code.
24922 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24923 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24924 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24925 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24926 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24928 \(fn)" t nil)
24930 ;;;***
24932 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (21291 53104 431149
24933 ;;;;;; 0))
24934 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24936 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
24937 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
24938 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
24939 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
24940 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
24942 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
24944 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24946 ;;;***
24948 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (21291 53104
24949 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
24950 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
24952 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
24953 Play Solitaire.
24955 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
24956 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
24957 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
24958 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
24959 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
24960 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
24961 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
24962 check after each move or undo.)
24964 What is Solitaire?
24966 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
24967 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
24968 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
24970 Le Solitaire
24971 ============
24973 o o o
24975 o o o
24977 o o o o o o o
24979 o o o . o o o
24981 o o o o o o o
24983 o o o
24985 o o o
24987 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
24988 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
24989 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
24990 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
24992 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
24993 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
24994 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
24995 this: o o .
24997 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
24998 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
25000 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
25002 o o o
25004 . o o
25006 o o . o o o o
25008 o . o o o o o
25010 o o o o o o o
25012 o o o
25014 o o o
25016 Pick your favorite shortcuts:
25018 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
25020 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25022 ;;;***
25024 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sort" "sort.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
25025 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
25026 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
25028 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
25029 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
25031 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
25032 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
25033 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
25034 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
25035 contiguous.
25037 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
25038 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
25039 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25040 the sort order.
25042 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
25043 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
25045 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
25046 It moves point to the start of the next record.
25047 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
25048 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
25049 is called.
25051 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
25052 It should move point to the end of the record.
25054 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
25055 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
25056 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
25057 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
25058 starts at the beginning of the record.
25060 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
25061 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
25062 same as ENDRECFUN.
25064 PREDICATE, if non-nil, is the predicate function for comparing
25065 keys; it is called with two arguments, the keys to compare, and
25066 should return non-nil if the first key should sort before the
25067 second key. If PREDICATE is nil, comparison is done with `<' if
25068 the keys are numbers, with `compare-buffer-substrings' if the
25069 keys are cons cells (the car and cdr of each cons cell are taken
25070 as start and end positions), and with `string<' otherwise.
25072 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25074 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
25075 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25076 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25077 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25078 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25079 the sort order.
25081 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25083 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
25084 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25085 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25086 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25087 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25088 the sort order.
25090 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25092 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
25093 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25094 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25095 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25096 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25097 the sort order.
25099 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25100 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25102 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25103 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25104 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25105 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25106 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25107 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25108 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25109 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25110 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25112 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25114 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25115 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25116 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25117 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25118 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25119 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25120 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25121 the sort order.
25123 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25125 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25126 Sort the text in the region region lexicographically.
25127 If called interactively, prompt for two regular expressions,
25128 RECORD-REGEXP and KEY-REGEXP.
25130 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units to be sorted.
25131 For example, to sort lines, RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\".
25133 KEY-REGEXP specifies the part of each record (i.e. each match for
25134 RECORD-REGEXP) to be used for sorting.
25135 If it is \"\\\\digit\", use the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\"
25136 match field specified by RECORD-REGEXP.
25137 If it is \"\\\\&\", use the whole record.
25138 Otherwise, KEY-REGEXP should be a regular expression with which
25139 to search within the record. If a match for KEY-REGEXP is not
25140 found within a record, that record is ignored.
25142 With a negative prefix arg, sort in reverse order.
25144 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25145 the sort order.
25147 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25148 starting with the letter \"f\",
25149 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25151 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25153 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25154 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25155 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25156 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25157 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25158 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25159 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25160 the sort order.
25162 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25163 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25164 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25165 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25166 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25168 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25170 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25171 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25172 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25174 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25176 (autoload 'delete-duplicate-lines "sort" "\
25177 Delete all but one copy of any identical lines in the region.
25178 Non-interactively, arguments BEG and END delimit the region.
25179 Normally it searches forwards, keeping the first instance of
25180 each identical line. If REVERSE is non-nil (interactively, with
25181 a C-u prefix), it searches backwards and keeps the last instance of
25182 each repeated line.
25184 Identical lines need not be adjacent, unless the argument
25185 ADJACENT is non-nil (interactively, with a C-u C-u prefix).
25186 This is a more efficient mode of operation, and may be useful
25187 on large regions that have already been sorted.
25189 If the argument KEEP-BLANKS is non-nil (interactively, with a
25190 C-u C-u C-u prefix), it retains repeated blank lines.
25192 Returns the number of deleted lines. Interactively, or if INTERACTIVE
25193 is non-nil, it also prints a message describing the number of deletions.
25195 \(fn BEG END &optional REVERSE ADJACENT KEEP-BLANKS INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
25197 ;;;***
25199 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
25200 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25202 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25203 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25204 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25205 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25206 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25207 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25209 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25211 ;;;***
25213 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-report" "gnus/spam-report.el" (21291
25214 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
25215 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25217 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25218 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25220 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25221 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25222 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25224 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25226 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25227 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25228 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25229 server.
25231 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25233 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25234 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25235 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25237 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25239 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25240 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25241 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25242 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25243 Agent is plugged.
25245 \(fn)" t nil)
25247 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25248 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25249 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25250 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25252 \(fn)" t nil)
25254 ;;;***
25256 ;;;### (autoloads nil "speedbar" "speedbar.el" (21485 23655 451617
25257 ;;;;;; 0))
25258 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25260 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25262 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25263 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25264 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25265 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25266 supported at a time.
25267 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25268 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25270 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25272 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25273 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25274 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25275 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25277 \(fn)" t nil)
25279 ;;;***
25281 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spook" "play/spook.el" (21291 53104 431149
25282 ;;;;;; 0))
25283 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25285 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25286 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25288 \(fn)" t nil)
25290 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25291 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25293 \(fn)" nil nil)
25295 ;;;***
25297 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (21291 53104 431149
25298 ;;;;;; 0))
25299 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25300 (push (purecopy '(sql 3 4)) package--builtin-versions)
25302 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25303 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25305 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
25306 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25307 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25308 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25309 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25310 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25311 of the current highlighting list.
25313 For example:
25315 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25316 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25318 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25319 `_t' as data types.
25321 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25323 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25324 Major mode to edit SQL.
25326 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25327 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25328 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25330 \\{sql-mode-map}
25331 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25333 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25334 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25335 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25336 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25337 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25338 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25340 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25341 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25343 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25344 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL, you
25345 must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your init file:
25347 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25348 (lambda ()
25349 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25351 \(fn)" t nil)
25353 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
25354 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
25356 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
25357 their settings.
25359 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
25360 is specified in the connection settings.
25362 \(fn CONNECTION &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25364 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25365 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
25367 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25368 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
25370 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
25371 \\[universal-argument]. To set the buffer name as well, prefix
25372 the call to \\[sql-product-interactive] with
25373 \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument].
25375 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25377 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25379 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25380 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25382 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25383 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25384 `*SQL*'.
25386 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25387 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25388 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25389 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25391 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25392 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25394 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25395 before \\[sql-oracle]. Once session has started,
25396 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25397 buffer.
25399 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25400 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25401 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25402 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25403 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25404 `default-process-coding-system'.
25406 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25408 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25410 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25411 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
25413 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25414 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25415 `*SQL*'.
25417 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25418 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25419 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25420 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25422 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25423 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25425 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25426 before \\[sql-sybase]. Once session has started,
25427 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25428 buffer.
25430 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25431 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25432 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25433 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25434 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25435 `default-process-coding-system'.
25437 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25439 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25441 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25442 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25444 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25445 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25446 `*SQL*'.
25448 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25449 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25451 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25452 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25454 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25455 before \\[sql-informix]. Once session has started,
25456 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25457 buffer.
25459 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25460 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25461 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25462 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25463 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25464 `default-process-coding-system'.
25466 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25468 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25470 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25471 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25473 SQLite is free software.
25475 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25476 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25477 `*SQL*'.
25479 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25480 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25481 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25482 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25484 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25485 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25487 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25488 before \\[sql-sqlite]. Once session has started,
25489 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25490 buffer.
25492 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25493 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25494 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25495 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25496 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25497 `default-process-coding-system'.
25499 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25501 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25503 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
25504 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25506 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25508 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25509 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25510 `*SQL*'.
25512 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25513 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25514 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25515 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25517 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25518 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25520 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25521 before \\[sql-mysql]. Once session has started,
25522 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25523 buffer.
25525 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25526 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25527 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25528 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25529 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25530 `default-process-coding-system'.
25532 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25534 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25536 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
25537 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25539 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25540 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25541 `*SQL*'.
25543 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25544 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25545 defaults, if set.
25547 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25548 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25550 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25551 before \\[sql-solid]. Once session has started,
25552 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25553 buffer.
25555 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25556 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25557 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25558 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25559 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25560 `default-process-coding-system'.
25562 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25564 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25566 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
25567 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25569 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25570 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25571 `*SQL*'.
25573 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25574 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25576 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25577 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25579 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25580 before \\[sql-ingres]. Once session has started,
25581 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25582 buffer.
25584 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25585 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25586 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25587 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25588 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25589 `default-process-coding-system'.
25591 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25593 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25595 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
25596 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25598 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25599 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25600 `*SQL*'.
25602 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25603 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25604 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25605 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25607 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25608 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25610 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25611 before \\[sql-ms]. Once session has started,
25612 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25613 buffer.
25615 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25616 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25617 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25618 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25619 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25620 `default-process-coding-system'.
25622 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25624 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25626 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
25627 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25629 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25630 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25631 `*SQL*'.
25633 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25634 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25635 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25636 `sql-postgres-options'.
25638 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25639 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25641 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25642 before \\[sql-postgres]. Once session has started,
25643 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25644 buffer.
25646 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25647 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25648 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25649 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25650 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25651 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25652 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25653 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25655 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25656 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25658 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25660 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25662 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
25663 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25665 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25666 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25667 `*SQL*'.
25669 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25670 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25671 defaults, if set.
25673 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25674 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25676 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25677 before \\[sql-interbase]. Once session has started,
25678 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25679 buffer.
25681 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25682 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25683 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25684 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25685 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25686 `default-process-coding-system'.
25688 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25690 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25692 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
25693 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25695 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25696 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25697 `*SQL*'.
25699 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25700 automatic login.
25702 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25703 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25705 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25706 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25707 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25708 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25710 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25711 before \\[sql-db2]. Once session has started,
25712 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25713 buffer.
25715 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25716 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25717 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25718 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25719 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25720 `default-process-coding-system'.
25722 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25724 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25726 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
25727 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25729 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25730 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25731 `*SQL*'.
25733 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25734 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25735 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25736 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25737 parameters.
25739 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25740 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25741 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25742 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25743 an empty password.
25745 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25746 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25748 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25749 before \\[sql-linter]. Once session has started,
25750 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25751 buffer.
25753 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25755 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25757 ;;;***
25759 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode" "cedet/srecode.el" (21291 53104 431149
25760 ;;;;;; 0))
25761 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode.el
25762 (push (purecopy '(srecode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
25764 ;;;***
25766 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
25767 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 431149 0))
25768 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
25770 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
25771 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
25773 \(fn)" t nil)
25775 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
25777 ;;;***
25779 ;;;### (autoloads nil "starttls" "gnus/starttls.el" (21291 53104
25780 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
25781 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/starttls.el
25783 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
25784 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
25785 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
25786 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
25787 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
25788 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
25789 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
25790 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
25791 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
25792 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
25793 with any buffer
25794 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
25795 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
25796 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
25797 GnuTLS requires a port number.
25799 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
25801 ;;;***
25803 ;;;### (autoloads nil "strokes" "strokes.el" (21291 53104 431149
25804 ;;;;;; 0))
25805 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25807 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
25808 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25809 Works just like `global-set-key', except for strokes. COMMAND is
25810 a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE is a
25811 list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25812 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25814 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25816 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25818 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
25819 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25820 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25821 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25822 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25823 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25824 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25826 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25828 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25829 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25830 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25831 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25832 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25833 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25834 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25836 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25838 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
25839 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25840 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25842 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25844 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25845 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25846 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25848 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25850 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
25851 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25853 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25855 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
25856 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25858 \(fn)" t nil)
25860 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
25861 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25863 \(fn)" t nil)
25865 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
25866 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25867 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes chronologically
25868 by command name.
25869 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25871 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25873 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25874 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25875 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25876 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25877 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25878 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25880 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
25882 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
25883 Toggle Strokes mode, a global minor mode.
25884 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Strokes mode if ARG is
25885 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
25886 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25888 \\<strokes-mode-map>
25889 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25890 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25891 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25892 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25894 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25895 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25896 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25897 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25899 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25901 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25903 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
25904 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25905 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25906 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25908 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25910 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25911 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25913 \(fn)" t nil)
25915 ;;;***
25917 ;;;### (autoloads nil "studly" "play/studly.el" (21291 53104 431149
25918 ;;;;;; 0))
25919 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25921 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
25922 Studlify-case the region.
25924 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25926 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
25927 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25929 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25931 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
25932 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25934 \(fn)" t nil)
25936 ;;;***
25938 ;;;### (autoloads nil "subword" "progmodes/subword.el" (21291 53104
25939 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
25940 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
25942 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
25943 Toggle subword movement and editing (Subword mode).
25944 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Subword mode if ARG is
25945 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25946 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25948 Subword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it remaps
25949 word-based editing commands to subword-based commands that handle
25950 symbols with mixed uppercase and lowercase letters,
25951 e.g. \"GtkWidget\", \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\".
25953 Here we call these mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Each
25954 capitalized (or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is
25955 called a `subword'. Here are some examples:
25957 Nomenclature Subwords
25958 ===========================================================
25959 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
25960 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
25961 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
25963 The subword oriented commands activated in this minor mode recognize
25964 subwords in a nomenclature to move between subwords and to edit them
25965 as words.
25967 \\{subword-mode-map}
25969 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25971 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
25972 Non-nil if Global-Subword mode is enabled.
25973 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25974 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25975 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25976 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
25978 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
25980 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
25981 Toggle Subword mode in all buffers.
25982 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Subword mode if ARG is positive;
25983 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
25984 ARG is omitted or nil.
25986 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
25987 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
25988 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
25990 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25992 (autoload 'superword-mode "subword" "\
25993 Toggle superword movement and editing (Superword mode).
25994 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Superword mode if ARG is
25995 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25996 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25998 Superword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it remaps
25999 word-based editing commands to superword-based commands that
26000 treat symbols as words, e.g. \"this_is_a_symbol\".
26002 The superword oriented commands activated in this minor mode
26003 recognize symbols as superwords to move between superwords and to
26004 edit them as words.
26006 \\{superword-mode-map}
26008 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26010 (defvar global-superword-mode nil "\
26011 Non-nil if Global-Superword mode is enabled.
26012 See the command `global-superword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26013 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26014 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26015 or call the function `global-superword-mode'.")
26017 (custom-autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" nil)
26019 (autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" "\
26020 Toggle Superword mode in all buffers.
26021 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Superword mode if ARG is positive;
26022 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
26023 ARG is omitted or nil.
26025 Superword mode is enabled in all buffers where
26026 `(lambda nil (superword-mode 1))' would do it.
26027 See `superword-mode' for more information on Superword mode.
26029 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26031 ;;;***
26033 ;;;### (autoloads nil "supercite" "mail/supercite.el" (21291 53104
26034 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
26035 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
26037 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
26038 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
26039 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
26040 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
26041 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
26042 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
26043 original message but it does require a few things:
26045 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
26047 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
26048 reply buffer.
26050 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
26051 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
26052 original message.
26054 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
26056 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
26058 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
26059 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
26060 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
26062 \(fn)" nil nil)
26064 ;;;***
26066 ;;;### (autoloads nil "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (21291 53104 431149
26067 ;;;;;; 0))
26068 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
26070 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
26072 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
26073 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
26074 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26075 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26076 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26077 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
26079 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
26081 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
26082 Toggle mouse support in GNU/Linux consoles (GPM Mouse mode).
26083 With a prefix argument ARG, enable GPM Mouse mode if ARG is
26084 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26085 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26087 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
26088 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
26089 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
26091 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26093 ;;;***
26095 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tabify" "tabify.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
26096 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
26098 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
26099 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
26100 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26101 buffer.
26103 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26104 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26105 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26107 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26109 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
26110 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
26111 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
26112 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
26113 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26114 buffer.
26116 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26117 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26118 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26120 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26122 ;;;***
26124 ;;;### (autoloads nil "table" "textmodes/table.el" (21291 53104 431149
26125 ;;;;;; 0))
26126 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26128 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
26129 Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
26130 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
26132 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
26134 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
26135 List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
26137 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
26139 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
26140 List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
26142 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
26144 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
26145 List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
26147 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
26149 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26150 Insert an editable text table.
26151 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26152 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26153 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26154 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26155 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26156 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26157 delimiting them.
26159 Examples:
26161 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26163 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26164 location of point.
26168 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
26169 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26170 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26171 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26172 first cell.
26174 +-----+-----+-----+
26175 |-!- | | |
26176 +-----+-----+-----+
26178 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26180 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26181 width, which results as
26183 +--------------+-----+-----+
26184 |-!- | | |
26185 +--------------+-----+-----+
26187 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26188 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26190 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26191 | | |-!- |
26192 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26194 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26195 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26196 width information to `table-insert'.
26198 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26200 instead of
26202 Cell width(s): 5
26204 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26205 work all together.
26207 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26208 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26210 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26211 |-!- | | |
26212 | | | |
26213 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26215 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26217 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26218 |-!- | | |
26219 | | | |
26220 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26221 | | | |
26222 | | | |
26223 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26225 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26227 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26228 | | | |
26229 | | | |
26230 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26231 | | | |
26232 | | | |
26233 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26236 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26237 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26238 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26240 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26241 | | | |
26242 | | | |
26243 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26244 | | | |
26245 | | | |
26246 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26247 |-!- | | |
26248 | | | |
26249 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26251 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26252 results.
26254 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26255 | | | |
26256 | | | |
26257 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26258 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26259 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26260 | | |expected results.-!- |
26261 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26262 | | | |
26263 | | | |
26264 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26266 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26268 \\{table-cell-map}
26270 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26272 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26273 Insert N table row(s).
26274 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26275 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26276 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26277 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26279 \(fn N)" t nil)
26281 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26282 Insert N table column(s).
26283 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26284 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26285 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26286 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26288 \(fn N)" t nil)
26290 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26291 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26292 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26294 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26296 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26297 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26298 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26299 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26300 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26301 all the table specific features.
26303 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26305 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26308 \(fn)" t nil)
26310 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26311 Recognize all tables within region.
26312 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26313 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26314 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26315 specific features.
26317 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26319 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26322 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26324 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26325 Recognize a table at point.
26326 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26327 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26328 the table specific features.
26330 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26332 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26335 \(fn)" t nil)
26337 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26338 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26339 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26340 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26341 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26342 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26343 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26345 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26347 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26350 \(fn)" t nil)
26352 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26353 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26354 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26355 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26356 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26357 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26358 specified.
26360 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26362 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26363 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26364 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26365 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefore, the cell
26366 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26367 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26368 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26369 table structure.
26371 \(fn N)" t nil)
26373 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26374 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26375 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26376 table's rectangle structure.
26378 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26380 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26381 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26382 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26383 table's rectangle structure.
26385 \(fn N)" t nil)
26387 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26388 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26389 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26390 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26391 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26393 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26395 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26396 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26397 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26399 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26400 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26401 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26402 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26403 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26404 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26405 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26407 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26408 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26409 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26410 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26411 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26412 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26413 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26415 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26416 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26417 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26418 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26419 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26420 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26421 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26422 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26424 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26426 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26427 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26428 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26429 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26431 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26433 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26434 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26435 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26437 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26439 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26440 Split current cell vertically.
26441 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26443 \(fn)" t nil)
26445 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26446 Split current cell horizontally.
26447 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26449 \(fn)" t nil)
26451 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26452 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26453 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26455 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26457 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26458 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26459 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26460 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26462 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26464 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26465 Justify cell contents.
26466 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26467 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26468 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26469 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26471 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26473 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26474 Justify cells of a row.
26475 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26476 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26478 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26480 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26481 Justify cells of a column.
26482 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26483 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26485 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26487 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26488 Cell width is fixed when this is non-nil.
26489 Normally it should be nil for allowing automatic cell width expansion
26490 that widens a cell when it is necessary. When non-nil, typing in a
26491 cell does not automatically expand the cell width. A word that is too
26492 long to fit in a cell is chopped into multiple lines. The chopped
26493 location is indicated by `table-word-continuation-char'. This
26494 variable's value can be toggled by \\[table-fixed-width-mode] at
26495 run-time.
26497 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26499 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26500 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26501 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26502 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26503 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26504 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26505 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26506 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26507 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26508 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26509 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26511 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26513 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
26514 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26515 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26516 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26517 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26518 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26519 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26520 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26521 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26522 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26523 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26524 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26525 untouched.
26527 References used for this implementation:
26529 HTML:
26530 URL `http://www.w3.org'
26532 LaTeX:
26533 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
26535 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26536 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
26537 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
26539 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26541 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
26542 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26543 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26544 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26545 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26546 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26547 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26548 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26549 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26550 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26551 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26552 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26553 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26554 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26555 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26556 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26557 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26559 Example:
26561 (progn
26562 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26563 (table-forward-cell 15)
26564 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26565 (table-forward-cell 16)
26566 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26567 (table-forward-cell 1)
26568 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26570 (progn
26571 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26572 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26573 (table-forward-cell 1)
26574 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26576 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26578 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
26579 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26580 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26581 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26582 consists from cells of same height.
26584 \(fn N)" t nil)
26586 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
26587 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26588 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26589 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26590 column must consists from cells of same width.
26592 \(fn N)" t nil)
26594 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
26595 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26596 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26597 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26598 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26599 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26600 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26601 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26602 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26603 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26604 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26605 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26606 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26607 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26608 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26611 Example 1:
26613 1, 2, 3, 4
26614 5, 6, 7, 8
26615 , 9, 10
26617 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26618 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26619 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26620 specified as 5.
26622 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26623 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
26624 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26625 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
26626 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26627 | | 9 | 10 | |
26628 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26630 Note:
26632 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26633 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26634 of each row is optional.
26637 Example 2:
26639 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26640 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26641 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26642 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26643 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26645 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26646 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26648 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26649 expression and raw delimiter regular
26650 expression, it parses the specified text
26651 area and extracts cell items from
26652 non-table text and then forms a table out
26653 of them.
26655 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26656 creates a single cell table. The text in
26657 the specified region is placed in that
26658 cell.-*-
26660 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26661 like this.
26663 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26664 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26665 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26667 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26668 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26669 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26670 | area and extracts cell items from |
26671 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26672 | of them. |
26674 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26675 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26676 | the specified region is placed in that |
26677 | cell. |
26678 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26680 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26681 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26682 independently.
26684 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26685 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26686 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26687 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26688 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26689 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26690 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26691 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26692 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26693 | |of them. |
26694 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26695 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26696 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26697 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26698 | |cell. |
26699 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26701 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26702 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26703 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26705 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26707 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
26708 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26709 Remove the frame from a table and deactivate the table. This command
26710 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26711 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26713 \(fn)" t nil)
26715 ;;;***
26717 ;;;### (autoloads nil "talk" "talk.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
26718 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26720 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
26721 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26723 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26725 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
26726 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
26728 \(fn)" t nil)
26730 ;;;***
26732 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (21291 53104 431149
26733 ;;;;;; 0))
26734 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26736 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
26737 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26738 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26739 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26740 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26741 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26742 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26744 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26745 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26746 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26747 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26749 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26750 \\{tar-mode-map}
26752 \(fn)" t nil)
26754 ;;;***
26756 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcl" "progmodes/tcl.el" (21291 53104 431149
26757 ;;;;;; 0))
26758 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26760 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
26761 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26762 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26763 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26764 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26765 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26767 Variables controlling indentation style:
26768 `tcl-indent-level'
26769 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26770 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26771 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26773 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26774 documentation for details):
26775 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26776 Controls action of TAB key.
26777 `tcl-auto-newline'
26778 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26779 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26780 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26781 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26782 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26784 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26785 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26786 already exist.
26788 \(fn)" t nil)
26790 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
26791 Run inferior Tcl process.
26792 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26793 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26795 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
26797 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
26798 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26799 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26801 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26803 ;;;***
26805 ;;;### (autoloads nil "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (21291 53104 431149
26806 ;;;;;; 0))
26807 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26809 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
26810 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26811 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26812 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26814 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26815 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26816 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26817 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26818 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26820 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26822 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
26823 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26824 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26825 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26827 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
26829 ;;;***
26831 ;;;### (autoloads nil "term" "term.el" (21341 23900 988149 0))
26832 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26834 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
26835 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26836 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26837 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26838 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26839 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26841 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26843 (autoload 'term "term" "\
26844 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26845 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26846 commands to use in that buffer.
26848 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26850 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26852 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
26853 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26855 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26857 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
26858 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
26859 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
26860 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
26861 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
26862 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
26863 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
26864 `serial-process-configure' for details.
26865 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
26866 use in that buffer.
26867 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26869 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
26871 ;;;***
26873 ;;;### (autoloads nil "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el" (21291
26874 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
26875 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26877 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
26878 Start coverage on function under point.
26880 \(fn)" t nil)
26882 ;;;***
26884 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (21291 53104 431149
26885 ;;;;;; 0))
26886 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26887 (push (purecopy '(tetris 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
26889 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
26890 Play the Tetris game.
26891 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26892 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26893 as to form complete rows.
26895 tetris-mode keybindings:
26896 \\<tetris-mode-map>
26897 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
26898 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
26899 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26900 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26901 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26902 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26903 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26904 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26906 \(fn)" t nil)
26908 ;;;***
26910 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el" (21461 43491
26911 ;;;;;; 589246 0))
26912 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26914 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26915 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26917 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
26919 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
26920 Directory in which temporary files are written.
26921 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26922 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26923 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26925 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
26927 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26928 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26929 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26930 if it matches the first line of the file,
26931 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26933 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
26935 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26936 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26937 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26938 if the variable is non-nil.")
26940 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
26942 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26943 If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26945 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
26947 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
26948 Command used to run TeX subjob.
26949 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26950 See the documentation of that variable.")
26952 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26954 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
26955 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26956 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26957 See the documentation of that variable.")
26959 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26961 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
26962 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
26963 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26964 See the documentation of that variable.")
26966 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26968 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
26969 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
26970 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
26971 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
26972 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26974 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
26976 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
26977 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
26978 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
26979 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26981 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
26983 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
26984 User defined LaTeX block names.
26985 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
26987 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
26989 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
26990 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
26991 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26992 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26994 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
26996 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
26997 Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26998 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26999 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27001 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27003 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27004 Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
27005 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27006 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
27008 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
27009 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
27010 for example,
27012 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27013 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
27015 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
27016 use.")
27018 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27020 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
27021 Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
27022 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
27023 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27024 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
27026 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
27028 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
27030 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
27031 Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
27032 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
27034 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
27036 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
27037 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
27038 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
27039 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
27040 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
27042 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
27044 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27045 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27047 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
27049 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27050 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27052 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
27054 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27055 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
27056 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
27057 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
27058 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
27059 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
27060 says which mode to use.
27062 \(fn)" t nil)
27064 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
27066 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
27068 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
27070 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27071 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
27072 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27073 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27074 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27076 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
27077 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
27078 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27079 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27080 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27081 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27082 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27084 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27085 mismatched $'s or braces.
27087 Special commands:
27088 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
27090 Mode variables:
27091 tex-run-command
27092 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27093 tex-directory
27094 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
27095 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27096 tex-dvi-print-command
27097 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27098 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27099 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27100 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27101 tex-dvi-view-command
27102 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27103 tex-show-queue-command
27104 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27105 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27107 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27108 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
27109 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27111 \(fn)" t nil)
27113 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27114 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27115 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27116 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27117 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27119 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27120 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27121 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27122 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27123 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27124 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27125 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27127 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27128 mismatched $'s or braces.
27130 Special commands:
27131 \\{latex-mode-map}
27133 Mode variables:
27134 latex-run-command
27135 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27136 tex-directory
27137 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27138 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27139 tex-dvi-print-command
27140 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27141 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27142 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27143 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27144 tex-dvi-view-command
27145 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27146 tex-show-queue-command
27147 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27148 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27150 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27151 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27152 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27154 \(fn)" t nil)
27156 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27157 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27158 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27159 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27160 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27162 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27163 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27164 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27165 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27166 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27167 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27168 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27170 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27171 mismatched $'s or braces.
27173 Special commands:
27174 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27176 Mode variables:
27177 slitex-run-command
27178 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27179 tex-directory
27180 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27181 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27182 tex-dvi-print-command
27183 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27184 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27185 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27186 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27187 tex-dvi-view-command
27188 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27189 tex-show-queue-command
27190 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27191 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27193 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27194 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27195 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27196 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27198 \(fn)" t nil)
27200 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27203 \(fn)" nil nil)
27205 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27206 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27208 \(fn)" t nil)
27210 ;;;***
27212 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (21291 53104
27213 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
27214 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27216 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27217 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27218 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27219 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27221 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27222 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27223 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27225 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27227 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27228 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27229 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27230 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27231 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27233 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27235 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27236 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27237 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27238 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27240 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27241 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27242 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27243 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27245 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27246 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27248 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27250 ;;;***
27252 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (21412 28481
27253 ;;;;;; 677015 0))
27254 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27256 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27257 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27259 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27261 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27262 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27264 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27266 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27267 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27269 It has these extra commands:
27270 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27272 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27273 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27274 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27275 modified version of TeX input format.
27277 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27278 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27279 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27280 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27282 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27283 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27284 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27285 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27286 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27287 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27288 in the Texinfo file.
27290 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27291 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27292 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27293 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27294 move forward past the closing brace.
27296 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27297 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27299 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27300 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27301 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27303 Here are the functions:
27305 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27306 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27307 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27309 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27310 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27311 texinfo-master-menu
27313 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27315 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27316 which menu descriptions are indented.
27318 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27319 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27320 in the region.
27322 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27323 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27324 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27325 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27327 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27328 be the first node in the file.
27330 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27331 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27333 \(fn)" t nil)
27335 ;;;***
27337 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (21291
27338 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
27339 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27341 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27342 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27343 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27344 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27346 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27348 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27349 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27351 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27353 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27354 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27356 \(fn)" t nil)
27358 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27361 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
27363 ;;;***
27365 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (21291 53104 431149
27366 ;;;;;; 0))
27367 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27369 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27370 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27371 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27372 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27373 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27374 `line', and `page'.
27376 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27378 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27379 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27380 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27381 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27382 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27383 `line', and `page'.
27385 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
27386 valid THING.
27388 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
27389 positions of the thing found.
27391 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27393 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27394 Return the THING at point.
27395 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27396 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27397 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27398 `line', `number', and `page'.
27400 When the optional argument NO-PROPERTIES is non-nil,
27401 strip text properties from the return value.
27403 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27404 a symbol as a valid THING.
27406 \(fn THING &optional NO-PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
27408 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27409 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
27411 \(fn)" nil nil)
27413 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27414 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
27416 \(fn)" nil nil)
27418 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27419 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
27421 \(fn)" nil nil)
27423 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27424 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
27426 \(fn)" nil nil)
27428 ;;;***
27430 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thumbs" "thumbs.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
27431 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27433 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27434 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27436 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
27438 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27439 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27440 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27441 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27443 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27445 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27446 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27448 \(fn)" t nil)
27450 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27451 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27453 \(fn)" t nil)
27455 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27457 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27458 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27460 \(fn)" t nil)
27462 ;;;***
27464 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (21291
27465 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
27466 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27468 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27469 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27470 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27472 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
27474 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
27475 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27477 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27479 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
27480 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27481 The returned string has no composition information.
27483 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27485 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
27486 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27488 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27490 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
27491 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27493 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27495 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
27496 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27497 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27498 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27500 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27502 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
27503 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27504 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27505 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27507 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27509 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27510 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27511 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27513 \(fn)" t nil)
27515 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27516 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27517 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27519 \(fn)" t nil)
27521 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27524 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27526 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27529 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27531 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
27534 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27536 ;;;***
27538 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el" (21291 53104
27539 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
27540 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27541 (push (purecopy '(tildify 4 5)) package--builtin-versions)
27543 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
27544 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27545 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27546 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27547 parameters.
27548 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27550 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27552 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
27553 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27554 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27555 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27556 parameters.
27557 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27559 \(fn)" t nil)
27561 ;;;***
27563 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time" "time.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
27564 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27566 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27567 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27569 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
27570 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
27572 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
27573 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27574 This display updates automatically every minute.
27575 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27576 are displayed as well.
27577 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27579 \(fn)" t nil)
27581 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27582 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27583 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27584 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27585 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27586 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27588 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
27590 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
27591 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27592 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Time mode if ARG is
27593 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27594 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
27596 When Display Time mode is enabled, it updates every minute (you
27597 can control the number of seconds between updates by customizing
27598 `display-time-interval'). If `display-time-day-and-date' is
27599 non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well. This
27600 runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27602 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27604 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
27605 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
27606 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
27607 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
27609 \(fn)" t nil)
27611 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
27612 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
27613 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
27614 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
27616 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
27618 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
27619 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
27621 \(fn)" t nil)
27623 ;;;***
27625 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (21291
27626 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
27627 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27629 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
27630 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27631 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
27633 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27634 (if (or (featurep 'emacs)
27635 (and (fboundp 'float-time)
27636 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time))))
27637 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
27638 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
27640 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
27641 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
27643 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27645 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date" "\
27646 Return non-nil if time value T1 is earlier than time value T2.
27648 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27650 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
27651 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27653 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27655 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
27656 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27657 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27659 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27661 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
27663 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date" "\
27664 Subtract two time values, T1 minus T2.
27665 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
27667 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27669 (autoload 'time-add "time-date" "\
27670 Add two time values T1 and T2. One should represent a time difference.
27672 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27674 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
27675 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27676 DATE should be a date-time string.
27678 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27680 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
27681 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27682 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27684 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27686 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
27687 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27689 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27691 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
27692 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27694 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27696 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
27697 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27698 TIME should be a time value.
27699 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27701 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27703 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
27704 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27705 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27707 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27709 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
27710 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
27711 The valid format specifiers are:
27712 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
27713 %d is the number of days.
27714 %h is the number of hours.
27715 %m is the number of minutes.
27716 %s is the number of seconds.
27717 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
27718 %% is a literal \"%\".
27720 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
27721 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
27723 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
27724 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
27725 return something of the form \"001 year\".
27727 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
27728 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
27729 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
27731 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
27733 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
27735 ;;;***
27737 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-stamp" "time-stamp.el" (21291 53104 431149
27738 ;;;;;; 0))
27739 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27740 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27741 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
27742 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27743 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27744 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27745 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27746 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27747 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27749 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
27750 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27751 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27752 every time you save the file. Add this line to your init file:
27753 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27754 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27755 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27756 look like one of the following:
27757 Time-stamp: <>
27758 Time-stamp: \" \"
27759 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27760 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27761 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27762 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27763 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27764 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27765 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27766 the template.
27768 \(fn)" t nil)
27770 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
27771 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27772 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27774 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27776 ;;;***
27778 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el" (21291
27779 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
27780 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27781 (push (purecopy '(timeclock 2 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
27783 (defvar timeclock-mode-line-display nil "\
27784 Non-nil if Timeclock-Mode-Line-Display mode is enabled.
27785 See the command `timeclock-mode-line-display' for a description of this minor mode.
27786 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27787 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27788 or call the function `timeclock-mode-line-display'.")
27790 (custom-autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" nil)
27792 (autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" "\
27793 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the mode line.
27794 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27795 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the mode line
27796 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27797 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27798 updating. With prefix ARG, turn mode line display on if and only
27799 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock mode line
27800 display (non-nil means on).
27802 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27804 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
27805 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27806 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27807 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
27808 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27809 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27810 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27811 this function is called within a day.
27813 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27814 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27815 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27816 discover the name of the project.
27818 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27820 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
27821 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27822 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27823 begun during the last time segment.
27825 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27826 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27827 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27828 discover the reason.
27830 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27832 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
27833 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27834 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27835 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27836 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27838 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27840 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
27841 Change to working on a different project.
27842 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27843 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27844 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27845 working on.
27847 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27849 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
27850 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27851 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27853 \(fn)" nil nil)
27855 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
27856 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27857 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27859 \(fn)" t nil)
27861 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
27862 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27863 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27864 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27865 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27866 \"relative to today\".
27868 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27870 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
27871 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27872 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27873 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27875 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27877 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
27878 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27879 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27880 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27881 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27882 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27884 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27886 ;;;***
27888 ;;;### (autoloads nil "titdic-cnv" "international/titdic-cnv.el"
27889 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 431149 0))
27890 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27892 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27893 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27894 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27895 the generated Quail package is saved.
27897 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27899 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27900 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27901 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27902 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27903 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27904 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27905 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27907 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27909 ;;;***
27911 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tmm" "tmm.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
27912 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27913 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27914 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27916 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
27917 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27918 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27919 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27920 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27922 Note that \\[menu-bar-open] by default drops down TTY menus; if you want it
27923 to invoke `tmm-menubar' instead, customize the variable
27924 `tty-menu-open-use-tmm' to a non-nil value.
27926 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27928 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
27929 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27930 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27931 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27932 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27934 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27936 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
27937 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27938 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27939 in the menu in two ways:
27940 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27941 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27942 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27944 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27945 keymap or an alist of alists.
27946 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27947 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27949 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27951 ;;;***
27953 ;;;### (autoloads nil "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (21469
27954 ;;;;;; 45425 622894 0))
27955 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27957 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
27958 Visit a todo file and display one of its categories.
27960 When invoked in Todo mode, prompt for which todo file to visit.
27961 When invoked outside of Todo mode with non-nil prefix argument
27962 SOLICIT-FILE prompt for which todo file to visit; otherwise visit
27963 `todo-default-todo-file'. Subsequent invocations from outside
27964 of Todo mode revisit this file or, with option
27965 `todo-show-current-file' non-nil (the default), whichever todo
27966 file was last visited.
27968 If you call this command before you have created any todo file in
27969 the current format, and you have an todo file in old format, it
27970 will ask you whether to convert that file and show it.
27971 Otherwise, calling this command before any todo file exists
27972 prompts for a file name and an initial category (defaulting to
27973 `todo-initial-file' and `todo-initial-category'), creates both of
27974 these, visits the file and displays the category, and if option
27975 `todo-add-item-if-new-category' is non-nil (the default), prompts
27976 for the first item.
27978 The first invocation of this command on an existing todo file
27979 interacts with the option `todo-show-first': if its value is
27980 `first' (the default), show the first category in the file; if
27981 its value is `table', show the table of categories in the file;
27982 if its value is one of `top', `diary' or `regexp', show the
27983 corresponding saved top priorities, diary items, or regexp items
27984 file, if any. Subsequent invocations always show the file's
27985 current (i.e., last displayed) category.
27987 In Todo mode just the category's unfinished todo items are shown
27988 by default. The done items are hidden, but typing
27989 `\\[todo-toggle-view-done-items]' displays them below the todo
27990 items. With non-nil user option `todo-show-with-done' both todo
27991 and done items are always shown on visiting a category.
27993 Invoking this command in Todo Archive mode visits the
27994 corresponding todo file, displaying the corresponding category.
27996 \(fn &optional SOLICIT-FILE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
27998 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
27999 Major mode for displaying, navigating and editing todo lists.
28001 \\{todo-mode-map}
28003 \(fn)" t nil)
28005 (autoload 'todo-archive-mode "todo-mode" "\
28006 Major mode for archived todo categories.
28008 \\{todo-archive-mode-map}
28010 \(fn)" t nil)
28012 (autoload 'todo-filtered-items-mode "todo-mode" "\
28013 Mode for displaying and reprioritizing top priority Todo.
28015 \\{todo-filtered-items-mode-map}
28017 \(fn)" t nil)
28019 ;;;***
28021 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (21291 53104 431149
28022 ;;;;;; 0))
28023 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
28025 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
28026 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
28027 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
28029 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28031 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
28032 Add an item to the tool bar.
28033 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28034 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28035 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28036 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28038 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28039 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28040 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28041 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28043 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28044 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
28046 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28048 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
28049 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
28050 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28051 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28052 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28053 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28055 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28056 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28057 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28058 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28060 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28062 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28063 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
28064 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
28065 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28066 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28067 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28068 properties to add to the binding.
28070 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
28072 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28073 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
28075 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28077 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28078 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
28079 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28080 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28081 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28082 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28083 properties to add to the binding.
28085 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28086 holds a keymap.
28088 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28090 ;;;***
28092 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (21291 53104
28093 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
28094 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
28095 (push (purecopy '(tpu-edt 4 5)) package--builtin-versions)
28097 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
28098 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
28099 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28100 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28101 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28102 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
28104 (custom-autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" nil)
28106 (autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" "\
28107 Toggle TPU/edt emulation on or off.
28108 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
28109 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
28110 if ARG is omitted or nil.
28112 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28114 (defalias 'tpu-edt 'tpu-edt-on)
28116 (autoload 'tpu-edt-on "tpu-edt" "\
28117 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
28119 \(fn)" t nil)
28121 ;;;***
28123 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tpu-mapper" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el" (21291
28124 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
28125 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-mapper.el
28127 (autoload 'tpu-mapper "tpu-mapper" "\
28128 Create an Emacs lisp file defining the TPU-edt keypad for X-windows.
28130 This command displays an instruction screen showing the TPU-edt keypad
28131 and asks you to press the TPU-edt editing keys. It uses the keys you
28132 press to create an Emacs Lisp file that will define a TPU-edt keypad
28133 for your X server. You can even re-arrange the standard EDT keypad to
28134 suit your tastes (or to cope with those silly Sun and PC keypads).
28136 Finally, you will be prompted for the name of the file to store the key
28137 definitions. If you chose the default, TPU-edt will find it and load it
28138 automatically. If you specify a different file name, you will need to
28139 set the variable ``tpu-xkeys-file'' before starting TPU-edt. Here's how
28140 you might go about doing that in your init file.
28142 (setq tpu-xkeys-file (expand-file-name \"~/.my-emacs-x-keys\"))
28143 (tpu-edt)
28145 Known Problems:
28147 Sometimes, tpu-mapper will ignore a key you press, and just continue to
28148 prompt for the same key. This can happen when your window manager sucks
28149 up the key and doesn't pass it on to Emacs, or it could be an Emacs bug.
28150 Either way, there's nothing that tpu-mapper can do about it. You must
28151 press RETURN, to skip the current key and continue. Later, you and/or
28152 your local X guru can try to figure out why the key is being ignored.
28154 \(fn)" t nil)
28156 ;;;***
28158 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (21291 53104 431149
28159 ;;;;;; 0))
28160 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28162 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
28163 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28164 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28165 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28166 to a tcp server on another machine.
28168 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28170 ;;;***
28172 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (21291 53104
28173 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
28174 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28176 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
28177 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28179 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
28181 (autoload 'trace-values "trace" "\
28182 Helper function to get internal values.
28183 You can call this function to add internal values in the trace buffer.
28185 \(fn &rest VALUES)" nil nil)
28187 (autoload 'trace-function-foreground "trace" "\
28188 Trace calls to function FUNCTION.
28189 With a prefix argument, also prompt for the trace buffer (default
28190 `trace-buffer'), and a Lisp expression CONTEXT.
28192 Tracing a function causes every call to that function to insert
28193 into BUFFER Lisp-style trace messages that display the function's
28194 arguments and return values. It also evaluates CONTEXT, if that is
28195 non-nil, and inserts its value too. For example, you can use this
28196 to track the current buffer, or position of point.
28198 This function creates BUFFER if it does not exist. This buffer will
28199 popup whenever FUNCTION is called. Do not use this function to trace
28200 functions that switch buffers, or do any other display-oriented
28201 stuff - use `trace-function-background' instead.
28203 To stop tracing a function, use `untrace-function' or `untrace-all'.
28205 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28207 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28208 Trace calls to function FUNCTION, quietly.
28209 This is like `trace-function-foreground', but without popping up
28210 the output buffer or changing the window configuration.
28212 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28214 (defalias 'trace-function 'trace-function-foreground)
28216 ;;;***
28218 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (21391 16284 875808
28219 ;;;;;; 0))
28220 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28222 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
28223 Whether Tramp is enabled.
28224 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
28226 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
28228 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28229 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28231 It can have the following values:
28233 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28234 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs.")
28236 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28238 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\(\\[.*\\]\\|[^/|:]\\{2,\\}[^/|]*\\):" "\\`/[^/|:][^/|]*:") "\
28239 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28240 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28241 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28243 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28245 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28246 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28247 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28248 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28250 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28251 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28252 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28253 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28254 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28255 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28256 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28257 files which are not really Tramp files.
28259 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28260 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28261 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28262 updated after changing this variable.
28264 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28266 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'" "\\`/[^/]*\\'") "\
28267 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28268 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
28269 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28271 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28273 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'" "\
28274 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28275 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28276 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28278 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28279 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28280 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28282 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28283 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28284 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28285 updated after changing this variable.
28287 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28289 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28290 Alist of completion handler functions.
28291 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations
28292 not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file name handler
28293 functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
28295 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28296 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28297 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28298 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28300 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28301 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28302 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28304 (defun tramp-autoload-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28305 Load Tramp file name handler, and perform OPERATION." (let ((default-directory temporary-file-directory)) (load "tramp" nil t)) (apply operation args))
28307 (defun tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers nil "\
28308 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist' during autoload." (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t))
28310 (tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers)
28312 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28315 \(fn)" nil nil)
28317 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28318 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28320 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28322 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28323 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28325 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28327 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28328 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28330 \(fn)" t nil)
28332 ;;;***
28334 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el" (21291 53104
28335 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
28336 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28338 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28341 \(fn)" nil nil)
28343 ;;;***
28345 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (21464 17294 690912
28346 ;;;;;; 0))
28347 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28349 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28350 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28351 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28352 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28353 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28354 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28355 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28356 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28358 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28359 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28360 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28362 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28363 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28364 resumed later.
28366 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28368 ;;;***
28370 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el" (20352 35897
28371 ;;;;;; 183049 0))
28372 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28374 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28377 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28379 ;;;***
28381 ;;;### (autoloads nil "two-column" "textmodes/two-column.el" (21291
28382 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
28383 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28384 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28385 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28386 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28388 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28389 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28390 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28391 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28392 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28393 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28394 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28396 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28398 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28399 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28400 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28401 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28403 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28405 \(fn)" t nil)
28407 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28408 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28409 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28410 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28411 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28412 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28413 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28415 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28416 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28418 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28419 \\___/\\
28420 / \\
28421 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28423 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28425 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28427 ;;;***
28429 ;;;### (autoloads nil "type-break" "type-break.el" (21291 53104 431149
28430 ;;;;;; 0))
28431 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28433 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28434 Non-nil if Type-Break mode is enabled.
28435 See the command `type-break-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28436 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28437 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28438 or call the function `type-break-mode'.")
28440 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28442 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28443 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28444 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28446 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28447 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28448 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28449 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28450 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28451 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28452 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28454 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28455 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28457 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28458 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28459 reset the keystroke counter.
28461 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28462 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28463 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28464 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28466 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28467 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28468 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28469 `type-break-schedule' command.
28471 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28472 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28473 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28474 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28475 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28476 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28477 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28478 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28479 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28481 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28482 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28483 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28484 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28485 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28487 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28488 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28489 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28490 approximate good values for this.
28492 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28493 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28495 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28496 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28497 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28498 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28499 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28500 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28502 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28503 a typing break occur. They include:
28505 `type-break-query-mode'
28506 `type-break-query-function'
28507 `type-break-query-interval'
28509 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28511 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28512 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28513 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28514 problems.
28516 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28518 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
28519 Take a typing break.
28521 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28522 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28524 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28525 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28527 \(fn)" t nil)
28529 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
28530 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28531 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28532 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28534 \(fn)" t nil)
28536 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
28537 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28539 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28540 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28541 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28542 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28543 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28544 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28545 average typing speed.)
28547 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28548 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28549 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28550 the computed maximum threshold.
28552 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28553 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28554 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28555 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28556 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28558 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28560 ;;;***
28562 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uce" "mail/uce.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
28563 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
28565 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
28566 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
28567 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
28568 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
28569 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
28571 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
28573 ;;;***
28575 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ucs-normalize" "international/ucs-normalize.el"
28576 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 431149 0))
28577 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
28579 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28580 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
28582 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28584 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28585 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
28587 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28589 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28590 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
28592 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28594 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28595 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
28597 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28599 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28600 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
28602 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28604 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28605 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
28607 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28609 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28610 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
28612 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28614 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28615 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
28617 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28619 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28620 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28622 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28624 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28625 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28627 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28629 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28630 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28632 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28634 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28635 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28637 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28639 ;;;***
28641 ;;;### (autoloads nil "underline" "textmodes/underline.el" (21291
28642 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
28643 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28645 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
28646 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28647 Works by overstriking underscores.
28648 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28649 which specify the range to operate on.
28651 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28653 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
28654 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28655 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28656 which specify the range to operate on.
28658 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28660 ;;;***
28662 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el" (21291 53104 431149
28663 ;;;;;; 0))
28664 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28666 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
28667 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to mbox format.
28668 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
28669 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28670 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28671 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28673 \(fn)" nil nil)
28675 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
28676 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to mbox format file TO-FILE.
28677 The variable `unrmail-mbox-format' controls which mbox format to use.
28679 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28681 ;;;***
28683 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (21291 53104
28684 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
28685 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28687 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
28688 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
28689 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
28690 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
28692 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28694 ;;;***
28696 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url" "url/url.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
28697 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28699 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
28700 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28701 URL is either a string or a parsed URL. If it is a string
28702 containing characters that are not valid in a URI, those
28703 characters are percent-encoded; see `url-encode-url'.
28705 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28706 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28707 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28708 STATUS is a plist representing what happened during the request,
28709 with most recent events first, or an empty list if no events have
28710 occurred. Each pair is one of:
28712 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28713 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28714 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28716 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28717 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28718 the callback is not called).
28720 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28721 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28722 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28723 take effect.
28725 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
28726 If INHIBIT-COOKIES, cookies will neither be stored nor sent to
28727 the server.
28728 If URL is a multibyte string, it will be encoded as utf-8 and
28729 URL-encoded before it's used.
28731 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28733 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
28734 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28735 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28736 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28737 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28739 \(fn URL &optional SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28741 ;;;***
28743 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (21291 53104 431149
28744 ;;;;;; 0))
28745 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28747 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
28748 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28749 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28751 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28752 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28753 `url-generic-parse-url'
28754 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28755 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28756 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28757 realm
28758 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28759 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28760 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28761 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28762 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28763 what type of auth to use
28764 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28765 if one cannot be found in the cache
28767 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28769 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
28770 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28772 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
28773 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
28774 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28775 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
28776 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
28777 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28778 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28779 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28781 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28783 ;;;***
28785 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (21291 53104
28786 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
28787 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28789 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
28790 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28792 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28794 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
28795 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28796 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
28798 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28800 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
28801 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
28803 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28805 ;;;***
28807 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (21291 53104 431149
28808 ;;;;;; 0))
28809 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28811 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
28814 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28816 ;;;***
28818 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-dav" "url/url-dav.el" (21291 53104 431149
28819 ;;;;;; 0))
28820 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28822 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
28823 Return WebDAV protocol version supported by URL.
28824 Returns nil if WebDAV is not supported.
28826 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28828 (autoload 'url-dav-request "url-dav" "\
28829 Perform WebDAV operation METHOD on URL. Return the parsed responses.
28830 Automatically creates an XML request body if TAG is non-nil.
28831 BODY is the XML document fragment to be enclosed by <TAG></TAG>.
28833 DEPTH is how deep the request should propagate. Default is 0, meaning
28834 it should apply only to URL. A negative number means to use
28835 `Infinity' for the depth. Not all WebDAV servers support this depth
28836 though.
28838 HEADERS is an assoc list of extra headers to send in the request.
28840 NAMESPACES is an assoc list of (NAMESPACE . EXPANSION), and these are
28841 added to the <TAG> element. The DAV=DAV: namespace is automatically
28842 added to this list, so most requests can just pass in nil.
28844 \(fn URL METHOD TAG BODY &optional DEPTH HEADERS NAMESPACES)" nil nil)
28846 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
28849 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28851 ;;;***
28853 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (21291 53104 431149
28854 ;;;;;; 0))
28855 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28857 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
28858 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28860 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28862 ;;;***
28864 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-gw" "url/url-gw.el" (21291 53104 431149
28865 ;;;;;; 0))
28866 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28868 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
28869 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28871 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
28873 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
28874 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28875 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28876 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28877 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28879 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
28881 ;;;***
28883 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (21419
28884 ;;;;;; 46255 468379 0))
28885 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28887 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28888 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28889 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28890 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28891 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28892 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28894 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
28896 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
28897 Toggle using `url' library for URL filenames (URL Handler mode).
28898 With a prefix argument ARG, enable URL Handler mode if ARG is
28899 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28900 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
28902 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28904 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
28905 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
28906 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
28907 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
28909 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28911 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
28912 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28913 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28914 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28915 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28916 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28917 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28918 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
28919 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
28920 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28922 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
28924 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
28925 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28926 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28927 accessible.
28929 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28931 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
28934 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28936 ;;;***
28938 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (21419 46255 468379
28939 ;;;;;; 0))
28940 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28941 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
28943 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
28944 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
28945 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
28946 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
28947 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
28949 ;;;***
28951 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (21291 53104 431149
28952 ;;;;;; 0))
28953 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
28955 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
28958 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28960 ;;;***
28962 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (21291 53104 431149
28963 ;;;;;; 0))
28964 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
28966 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
28967 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
28968 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
28969 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
28970 `url-generic-parse-url'.
28972 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28974 ;;;***
28976 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el" (21291 53104
28977 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
28978 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
28980 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
28983 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28985 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
28986 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
28988 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28990 ;;;***
28992 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (21291 53104 431149
28993 ;;;;;; 0))
28994 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
28996 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
28997 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
28999 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29001 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
29002 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
29004 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29006 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
29009 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29011 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29013 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29015 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29017 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
29018 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
29020 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29022 ;;;***
29024 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-news" "url/url-news.el" (21291 53104 431149
29025 ;;;;;; 0))
29026 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
29028 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
29031 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29033 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
29036 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29038 ;;;***
29040 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el" (21291 53104 431149
29041 ;;;;;; 0))
29042 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
29044 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
29047 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29049 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
29052 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
29054 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
29057 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29059 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
29062 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29064 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
29067 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
29069 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
29072 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
29074 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
29077 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
29079 ;;;***
29081 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-parse" "url/url-parse.el" (21346 62196
29082 ;;;;;; 327729 0))
29083 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
29085 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
29086 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
29088 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
29090 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
29091 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
29092 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
29094 TYPE is the URI scheme (string or nil).
29095 USER is the user name (string or nil).
29096 PASSWORD is the password (string [deprecated] or nil).
29097 HOST is the host (a registered name, IP literal in square
29098 brackets, or IPv4 address in dotted-decimal form).
29099 PORTSPEC is the specified port (a number), or nil.
29100 FILENAME is the path AND the query component of the URI.
29101 TARGET is the fragment identifier component (used to refer to a
29102 subordinate resource, e.g. a part of a webpage).
29103 ATTRIBUTES is nil; this slot originally stored the attribute and
29104 value alists for IMAP URIs, but this feature was removed
29105 since it conflicts with RFC 3986.
29106 FULLNESS is non-nil if the hierarchical sequence component of
29107 the URL starts with two slashes, \"//\".
29109 The parser follows RFC 3986, except that it also tries to handle
29110 URIs that are not fully specified (e.g. lacking TYPE), and it
29111 does not check for or perform %-encoding.
29113 Here is an example. The URL
29115 foo://bob:pass@example.com:42/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal#nose
29117 parses to
29119 TYPE = \"foo\"
29120 USER = \"bob\"
29121 PASSWORD = \"pass\"
29122 HOST = \"example.com\"
29123 PORTSPEC = 42
29124 FILENAME = \"/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal\"
29125 TARGET = \"nose\"
29126 ATTRIBUTES = nil
29127 FULLNESS = t
29129 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29131 ;;;***
29133 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el" (21291 53104
29134 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
29135 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29137 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29138 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29140 \(fn)" t nil)
29142 ;;;***
29144 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el" (21291 53104
29145 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
29146 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
29148 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
29149 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29150 This is like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments),
29151 but with limits on the degree of parallelism. The variable
29152 `url-queue-parallel-processes' sets the number of concurrent processes.
29153 The variable `url-queue-timeout' sets a timeout.
29155 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29157 ;;;***
29159 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (21291 53104 431149
29160 ;;;;;; 0))
29161 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29163 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29164 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29165 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29167 If t, all messages will be logged.
29168 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29169 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29171 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29173 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29176 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29178 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29181 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29183 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29184 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29185 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29186 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29187 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29188 & ==> &amp;
29189 < ==> &lt;
29190 > ==> &gt;
29191 \" ==> &quot;
29193 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29195 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29196 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
29197 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29199 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29201 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29202 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29203 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29205 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29207 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29208 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29210 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29212 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29213 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29215 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29217 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29218 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29220 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29222 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29225 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29227 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29230 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29232 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
29234 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29235 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29237 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29239 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29240 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29242 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29244 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29247 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29249 (autoload 'url-build-query-string "url-util" "\
29250 Build a query-string.
29252 Given a QUERY in the form:
29253 '((key1 val1)
29254 (key2 val2)
29255 (key3 val1 val2)
29256 (key4)
29257 (key5 \"\"))
29259 \(This is the same format as produced by `url-parse-query-string')
29261 This will return a string
29262 \"key1=val1&key2=val2&key3=val1&key3=val2&key4&key5\". Keys may
29263 be strings or symbols; if they are symbols, the symbol name will
29264 be used.
29266 When SEMICOLONS is given, the separator will be \";\".
29268 When KEEP-EMPTY is given, empty values will show as \"key=\"
29269 instead of just \"key\" as in the example above.
29271 \(fn QUERY &optional SEMICOLONS KEEP-EMPTY)" nil nil)
29273 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29274 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29275 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29276 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29277 forbidden in URL encoding.
29279 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29281 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29282 URI-encode STRING and return the result.
29283 If STRING is multibyte, it is first converted to a utf-8 byte
29284 string. Each byte corresponding to an allowed character is left
29285 as-is, while all other bytes are converted to a three-character
29286 string: \"%\" followed by two upper-case hex digits.
29288 The allowed characters are specified by ALLOWED-CHARS. If this
29289 argument is nil, the list `url-unreserved-chars' determines the
29290 allowed characters. Otherwise, ALLOWED-CHARS should be a vector
29291 whose Nth element is non-nil if character N is allowed.
29293 \(fn STRING &optional ALLOWED-CHARS)" nil nil)
29295 (autoload 'url-encode-url "url-util" "\
29296 Return a properly URI-encoded version of URL.
29297 This function also performs URI normalization, e.g. converting
29298 the scheme to lowercase if it is uppercase. Apart from
29299 normalization, if URL is already URI-encoded, this function
29300 should return it unchanged.
29302 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29304 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29305 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29306 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29307 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29309 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29311 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29312 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29313 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29315 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29317 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29318 View the current document's URL.
29319 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29320 the minibuffer.
29322 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29324 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29326 ;;;***
29328 ;;;### (autoloads nil "userlock" "userlock.el" (21291 53104 431149
29329 ;;;;;; 0))
29330 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29332 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29333 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29334 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29335 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29336 to refrain from editing the file
29337 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29338 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29339 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29340 in any way you like.
29342 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29344 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29345 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29346 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29347 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29348 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29350 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29351 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29353 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
29355 ;;;***
29357 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (21291 53104
29358 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
29359 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29361 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29364 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29366 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29369 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29371 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29374 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29376 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29379 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29381 ;;;***
29383 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf7" "gnus/utf7.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
29384 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/utf7.el
29386 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
29387 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
29389 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
29391 ;;;***
29393 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el" (21291 53104
29394 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
29395 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29397 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29398 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29399 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29400 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29402 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29404 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29405 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29406 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29408 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29410 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29411 Uudecode region between START and END.
29412 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29414 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29416 ;;;***
29418 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc" "vc/vc.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
29419 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
29421 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29422 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29423 See `run-hooks'.")
29425 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29427 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29428 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29429 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29431 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29433 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29434 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29435 See `run-hooks'.")
29437 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29439 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29440 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29441 This requires that all files in the current VC fileset be in the
29442 same state. If not, signal an error.
29444 For merging-based version control systems:
29445 If every file in the VC fileset is not registered for version
29446 control, register the fileset (but don't commit).
29447 If every work file in the VC fileset is added or changed, pop
29448 up a *vc-log* buffer to commit the fileset.
29449 For a centralized version control system, if any work file in
29450 the VC fileset is out of date, offer to update the fileset.
29452 For old-style locking-based version control systems, like RCS:
29453 If every file is not registered, register the file(s).
29454 If every file is registered and unlocked, check out (lock)
29455 the file(s) for editing.
29456 If every file is locked by you and has changes, pop up a
29457 *vc-log* buffer to check in the changes. If the variable
29458 `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (the default), leave a
29459 read-only copy of each changed file after checking in.
29460 If every file is locked by you and unchanged, unlock them.
29461 If every file is locked by someone else, offer to steal the lock.
29463 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29465 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29466 Register into a version control system.
29467 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
29468 Otherwise register the current file.
29469 With prefix argument SET-REVISION, allow user to specify initial revision
29470 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29472 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29473 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29474 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29475 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29476 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29477 first backend that could register the file is used.
29479 \(fn &optional SET-REVISION VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
29481 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
29482 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
29484 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29486 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
29487 Display diffs between file revisions.
29488 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29489 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29490 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29492 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29493 saving the buffer.
29495 \(fn &optional HISTORIC NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29497 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
29498 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
29499 repository history using ediff.
29501 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29503 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
29504 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
29505 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29506 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29507 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29509 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29510 saving the buffer.
29512 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29514 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
29515 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
29516 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
29517 fileset with the working revision.
29518 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
29519 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29521 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29522 saving the buffer.
29524 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29526 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
29527 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
29528 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
29529 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29531 \(fn REV)" t nil)
29533 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
29534 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29535 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29536 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29538 \(fn)" t nil)
29540 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
29541 Perform a version control merge operation.
29542 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29543 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"merge\"
29544 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
29545 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
29547 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
29548 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
29549 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
29550 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29551 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
29552 changes from the current branch.
29554 \(fn)" t nil)
29556 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
29558 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
29559 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
29560 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
29561 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
29562 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
29563 checked out in that new branch.
29565 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29567 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
29568 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the tag called NAME.
29569 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions.
29570 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29571 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29572 allowed and simply skipped).
29574 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29576 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
29577 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
29578 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
29579 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29580 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29582 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
29583 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
29585 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
29587 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
29588 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
29589 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29590 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29591 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
29593 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
29595 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
29596 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
29597 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29599 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29601 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
29602 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
29603 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29605 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29607 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
29608 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
29609 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29610 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
29612 \(fn)" t nil)
29614 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
29615 Roll back (remove) the most recent changeset committed to the repository.
29616 This may be either a file-level or a repository-level operation,
29617 depending on the underlying version-control system.
29619 \(fn)" t nil)
29621 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
29623 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
29624 Update the current fileset or branch.
29625 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29626 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"pull\"
29627 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
29628 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt.
29630 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
29631 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
29632 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
29633 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
29634 tip revision are merged into the working file.
29636 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29638 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
29640 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
29641 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29642 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29643 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29644 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29645 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29646 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29648 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29650 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
29651 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29652 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29653 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29654 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
29655 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29656 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29657 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29658 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29660 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29662 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
29663 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
29664 If called interactively, read FILE, defaulting to the current
29665 buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29667 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
29669 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
29670 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
29671 If called interactively, read OLD and NEW, defaulting OLD to the
29672 current buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29674 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29676 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
29677 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29678 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29679 directory.
29681 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29683 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29684 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29685 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29687 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29688 log entries should be gathered.
29690 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29692 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
29693 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29695 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29697 ;;;***
29699 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el" (21291 53104
29700 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
29701 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
29703 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
29704 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
29706 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29707 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29708 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29709 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29710 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29711 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29713 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29714 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
29715 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
29716 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29717 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29718 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29719 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29720 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29722 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
29724 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
29726 Customization variables:
29728 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29729 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29730 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
29731 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29733 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
29735 ;;;***
29737 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc/vc-arch.el" (21291 53104 431149
29738 ;;;;;; 0))
29739 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-arch.el
29740 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29741 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29742 (progn
29743 (load "vc-arch" nil t)
29744 (vc-arch-registered file))))
29746 ;;;***
29748 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (21291 53104 431149
29749 ;;;;;; 0))
29750 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
29752 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
29753 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
29755 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format") "\
29756 Name of the format file in a .bzr directory.")
29757 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
29758 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
29759 (progn
29760 (load "vc-bzr" nil t)
29761 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
29763 ;;;***
29765 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (21291 53104 431149
29766 ;;;;;; 0))
29767 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
29768 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29769 "Return non-nil if file F is registered with CVS."
29770 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29771 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29772 (load "vc-cvs" nil t)
29773 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29775 ;;;***
29777 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (21291 53104 431149
29778 ;;;;;; 0))
29779 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
29781 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
29782 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
29783 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
29784 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
29785 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
29787 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
29788 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
29789 The file lines appear later.
29791 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
29792 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
29794 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
29796 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
29798 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
29800 ;;;***
29802 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el" (21445
29803 ;;;;;; 65296 677138 0))
29804 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
29806 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
29807 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
29808 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
29809 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
29810 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
29811 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
29812 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
29813 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
29814 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
29815 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
29816 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
29817 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
29818 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
29819 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
29820 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
29822 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
29824 ;;;***
29826 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (21426 23582 506828
29827 ;;;;;; 0))
29828 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
29829 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
29830 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
29831 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
29832 (progn
29833 (load "vc-git" nil t)
29834 (vc-git-registered file))))
29836 ;;;***
29838 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (21393 64365 929177 0))
29839 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
29840 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
29841 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
29842 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
29843 (progn
29844 (load "vc-hg" nil t)
29845 (vc-hg-registered file))))
29847 ;;;***
29849 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (21291 53104 431149
29850 ;;;;;; 0))
29851 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
29853 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN" "\
29854 Name of the monotone directory.")
29856 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format") "\
29857 Name of the monotone directory's format file.")
29858 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
29859 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
29860 (progn
29861 (load "vc-mtn" nil t)
29862 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
29864 ;;;***
29866 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el" (21371 31054 820435
29867 ;;;;;; 0))
29868 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
29870 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
29871 Where to look for RCS master files.
29872 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29874 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
29876 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29878 ;;;***
29880 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el" (21291 53104 431149
29881 ;;;;;; 0))
29882 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
29884 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
29885 Where to look for SCCS master files.
29886 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29888 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
29890 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29892 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (_dirname basename) "\
29893 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29894 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29895 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29897 ;;;***
29899 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (21291 53104 431149
29900 ;;;;;; 0))
29901 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
29902 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
29903 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
29904 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
29905 "_svn")
29906 (t ".svn"))))
29907 (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
29908 (load "vc-svn" nil t)
29909 (vc-svn-registered f))))
29911 ;;;***
29913 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el" (21291
29914 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
29915 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
29916 (push (purecopy '(vera-mode 2 28)) package--builtin-versions)
29917 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
29919 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
29920 Major mode for editing Vera code.
29922 Usage:
29923 ------
29925 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
29926 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
29927 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
29928 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
29930 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
29931 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
29932 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
29933 completions.
29935 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
29936 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
29938 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
29939 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29941 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
29942 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
29943 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
29945 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
29948 Maintenance:
29949 ------------
29951 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
29952 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
29954 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
29956 Official distribution is at
29957 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
29960 The Vera Mode Maintainer
29961 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
29963 Key bindings:
29964 -------------
29966 \\{vera-mode-map}
29968 \(fn)" t nil)
29970 ;;;***
29972 ;;;### (autoloads nil "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
29973 ;;;;;; (21346 62196 327729 0))
29974 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
29976 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
29977 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
29978 \\<verilog-mode-map>
29979 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
29980 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
29982 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
29984 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
29985 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
29987 Supports highlighting.
29989 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
29990 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
29992 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
29994 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
29995 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
29996 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
29997 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
29998 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
29999 on the left side of your screen.
30000 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
30001 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
30002 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
30003 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
30004 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
30005 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
30006 function keyword.
30007 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
30008 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
30009 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
30010 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
30011 if (a)
30012 begin
30013 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
30014 Indentation for case statements.
30015 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
30016 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
30017 mark after an end.
30018 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
30019 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
30020 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
30021 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
30022 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
30023 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
30024 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
30025 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
30026 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
30027 if (a)
30028 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
30029 otherwise you get:
30030 if (a)
30031 begin
30032 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
30033 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
30034 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
30035 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
30036 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
30037 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
30038 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
30039 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
30040 comments in tight quarters.
30041 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default 'declarations)
30042 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
30044 Variables controlling other actions:
30046 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
30047 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
30048 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
30050 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
30052 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
30054 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
30055 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
30056 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
30058 Some other functions are:
30060 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
30061 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
30062 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
30063 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
30064 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
30066 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
30067 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
30068 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
30069 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
30071 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
30072 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
30073 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
30074 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30075 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
30076 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
30077 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
30078 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
30079 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
30080 \\[verilog-sk-ovm-class] Insert an OVM Class block.
30081 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-object] Insert an UVM Object block.
30082 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-component] Insert an UVM Component block.
30083 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
30084 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
30085 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
30086 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
30087 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30088 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30089 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30090 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
30091 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
30092 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
30093 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
30094 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
30095 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
30096 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
30097 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
30098 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
30099 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
30100 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
30101 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
30103 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
30104 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
30106 \\{verilog-mode-map}
30108 \(fn)" t nil)
30110 ;;;***
30112 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el" (21291
30113 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
30114 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
30116 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
30117 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
30119 Usage:
30120 ------
30122 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
30123 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
30124 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
30125 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
30126 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
30127 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
30128 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
30129 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
30130 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the mode line.
30132 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
30133 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
30134 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
30135 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
30137 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
30138 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
30139 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
30140 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
30141 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
30143 Template styles can be customized in customization group
30144 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
30147 HEADER INSERTION:
30148 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
30149 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
30150 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
30153 STUTTERING:
30154 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
30155 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
30156 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
30157 the mode line. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
30159 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
30160 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
30161 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
30162 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
30163 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
30166 WORD COMPLETION:
30167 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
30168 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
30169 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
30170 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
30172 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
30173 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
30174 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
30175 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
30176 beginning with \"std\").
30178 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
30179 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
30180 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
30181 stop.
30184 COMMENTS:
30185 `--' puts a single comment.
30186 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
30187 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
30188 with a comment in between.
30189 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
30190 out following lines.
30191 `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out,
30192 uncomments a region if already commented out. Option
30193 `comment-style' defines where the comment characters
30194 should be placed (beginning of line, indent, etc.).
30196 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
30197 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
30198 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
30199 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
30200 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
30201 non-nil.
30203 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
30204 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
30205 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
30206 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
30207 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
30208 multi-line comments.
30211 INDENTATION:
30212 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
30213 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
30214 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30215 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). If a region is active, `TAB' indents
30216 the entire region.
30218 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30219 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
30220 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30221 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30223 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30224 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
30225 and vice versa.
30227 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
30228 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
30230 Option `vhdl-indent-comment-like-next-code-line' controls whether
30231 comment lines are indented like the preceding or like the following code
30232 line.
30235 ALIGNMENT:
30236 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30237 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30238 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30239 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30240 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30241 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
30242 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30243 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30245 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30246 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30247 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30248 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30249 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30250 is non-nil.
30252 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30253 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30254 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30256 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30257 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30260 CODE FILLING:
30261 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30262 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30263 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30264 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30265 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30266 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30269 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30270 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30271 buffer respectively. This includes indentation, alignment, and case
30272 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30273 command:
30275 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30278 PORT TRANSLATION:
30279 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30280 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30281 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30282 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30283 internal signal initializations (menu).
30285 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30286 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30287 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30289 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30290 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30291 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30292 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30293 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30294 in subsequent paste operations.)
30296 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30297 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30298 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30301 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30302 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30303 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30304 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30305 association list with formals).
30308 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30309 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30310 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30311 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30312 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30313 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30314 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30315 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30316 `vhdl-testbench'.
30319 KEY BINDINGS:
30320 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30323 VHDL MENU:
30324 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30327 FILE BROWSER:
30328 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30329 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30330 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30332 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30333 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30336 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30337 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30338 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30339 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30341 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30342 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30343 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30345 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30346 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30347 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30348 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30350 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30351 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30352 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30353 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30354 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30356 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30357 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30358 required by secondary units.
30361 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30362 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-m C-n' creates a skeleton
30363 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30364 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30365 (`C-c C-m C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30366 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30367 and ports (`C-c C-m C-w') following these rules:
30368 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30369 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30370 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30371 inputs to this component -> input port created
30372 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30373 outputs from this component -> output port created
30374 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30375 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30377 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30378 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30379 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30380 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30381 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30383 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30384 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30386 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30387 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30388 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-m M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30389 component instantiation is also supported (option
30390 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30392 Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30393 the menu (`C-c C-m C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30394 the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30395 configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30396 component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30397 `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30398 (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30399 subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30400 (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30401 can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30402 generating the configuration.
30404 Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30405 declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30406 configurations in speedbar.
30408 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30411 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30412 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30413 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30414 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30415 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30416 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30417 information. New compilers can be added.
30419 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30420 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30423 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30424 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30425 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30426 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30427 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30429 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30430 command:
30432 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30433 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30434 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30436 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30437 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30438 library directory if not existent. These target names can be customized
30439 by option `vhdl-makefile-default-targets'. The Makefile also includes a
30440 target for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation
30441 of this unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example:
30442 compilation of a design specified by a configuration). User specific
30443 parts can be inserted into a Makefile with option
30444 `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30446 Limitations:
30447 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30448 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30449 not (yet) supported.
30450 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30451 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30452 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30455 PROJECTS:
30456 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30457 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30458 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30459 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30460 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30461 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30462 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30463 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30465 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30466 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30467 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30468 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30469 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30470 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30471 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30472 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30473 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30474 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30475 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30478 SPECIAL MENUES:
30479 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30480 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30481 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30482 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30483 larger than 256000). Also, a source file menu can be
30484 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30485 current directory for VHDL source files.
30488 VHDL STANDARDS:
30489 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30490 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93(02), VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30493 KEYWORD CASE:
30494 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30495 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30496 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30497 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30498 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
30499 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30500 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30501 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30504 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30505 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30506 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30507 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30508 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30509 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30510 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30512 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30513 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30514 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30515 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
30516 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30517 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30519 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30520 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30521 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
30522 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30523 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30524 visually.
30526 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30527 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
30528 highlighted if written in lower case.
30530 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
30531 highlighted using a different background color if option
30532 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30534 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30535 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
30536 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30537 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30538 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30541 USER MODELS:
30542 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30543 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30544 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30547 HIDE/SHOW:
30548 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30549 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30550 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30551 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
30552 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30555 CODE UPDATING:
30556 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30557 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30558 Limitations:
30559 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30560 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30561 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30562 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30563 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30564 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30565 (used to obtain the port names).
30566 Use option `vhdl-array-index-record-field-in-sensitivity-list' to
30567 specify whether to include array indices and record fields in
30568 sensitivity lists.
30571 CODE FIXING:
30572 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30573 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30576 PRINTING:
30577 PostScript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30578 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30579 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30580 PostScript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30581 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30582 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
30583 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
30584 printers.
30587 OPTIONS:
30588 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
30589 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
30590 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
30591 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
30592 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
30594 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
30595 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
30596 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
30597 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
30598 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
30599 INSTALL file).
30601 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
30602 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
30605 FILE EXTENSIONS:
30606 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
30607 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
30608 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
30610 (push '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist)
30613 HINTS:
30614 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30615 a VHDL file first, use the command:
30617 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
30619 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
30621 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
30624 RELEASE NOTES:
30625 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
30628 Maintenance:
30629 ------------
30631 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
30632 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30634 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
30636 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
30637 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
30638 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
30639 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
30641 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
30642 http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
30643 where the latest version can be found.
30646 Known problems:
30647 ---------------
30649 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
30650 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
30651 - Indentation incorrect for new 'postponed' VHDL keyword.
30652 - Indentation incorrect for 'protected body' construct.
30655 The VHDL Mode Authors
30656 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
30658 Key bindings:
30659 -------------
30661 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
30663 \(fn)" t nil)
30665 ;;;***
30667 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (21291 53104 431149
30668 ;;;;;; 0))
30669 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
30671 (autoload 'vi-mode "vi" "\
30672 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
30673 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
30674 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
30676 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
30677 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
30678 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
30679 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
30680 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
30682 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
30683 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
30685 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
30687 * Limitations and unsupported features
30688 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
30689 not supported.
30690 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
30691 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
30693 * Modifications
30694 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
30695 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
30696 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
30697 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
30698 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
30699 for undoing a repeated change command.
30700 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
30701 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
30702 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
30704 * Extensions
30705 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
30706 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
30707 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
30708 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
30709 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
30710 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
30711 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
30712 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
30714 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
30716 \(fn)" t nil)
30718 ;;;***
30720 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viet-util" "language/viet-util.el" (21291
30721 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
30722 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30724 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
30725 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30727 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30729 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30730 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30731 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30732 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30734 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30736 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30737 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30739 \(fn)" t nil)
30741 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30742 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30743 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30744 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30746 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30748 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30749 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30751 \(fn)" t nil)
30753 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
30756 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30758 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
30761 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30763 ;;;***
30765 ;;;### (autoloads nil "view" "view.el" (21452 38973 331081 127000))
30766 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
30768 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
30769 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
30770 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
30772 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
30774 (defvar view-mode nil "\
30775 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
30776 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
30777 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
30779 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
30781 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
30782 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
30784 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
30786 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
30787 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30788 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30789 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30790 moving around in the buffer.
30791 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30792 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30794 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30796 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30798 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
30799 View FILE in View mode in another window.
30800 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
30801 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
30803 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30804 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30805 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30806 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30807 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30809 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30811 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30813 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
30814 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
30815 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
30816 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
30817 buffer.
30819 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30820 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30821 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30822 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30823 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30825 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30827 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30829 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
30830 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30831 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30832 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30833 moving around in the buffer.
30834 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30835 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30837 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30839 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30840 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30841 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30843 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
30844 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
30845 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
30846 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
30848 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30849 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30850 own View-like bindings.
30852 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30854 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
30855 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
30856 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30857 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30858 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30859 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30860 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30862 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30864 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30866 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30867 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30868 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30870 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30871 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30872 own View-like bindings.
30874 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30876 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
30877 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
30878 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30879 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30880 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30881 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30882 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30884 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30886 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30888 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30889 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30890 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30892 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30893 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30894 own View-like bindings.
30896 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30898 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
30899 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
30900 With a prefix argument ARG, enable View mode if ARG is positive,
30901 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable View mode
30902 if ARG is omitted or nil.
30904 When View mode is enabled, commands that do not change the buffer
30905 contents are available as usual. Kill commands insert text in
30906 kill buffers but do not delete. Most other commands beep and
30907 tell the user that the buffer is read-only.
30909 \\<view-mode-map>
30911 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands
30912 take prefix arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\"
30913 lines which is almost a whole window, or number of lines set by
30914 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size].
30915 Half page commands default to and set \"half page size\" lines
30916 which initially is half a window full. Search commands default
30917 to a repeat count of one.
30919 H, h, ? This message.
30920 Digits provide prefix arguments.
30921 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
30922 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
30923 > move to the end of buffer.
30924 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
30925 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
30926 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
30927 DEL, S-SPC scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
30928 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
30929 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30930 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30931 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30932 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
30933 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30934 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
30935 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
30936 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
30937 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
30938 Use this to view a changing file.
30939 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
30940 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
30941 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
30942 . set the mark.
30943 x exchanges point and mark.
30944 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
30945 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
30946 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
30947 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
30948 ' go to position saved in character register.
30949 s do forward incremental search.
30950 r do reverse incremental search.
30951 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
30952 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
30953 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
30954 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
30955 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
30956 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
30957 p searches backward for last regular expression.
30958 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
30959 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
30960 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
30961 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
30962 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
30963 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
30964 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
30965 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
30966 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
30967 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
30969 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
30970 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
30971 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
30972 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
30973 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
30974 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
30975 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
30976 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
30977 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
30979 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30981 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30983 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
30984 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
30985 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
30986 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
30987 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a description of items
30988 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
30989 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
30990 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
30991 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
30993 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
30995 (make-obsolete 'view-return-to-alist-update '"this function has no effect." '"24.1")
30997 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
30998 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
30999 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
31000 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
31001 buffer. This entry replaces any parameter installed by
31002 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
31004 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
31005 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
31006 called by `view-mode-exit'.
31008 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31010 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31012 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
31014 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
31015 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
31017 \(fn)" t nil)
31019 ;;;***
31021 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (21291 53104 431149
31022 ;;;;;; 0))
31023 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
31025 (autoload 'vip-setup "vip" "\
31026 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
31028 \(fn)" nil nil)
31030 (autoload 'vip-mode "vip" "\
31031 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
31033 \(fn)" t nil)
31035 ;;;***
31037 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper" "emulation/viper.el" (21423 31086 21820
31038 ;;;;;; 199000))
31039 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
31040 (push (purecopy '(viper 3 14 1)) package--builtin-versions)
31042 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
31043 Toggle Viper on/off.
31044 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
31046 \(fn)" t nil)
31048 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
31049 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
31051 \(fn)" t nil)
31053 ;;;***
31055 ;;;### (autoloads nil "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el" (21291
31056 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
31057 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
31059 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
31060 Function to generate warning prefixes.
31061 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
31062 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
31063 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
31064 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
31065 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
31066 the beginning of the warning.")
31068 (defvar warning-series nil "\
31069 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
31070 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
31071 which is the start of the current series; it means that
31072 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
31073 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
31074 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
31075 also call that function before the next warning.")
31077 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
31078 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
31080 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
31081 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
31082 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
31083 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
31085 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
31086 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
31087 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31088 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31089 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
31090 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
31092 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31093 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31094 Default is :warning.
31096 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31097 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31098 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
31099 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
31100 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
31101 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31103 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
31104 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
31105 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
31107 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
31109 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
31110 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
31112 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
31114 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
31115 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31116 \\<special-mode-map>
31117 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31118 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
31120 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31121 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31122 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
31123 can be whatever you like.)
31125 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31126 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31128 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31129 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31130 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
31131 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
31132 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31134 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31136 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
31137 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31138 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31139 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
31140 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
31142 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31144 ;;;***
31146 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wdired" "wdired.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
31147 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
31148 (push (purecopy '(wdired 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
31150 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
31151 Put a Dired buffer in Writable Dired (WDired) mode.
31152 \\<wdired-mode-map>
31153 In WDired mode, you can edit the names of the files in the
31154 buffer, the target of the links, and the permission bits of the
31155 files. After typing \\[wdired-finish-edit], Emacs modifies the files and
31156 directories to reflect your edits.
31158 See `wdired-mode'.
31160 \(fn)" t nil)
31162 ;;;***
31164 ;;;### (autoloads nil "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (21291 53104 431149
31165 ;;;;;; 0))
31166 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
31168 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
31169 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
31171 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
31172 hotlist.
31174 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
31175 <nwv@acm.org>.
31177 \(fn)" t nil)
31179 ;;;***
31181 ;;;### (autoloads nil "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el" (21291
31182 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
31183 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
31184 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
31185 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
31187 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode "24.1")
31189 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
31190 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
31191 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31192 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31193 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31194 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
31196 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
31198 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
31199 Toggle mode line display of current function (Which Function mode).
31200 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Which Function mode if ARG is
31201 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31202 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31204 Which Function mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, the
31205 current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line,
31206 in certain major modes.
31208 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31210 ;;;***
31212 ;;;### (autoloads nil "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (21291 53104 431149
31213 ;;;;;; 0))
31214 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
31215 (push (purecopy '(whitespace 13 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
31217 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31218 Toggle whitespace visualization (Whitespace mode).
31219 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace mode if ARG is
31220 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31221 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31223 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31224 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31226 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31228 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31229 Toggle newline visualization (Whitespace Newline mode).
31230 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace Newline mode if ARG
31231 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31232 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31234 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
31235 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
31236 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
31237 use `whitespace-mode'.
31239 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31241 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31243 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
31244 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
31245 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31246 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31247 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31248 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
31250 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
31252 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31253 Toggle whitespace visualization globally (Global Whitespace mode).
31254 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace mode if ARG
31255 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31256 enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31258 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31259 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31261 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31263 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
31264 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
31265 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31266 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31267 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31268 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
31270 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
31272 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31273 Toggle global newline visualization (Global Whitespace Newline mode).
31274 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace Newline mode
31275 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
31276 Lisp, enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31278 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
31279 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
31280 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
31281 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
31283 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31285 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31287 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31288 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31290 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31291 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31293 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31294 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31296 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31298 CHAR MEANING
31299 (VIA FACES)
31300 f toggle face visualization
31301 t toggle TAB visualization
31302 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31303 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31304 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31305 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31306 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31307 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31308 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31309 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31310 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31311 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31312 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31313 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31314 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31315 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31316 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31318 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31319 T toggle TAB visualization
31320 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31321 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31323 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31324 ? display brief help
31326 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31327 The valid symbols are:
31329 face toggle face visualization
31330 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31331 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31332 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31333 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31334 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31335 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31336 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31337 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31338 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31339 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31340 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31341 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31342 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31343 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31344 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31345 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31347 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31348 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31349 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31351 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31353 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31355 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31357 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31358 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31360 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31361 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31363 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31364 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31366 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31368 CHAR MEANING
31369 (VIA FACES)
31370 f toggle face visualization
31371 t toggle TAB visualization
31372 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31373 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31374 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31375 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31376 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31377 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31378 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31379 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31380 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31381 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31382 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31383 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31384 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31385 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31386 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31388 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31389 T toggle TAB visualization
31390 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31391 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31393 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31394 ? display brief help
31396 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31397 The valid symbols are:
31399 face toggle face visualization
31400 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31401 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31402 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31403 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31404 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31405 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31406 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31407 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31408 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31409 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31410 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31411 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31412 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31413 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31414 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31415 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31417 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31418 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31419 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31421 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31423 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31425 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31427 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31428 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31430 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31431 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31432 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
31433 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31434 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31436 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31438 The problems cleaned up are:
31440 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31441 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31442 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31443 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31445 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31446 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31447 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31448 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31449 SPACEs.
31450 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31451 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31452 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31453 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31455 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31456 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31457 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31458 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31459 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31460 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31461 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31462 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31464 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31465 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31466 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31468 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31469 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31470 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31471 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31472 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31473 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31474 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31475 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31477 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31478 documentation.
31480 \(fn)" t nil)
31482 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31483 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31485 The problems cleaned up are:
31487 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31488 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31489 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31490 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31491 SPACEs.
31492 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31493 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31494 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31495 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31497 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31498 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31499 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31500 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31501 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31502 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31503 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31504 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31506 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31507 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31508 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31510 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31511 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31512 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31513 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31514 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31515 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31516 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31517 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31519 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31520 documentation.
31522 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31524 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
31525 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
31527 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31528 non-nil.
31530 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31531 before calling `whitespace-report' interactively, it forces
31532 `whitespace-style' to have:
31534 empty
31535 trailing
31536 indentation
31537 space-before-tab
31538 space-after-tab
31540 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31541 whitespace problems in buffer.
31543 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31545 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31546 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31547 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31548 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31549 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31550 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31551 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31553 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31554 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31555 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31556 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31557 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31558 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31559 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31561 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31562 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31563 cleaning up these problems.
31565 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31567 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
31568 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
31570 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31571 non-nil.
31573 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31574 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
31575 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
31577 empty
31578 indentation
31579 space-before-tab
31580 trailing
31581 space-after-tab
31583 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31584 whitespace problems in buffer.
31586 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31588 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31589 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31590 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31591 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31592 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31593 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31594 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31596 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31597 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31598 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31599 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31600 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31601 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31602 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31604 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31605 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31606 cleaning up these problems.
31608 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31610 ;;;***
31612 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (21291 53104 431149
31613 ;;;;;; 0))
31614 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
31616 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
31617 Browse the widget under point.
31619 \(fn POS)" t nil)
31621 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
31622 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
31624 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
31626 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
31627 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
31629 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
31631 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
31632 Minor mode for traversing widgets.
31633 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
31634 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
31635 if ARG is omitted or nil.
31637 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31639 ;;;***
31641 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (21291 53104 431149
31642 ;;;;;; 0))
31643 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
31645 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
31646 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
31648 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31650 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
31651 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
31652 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
31654 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
31656 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
31657 Create widget of TYPE.
31658 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
31660 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31662 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
31663 Delete WIDGET.
31665 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31667 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
31668 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
31670 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31672 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
31673 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
31674 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
31675 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
31677 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
31678 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
31680 \(fn)" nil nil)
31682 ;;;***
31684 ;;;### (autoloads nil "windmove" "windmove.el" (21291 53104 431149
31685 ;;;;;; 0))
31686 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
31688 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
31689 Select the window to the left of the current one.
31690 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31691 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31692 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
31693 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31694 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31696 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31698 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
31699 Select the window above the current one.
31700 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
31701 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
31702 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
31703 negative ARG) of the current window.
31704 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31706 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31708 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
31709 Select the window to the right of the current one.
31710 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31711 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
31712 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
31713 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
31714 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31716 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31718 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
31719 Select the window below the current one.
31720 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31721 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31722 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
31723 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31724 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31726 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31728 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
31729 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
31730 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
31731 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
31733 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
31735 ;;;***
31737 ;;;### (autoloads nil "winner" "winner.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
31738 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
31740 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
31741 Non-nil if Winner mode is enabled.
31742 See the command `winner-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31743 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31744 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31745 or call the function `winner-mode'.")
31747 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
31749 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
31750 Toggle Winner mode on or off.
31751 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Winner mode if ARG is
31752 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31753 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
31754 \\{winner-mode-map}
31756 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31758 ;;;***
31760 ;;;### (autoloads nil "woman" "woman.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
31761 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
31762 (push (purecopy '(woman 0 551)) package--builtin-versions)
31764 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
31765 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
31766 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
31767 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
31768 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
31770 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
31772 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
31773 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
31774 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
31775 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
31776 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
31777 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
31778 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
31779 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
31781 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
31782 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
31784 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
31786 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
31787 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
31789 \(fn)" t nil)
31791 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
31792 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
31793 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
31794 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
31795 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
31796 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
31797 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
31798 `woman' command for further details.
31800 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
31802 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
31803 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
31805 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
31807 ;;;***
31809 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el" (21291 53104
31810 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
31811 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
31812 (push (purecopy '(ws-mode 0 7)) package--builtin-versions)
31814 (autoload 'wordstar-mode "ws-mode" "\
31815 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
31817 BUGS:
31818 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
31819 are not implemented
31820 - Options for search and replace
31821 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
31822 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
31824 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
31825 Emacs-like.
31827 \(fn)" t nil)
31829 ;;;***
31831 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xml" "xml.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
31832 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
31834 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
31835 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
31836 Return the top node with all its children.
31837 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
31839 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
31840 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
31841 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
31843 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
31845 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
31846 namespace to URIs instead.
31848 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
31849 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
31851 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
31853 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
31855 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31857 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
31858 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
31859 Return the XML parse tree, or raise an error if the region does
31860 not contain well-formed XML.
31862 If BEG is nil, it defaults to `point-min'.
31863 If END is nil, it defaults to `point-max'.
31864 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
31865 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, parse the DTD and return it as the first
31866 element of the list.
31867 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
31868 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
31869 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
31871 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
31873 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
31874 namespace to URIs instead.
31876 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
31877 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
31879 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
31881 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
31883 \(fn &optional BEG END BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31885 ;;;***
31887 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xmltok" "nxml/xmltok.el" (21341 23900 988149
31888 ;;;;;; 0))
31889 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
31891 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
31892 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
31893 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
31894 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
31895 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
31896 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
31897 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
31898 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
31899 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
31900 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
31902 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
31904 ;;;***
31906 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (21410 64156 350465
31907 ;;;;;; 0))
31908 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
31910 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
31911 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
31912 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31913 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31914 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31915 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
31917 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
31919 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
31920 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
31921 With a prefix argument ARG, enable XTerm mouse mode if ARG is
31922 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31923 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31925 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
31926 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
31927 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
31928 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
31929 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
31930 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
31932 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31934 ;;;***
31936 ;;;### (autoloads nil "yenc" "gnus/yenc.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
31937 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
31939 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
31940 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
31942 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31944 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
31945 Extract file name from an yenc header.
31947 \(fn)" nil nil)
31949 ;;;***
31951 ;;;### (autoloads nil "zone" "play/zone.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
31952 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
31954 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
31955 Zone out, completely.
31957 \(fn)" t nil)
31959 ;;;***
31961 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
31962 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
31963 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
31964 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
31965 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
31966 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
31967 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el" "calc/calc-math.el"
31968 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el"
31969 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el" "calc/calc-poly.el"
31970 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el"
31971 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el"
31972 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-units.el"
31973 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calcalg2.el"
31974 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcsel2.el"
31975 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el" "calendar/cal-french.el"
31976 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el" "calendar/cal-iso.el"
31977 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el"
31978 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el"
31979 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el"
31980 ;;;;;; "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el" "cedet/cedet-cscope.el"
31981 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el" "cedet/cedet-idutils.el"
31982 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/auto.el" "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el" "cedet/ede/base.el"
31983 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el" "cedet/ede/custom.el" "cedet/ede/dired.el"
31984 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/emacs.el" "cedet/ede/files.el" "cedet/ede/generic.el"
31985 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/linux.el" "cedet/ede/locate.el" "cedet/ede/make.el"
31986 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el" "cedet/ede/pconf.el" "cedet/ede/pmake.el"
31987 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el" "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el" "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el"
31988 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-info.el" "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el"
31989 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el" "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el" "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el"
31990 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el" "cedet/ede/proj.el" "cedet/ede/project-am.el"
31991 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/shell.el" "cedet/ede/simple.el" "cedet/ede/source.el"
31992 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" "cedet/ede/srecode.el" "cedet/ede/system.el"
31993 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/util.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el"
31994 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el"
31995 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine.el"
31996 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c-by.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el"
31997 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el"
31998 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/make-by.el"
31999 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm-by.el"
32000 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el" "cedet/semantic/chart.el"
32001 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el" "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el"
32002 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el" "cedet/semantic/db-el.el"
32003 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el" "cedet/semantic/db-global.el"
32004 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el" "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el"
32005 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
32006 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
32007 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
32008 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
32009 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
32010 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
32011 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
32012 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
32013 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el"
32014 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el" "cedet/semantic/senator.el"
32015 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el"
32016 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el"
32017 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el"
32018 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el"
32019 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
32020 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
32021 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
32022 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
32023 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/javat-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/js-wy.el"
32024 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el"
32025 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el" "cedet/srecode/args.el"
32026 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el" "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el"
32027 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
32028 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
32029 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
32030 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
32031 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el" "cedet/srecode/semantic.el"
32032 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/srt-wy.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el" "cedet/srecode/table.el"
32033 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el" "cus-dep.el"
32034 ;;;;;; "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el"
32035 ;;;;;; "dos-w32.el" "dynamic-setting.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
32036 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el"
32037 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el"
32038 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el"
32039 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el"
32040 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el"
32041 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/package-x.el" "emacs-lisp/smie.el" "emacs-lisp/subr-x.el"
32042 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el"
32043 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
32044 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-extras.el"
32045 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
32046 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
32047 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el"
32048 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el" "eshell/em-alias.el"
32049 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el"
32050 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el"
32051 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el"
32052 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el"
32053 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-tramp.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
32054 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
32055 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-module.el"
32056 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el"
32057 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "format-spec.el" "fringe.el"
32058 ;;;;;; "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el"
32059 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el"
32060 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el"
32061 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-icalendar.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
32062 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el"
32063 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el"
32064 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el"
32065 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gssapi.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el"
32066 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el"
32067 ;;;;;; "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-archive.el"
32068 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el"
32069 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/nnagent.el"
32070 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el"
32071 ;;;;;; "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el"
32072 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el"
32073 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnregistry.el"
32074 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el"
32075 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/registry.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el"
32076 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/rtree.el"
32077 ;;;;;; "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el"
32078 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-wash.el" "hex-util.el" "hfy-cmap.el" "ibuf-ext.el"
32079 ;;;;;; "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el" "international/fontset.el"
32080 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
32081 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/uni-bidi.el"
32082 ;;;;;; "international/uni-category.el" "international/uni-combining.el"
32083 ;;;;;; "international/uni-comment.el" "international/uni-decimal.el"
32084 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decomposition.el" "international/uni-digit.el"
32085 ;;;;;; "international/uni-lowercase.el" "international/uni-mirrored.el"
32086 ;;;;;; "international/uni-name.el" "international/uni-numeric.el"
32087 ;;;;;; "international/uni-old-name.el" "international/uni-titlecase.el"
32088 ;;;;;; "international/uni-uppercase.el" "kermit.el" "language/hanja-util.el"
32089 ;;;;;; "language/thai-word.el" "ldefs-boot.el" "leim/ja-dic/ja-dic.el"
32090 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/arabic.el" "leim/quail/croatian.el" "leim/quail/cyril-jis.el"
32091 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/cyrillic.el" "leim/quail/czech.el" "leim/quail/ethiopic.el"
32092 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/georgian.el" "leim/quail/greek.el" "leim/quail/hanja-jis.el"
32093 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/hanja.el" "leim/quail/hanja3.el" "leim/quail/hebrew.el"
32094 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/indian.el" "leim/quail/ipa-praat.el" "leim/quail/ipa.el"
32095 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/japanese.el" "leim/quail/lao.el" "leim/quail/latin-alt.el"
32096 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/latin-ltx.el" "leim/quail/latin-post.el" "leim/quail/latin-pre.el"
32097 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/lrt.el" "leim/quail/persian.el" "leim/quail/py-punct.el"
32098 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/pypunct-b5.el" "leim/quail/rfc1345.el" "leim/quail/sgml-input.el"
32099 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/sisheng.el" "leim/quail/slovak.el" "leim/quail/symbol-ksc.el"
32100 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/thai.el" "leim/quail/tibetan.el" "leim/quail/viqr.el"
32101 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/vntelex.el" "leim/quail/vnvni.el" "leim/quail/welsh.el"
32102 ;;;;;; "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mspools.el"
32103 ;;;;;; "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el"
32104 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailedit.el" "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el"
32105 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el" "mail/rmailsum.el"
32106 ;;;;;; "mail/undigest.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el"
32107 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el"
32108 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el"
32109 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
32110 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
32111 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
32112 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
32113 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse.el"
32114 ;;;;;; "mwheel.el" "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el"
32115 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el"
32116 ;;;;;; "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el" "net/imap.el" "net/ldap.el"
32117 ;;;;;; "net/mairix.el" "net/sasl-cram.el" "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl.el"
32118 ;;;;;; "net/shr-color.el" "net/soap-client.el" "net/soap-inspect.el"
32119 ;;;;;; "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-adb.el" "net/tramp-cache.el"
32120 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el" "net/tramp-gvfs.el"
32121 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-loaddefs.el" "net/tramp-sh.el"
32122 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el" "net/zeroconf.el"
32123 ;;;;;; "notifications.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el"
32124 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el"
32125 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el"
32126 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el"
32127 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el"
32128 ;;;;;; "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" "org/ob-C.el" "org/ob-R.el" "org/ob-asymptote.el"
32129 ;;;;;; "org/ob-awk.el" "org/ob-calc.el" "org/ob-clojure.el" "org/ob-comint.el"
32130 ;;;;;; "org/ob-core.el" "org/ob-css.el" "org/ob-ditaa.el" "org/ob-dot.el"
32131 ;;;;;; "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el" "org/ob-eval.el" "org/ob-exp.el" "org/ob-fortran.el"
32132 ;;;;;; "org/ob-gnuplot.el" "org/ob-haskell.el" "org/ob-io.el" "org/ob-java.el"
32133 ;;;;;; "org/ob-js.el" "org/ob-keys.el" "org/ob-latex.el" "org/ob-ledger.el"
32134 ;;;;;; "org/ob-lilypond.el" "org/ob-lisp.el" "org/ob-lob.el" "org/ob-makefile.el"
32135 ;;;;;; "org/ob-matlab.el" "org/ob-maxima.el" "org/ob-mscgen.el"
32136 ;;;;;; "org/ob-ocaml.el" "org/ob-octave.el" "org/ob-org.el" "org/ob-perl.el"
32137 ;;;;;; "org/ob-picolisp.el" "org/ob-plantuml.el" "org/ob-python.el"
32138 ;;;;;; "org/ob-ref.el" "org/ob-ruby.el" "org/ob-sass.el" "org/ob-scala.el"
32139 ;;;;;; "org/ob-scheme.el" "org/ob-screen.el" "org/ob-sh.el" "org/ob-shen.el"
32140 ;;;;;; "org/ob-sql.el" "org/ob-sqlite.el" "org/ob-table.el" "org/ob-tangle.el"
32141 ;;;;;; "org/ob.el" "org/org-archive.el" "org/org-attach.el" "org/org-bbdb.el"
32142 ;;;;;; "org/org-bibtex.el" "org/org-clock.el" "org/org-crypt.el"
32143 ;;;;;; "org/org-ctags.el" "org/org-datetree.el" "org/org-docview.el"
32144 ;;;;;; "org/org-element.el" "org/org-entities.el" "org/org-eshell.el"
32145 ;;;;;; "org/org-faces.el" "org/org-feed.el" "org/org-footnote.el"
32146 ;;;;;; "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-habit.el" "org/org-id.el" "org/org-indent.el"
32147 ;;;;;; "org/org-info.el" "org/org-inlinetask.el" "org/org-install.el"
32148 ;;;;;; "org/org-irc.el" "org/org-list.el" "org/org-macro.el" "org/org-mhe.el"
32149 ;;;;;; "org/org-mobile.el" "org/org-mouse.el" "org/org-pcomplete.el"
32150 ;;;;;; "org/org-plot.el" "org/org-protocol.el" "org/org-rmail.el"
32151 ;;;;;; "org/org-src.el" "org/org-table.el" "org/org-timer.el" "org/org-w3m.el"
32152 ;;;;;; "org/ox-ascii.el" "org/ox-beamer.el" "org/ox-html.el" "org/ox-icalendar.el"
32153 ;;;;;; "org/ox-latex.el" "org/ox-man.el" "org/ox-md.el" "org/ox-odt.el"
32154 ;;;;;; "org/ox-org.el" "org/ox-publish.el" "org/ox-texinfo.el" "org/ox.el"
32155 ;;;;;; "play/gametree.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el"
32156 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el"
32157 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el"
32158 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
32159 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
32160 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
32161 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
32162 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el"
32163 ;;;;;; "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el"
32164 ;;;;;; "soundex.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
32165 ;;;;;; "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
32166 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
32167 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
32168 ;;;;;; "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el"
32169 ;;;;;; "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el"
32170 ;;;;;; "url/url-domsuf.el" "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el"
32171 ;;;;;; "url/url-future.el" "url/url-history.el" "url/url-imap.el"
32172 ;;;;;; "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
32173 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "vc/ediff-diff.el" "vc/ediff-init.el" "vc/ediff-merg.el"
32174 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-ptch.el" "vc/ediff-vers.el" "vc/ediff-wind.el"
32175 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs-info.el" "vc/pcvs-parse.el" "vc/pcvs-util.el" "vc/vc-dav.el"
32176 ;;;;;; "vcursor.el" "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-common-fns.el"
32177 ;;;;;; "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "x-dnd.el") (21485 34311 67536
32178 ;;;;;; 930000))
32180 ;;;***
32182 (provide 'loaddefs)
32183 ;; Local Variables:
32184 ;; version-control: never
32185 ;; no-byte-compile: t
32186 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
32187 ;; coding: utf-8
32188 ;; End:
32189 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here